diff options
Diffstat (limited to '25930-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 25930-8.txt | 11042 |
1 files changed, 11042 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/25930-8.txt b/25930-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c70e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/25930-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11042 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 (Vol 28 +of 55), by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 (Vol 28 of 55) + explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the + islands and their peoples, their history and records of + the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books + and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial + and religious conditions of those islands from their + earliest relations with European nations to the close of + the nineteenth century, Volume XXVIII, 1637-38 + +Author: Various + +Editor: E. H. Blair + +Translator: J. A. Robertson + +Release Date: June 29, 2008 [EBook #25930] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ + + + + + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + close of the nineteenth century, + + Volume XXVII, 1637-38 + + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXVIII + + +Preface. 9 + +Documents of 1637-38 + + Remonstrance of Augustinians against the + _alternativa_. Juan Ramirez, O.S.A., and others; + Manila, September 9, 10, 1637. 21 + Corcuera's campaign in Jolo. Juan de Barrios, S.J.; + Jolo, March-April, 1638. 41 + +Appendix: Religious conditions in the Philippines during the Spanish +régime + + Laws regarding religious in the Philippines. Felipe + II, Felipe III, Felipe IV; 1585-1640. [From + _Recopilación de las leyes de Indias._] 67 + Jesuit missions in 1656. Francisco Colin; Madrid, + 1663. [From his _Labor evangélica._] 78 + The religious estate in the Philippines. Juan + Francisco de San Antonio, O.S.F.; Manila, 1738. [From + his _Chronicas_.] 104 + Religious condition of the islands. Juan J. Delgado, + S.J.; 1751-54. [From his _Historia general._] 163 + Ecclesiastical survey of the Philippines. Guillaume + le Gentil; Paris, 1781. [From his _Voyages dans les + mers de l'Inde_.] 192 + Character and influence of the friars. Sinibaldo de + Mas; Madrid, 1843. [From his _Informe_.] 226 + The ecclesiastical system in the Philippines. Manuel + Buzeta, O.S.A., and Felipe Bravo, O.S.A.; Madrid, + 1850. [From their _Diccionario de las Islas + Filipinas_.] 266 + Character and influence of the friars. Feodor Jagor; + Berlin, 1873. [From his _Reisen in den Philippinen_.] + 290 + The Augustinian Recollects in the Philippines. [From + _Provincia de San Nicolás de Tolentino de Agustinos + descalzos_ (Manila, 1879).] 300 + Present condition of the Catholic religion in + Filipinas. José Algué, S.J., and others; Washington, + 1900. [From _Archipiélago filipino._] 349 + +Bibliographical Data 369 + + + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + Title-page of _Labor evangélica_, by Francisco Colin (Madrid, + 1663); photographic facsimile from copy in library of Edward + E. Ayer, Chicago 79 + Title-page of vol. i of San. Antonio's _Chronicas de + la apostolica provincia de S. Gregorio_ (Manila, 1738); + photographic facsimile from copy in Harvard University + Library 105 + View at Naga, Cebú; from photograph procured in Madrid 155 + Title-page of Le Gentil's _Voyages dans les mers de l'Inde_ + (Paris, 1781); photographic facsimile of copy in library of + Wisconsin Historical Society 193 + + + + + + + +PREFACE + + +The present volume is, with the exception of one document, devoted to +the religious and ecclesiastical affairs of the Philippines--mainly +in extracts from standard authorities on the religious history of the +islands, combined in an appendix. Beginning with the laws which concern +missionaries to the Philippines (1585-1640), we present accounts +of the ecclesiastical machinery of that colony, the status of the +various religious orders, the missions conducted by them, and other +valuable information--showing the religious condition of the islands +at various times, from 1656 to 1899. These are obtained from Jesuit, +Augustinian, Franciscan, and Recollect chronicles, and from secular +sources--the French scientist Le Gentil, the Spanish official Mas, +and the German traveler Jagor--thus enabling the student to consider +the subject impartially as well as intelligently. + +Only two documents appear here in the usual chronological sequence; +they belong to the years 1637-38. The officials of the Augustinian +order in the islands inform the king (September 9, 10, 1637) that +the archbishop is making trouble for them over the question of the +"alternativa" in appointments to offices within the order; and ask +the king not to believe all the reports that may reach him about this +matter. They add a memorial on the difficulties which Gregory XV's +decree establishing that alternativa have caused in the Philippines; +and relate their action in regard to the faction in their order who +insist that an insignificant minority shall have equal rights to +offices with the better-qualified majority. + +The Jesuit Juan de Barrios, who accompanied Corcuera in his expedition +against Jolo, relates (March-April, 1638) the events of that campaign +in letters to Manila. The Spaniards are repulsed several times in +attacking the Moro stronghold, and one of their divisions is surprised +by the enemy with considerable loss to the Spaniards. Corcuera +then surrounds the hill with troops and fortifications, and begins +a regular siege of the Moro fort; various incidents of this siege +are narrated. On the day after Easter the Moros, starved and sick, +send Corcuera proposals for surrender; and finally they abandon their +stronghold, and take flight, leaving the Spaniards in possession +of all their property as well as the fort. A letter from Zamboanga +(perhaps by Barrios) adds further particulars of the surrender and +flight of the Joloans, the mortality among the Spaniards, the garrison +left there by Corcuera, etc. + +Taking up the general religious status of the islands, we select +from the _Recopilación de las leyes de Indias_, lib. i, tit. xiv, +the laws that especially concern the religious in the Philippines, +dated from 1585 to 1640. These persons may not go to China or other +countries, or return to Spain or Mexico, without special permission +from the civil and ecclesiastical authorities. Carmelites may go to +the islands from Mexico. The missions must be so assigned that each +order has its own territory, separate from the others. The usual +supplies shall be given to such religious as obtain permission to +enter China and Japan; and all royal officials are directed to aid +the fathers in their journeys, and not to hinder them. Religious who +lead scandalous lives, or have been expelled from their orders, may +not remain in Filipinas. The papal decrees _de alternativa_ are to be +enforced in the Indias. The restrictions imposed on religious going +to the Japan missions are removed; all orders may go, but are charged +to set an example of harmony and fraternal behavior. The missionaries +are forbidden to engage in commerce or other business; the field shall +be suitably divided among the various orders; and any bishops who may +be appointed in Japan shall be suffragan to the see of Manila. Clerics +from Eastern India are not to be allowed to perform priestly functions +in Filipinas, or even to enter the islands. The proceeds resulting +from the sale of the bulls of the Crusade must be placed in the royal +treasury, and not used in trade by the treasurers of the Crusade. + +The Jesuit Colin places at the end of his _Labor evangélica_ (Madrid, +1663) a statement--prepared, he says, in accordance with a command +from the king--of the number of missions, houses, and laborers +supported by that order in the Philippines, a survey of its field +and labors in the year 1656. He describes the scope, functions, and +resources of the colleges in Manila; the missions near that city; +and, in their order, the residences and missions maintained by the +Society in the respective islands. + +An interesting account of the religious estate in the islands about +1735 is furnished by the Franciscan writer Juan Francisco de San +Antonio. Beginning with the cathedral of Manila, he sketches its +history from its earliest foundation, and describes its building and +service, with the salaries of its ecclesiastics; and adds biographical +sketches (here omitted) of the archbishops down to his time, and the +extent of their jurisdiction. Then follow accounts, both historical +and descriptive, of the ecclesiastical tribunals, churches, colleges, +and charitable institutions--especially of San Phelipe college and La +Misericordia. San Antonio enumerates the curacies in the archbishopric, +and the convents and missions of the calced Augustinians. He then +describes the educational work of the Jesuits, giving a history of +their colleges of San Ignacio and San José, and enumerates their +houses and missions; another sketch furnishes similar information +regarding the Dominicans, who have especial charge of the Chinese +residing in Luzón. Like accounts are given of the Recollects, of the +hospital brethren of St. John of God, and of the author's own order, +the discalced Franciscans. On the same plan, he surveys the religious +estate in all the bishoprics suffragan to Manila; and, finally, +computes the numbers of the Christian native population in the islands. + +Another survey of religious matters in the islands is furnished +(about 1751) by the Jesuit Juan J. Delgado. He enumerates the +ministries of souls in methodical order, beginning with those held +by the secular clergy in each diocese--in all, fifty-three. Those of +the calced Augustinians are noted in the same manner; then those of +the Franciscans, Jesuits, Dominicans, and Augustinian Recollects; +and the convents and hospitals of the hospital order of St. John +of God. Among these are also mentioned the schools and colleges, +and the hospitals, conducted by the orders. Delgado states that the +Christian population of the islands actually numbers over 900,000 +persons; adding to this the children under seven years of age, who +are not enumerated by the missionaries, he estimates that it must +exceed a million of souls. He enumerates the numbers of villages and +of their inhabitants who are in charge of each of the respective +orders. He estimates the number of tributes paid annually by the +natives at a quarter of a million, and describes the requirements +and mode of payment, and the allotments made from the tributes for +the support of religious instruction. He then relates in detail the +number and remuneration of all ecclesiastical offices, from bishop +to cura. Delgado then describes the ecclesiastical tribunals of the +islands, the organization and good work of La Misericordia, and other +charitable institutions in Manila, with the royal chapel, hospital, +and college. + +The French scientist Le Gentil describes (from observations made +during 1766-68) the religious conditions in the islands. He enumerates +the benefices connected with Manila cathedral, and the salaries and +duties of their incumbents; and the ecclesiastical tribunals in that +city--those of the archbishop, the Inquisition, and the Crusade. Then +he relates interesting details about the churches, convents, schools, +and other institutions. Among these are the royal chapel, the seminary +of San Felipe, the seminary of Santa Isabela, the confraternity +of La Misericordia, the universities, and the hospitals. Le Gentil +describes the ecclesiastical machinery of the suffragan dioceses, +and the convents therein--all more extensive and costly than the +population and wealth of the country justify. The rest of his account +is devoted to "the power and influence enjoyed by the religious in the +Philippines." He says: "Masters of the provinces, they govern there, +as one might say, as sovereigns; they are so absolute that no Spaniard +dares go to establish himself there.... They are more absolute in the +Philippines than is the king himself." They ignore the royal decrees +that the Indian children must be taught the Castilian language; thus +the friars keep the Indians in bondage, and prevent the Spaniards from +knowing the real state of affairs in the provinces. They have refused +to allow the visitations of the archbishops--a matter explained at +considerable length by the writer. The natives sometimes revolt, +and then the friars cannot influence them, but troops must be sent +to punish the rebels. Le Gentil also relates the manner in which +the friars punish the natives for not attending mass, by flogging +them--not only men, but women, and that in public. + +Sinibaldo de Mas, a Spanish official who spent some time at Manila, +gives in his _Informe_ (Madrid, 1843) a chapter regarding the character +and influence of the friars--partly from his own observations, partly +cited from Comyn's _Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1810_, a valuable +work, published at Madrid in 1820. He relates the difficulties +encountered in the attempts so often made to subject the friars +to the diocesan visit. This has been at last accomplished, but, +according to Mas, with resulting lower standards of morality among +the curas. He cites various decrees and instances connected with +the controversies between the friars and the authorities, civil and +religious; and then long extracts from Comyn, which show the great +extent of the priestly influence, and the causes therefor. Comyn +regards the priests as the real conquerors of the islands, and as the +most potent factor in their present government--at least, outside of +Manila. He shows how inadequate is the power of the civil government, +apart from priestly influence; recounts the beneficial achievements +of the missionaries among the Indians; and deprecates the recent +attempts to restrict their authority. Mas approves Comyn's views, and +proceeds to defend the friars against the various charges which have +been brought against them. In support of his own opinions, he also +cites Fray Manuel del Rio; and he himself praises the public spirit, +disinterestedness, and devotion to the interests of the Indians, +displayed by the curas, many of whom are friars. He argues that they +even show too much patience and lenity toward the natives, who are +lazy and indolent in the extreme; and it has been a great mistake to +forbid the priests to administer corporal punishment to delinquent +natives. Mas is surprised at the lack of religious in the islands, +while in Spain there is an oversupply and the livings are much poorer +than in the Philippines. He enumerates the various dioceses, and the +number of curacies in each, whether filled by regulars or seculars; +and concludes with an extract from the Jesuit writer Murillo Velarde, +on the duties of the parish priest who ministers to the Indians. + +A survey of the ecclesiastical system is presented (1850) in the +_Diccionario de las Islas Filipinas_ of the Augustinians Manuel +Buzeta and Felipe Bravo. As in preceding writings of this sort, the +different sees are separately described--in each being enumerated +the territories of its jurisdiction, and its mode of government and +ecclesiastical courts; the number of curacies in it, and how served; +and the number of other ecclesiastical officials, with professors, +seminarists, etc. In the account of Cebú is inserted a letter (1831) +from the bishop of that diocese, appealing for its division into two. + +The German traveler Feodor Jagor presents (1873) an interesting view +of the character and influence of the friars. He praises their kindly +and hospitable treatment of strangers, and the ability and knowledge +that they often display; and defends those whom he has known (mainly +the Spaniards) from the charge of licentiousness. He discusses the +relations between the curas and civil alcaldes--the former being +often the protectors of the Indians against the latter. + +A survey of the field and labors of the Augustinian Recollects is +obtained from _Provincia de San Nicolás de Tolentino de Agustinos +descalzos_ (Manila, 1879)--presented partly in translation, partly in +synopsis. In it are enumerated the missions in charge of that order, +with the number of souls in each; frequently occurs an historical +account of a mission's foundation and growth, and biographical +mention of especially notable missionaries--including those who in +early days were martyrs in Calamianes and Mindanao. It ends with +tables showing the numbers of tributes, souls, and ministers in the +Recollect provinces, at various times. + +A sketch of the religious condition in the islands in 1896-98 +is furnished by José Algué and other Jesuit fathers of Manila +in their compendious work, _Archipiélago filipino_ (Washington, +1900). Statistics showing the growth of the Christianized native +population from 1735 to 1898 are compiled from various sources--a +remarkable increase, which the editors ascribe mainly to missionary +labors. Then the various sees are enumerated, with their bishops, +cathedrals, courts, seminaries, and priests; and the various houses, +colleges, and other institutions possessed by the respective +religious orders in the islands, besides the colleges of each in +Spain. Considerable space is devoted to a characterization of +the religious spirit that prevails among the Filipinos; and to +the conclusion that general freedom of worship in that archipelago +"would be a fatal measure to any government that rules the destinies +of Filipinas," and might result in a politico-religious war. The +American government is therefore warned not to allow such freedom in +the islands. + + +The Editors + +July, 1905. + + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1637-1638 + + + Remonstrance of Augustinians against the _alternativa_. Juan + Ramirez, O.S.A., and others; September 9, 10, 1637. + Corcuera's campaign in Jolo. Juan de Barrios, S.J.; + March-April, 1638. + + +Sources: The first of these documents is obtained from a MS. in +the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla; the second, from one in the +Academia Real de la Historia, Madrid. + +Translations: The first document is translated by Emma Helen Blair +(except the Latin part, by Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.); the second, +by James A. Robertson. + + + + + + +REMONSTRANCE OF AUGUSTINIANS AGAINST THE ALTERNATIVA + + +Sire: + +In fulfilment of your Majesty's commands and of the obligation that +rests upon us as your Majesty's loyal vassals and humble chaplains, +we have every year rendered account to your Majesty of the progress +made by this province of Philipinas of our father St. Augustine; +and [have told you] how the religious of the province--whom your +Majesty has sent to these regions, at the cost of his royal estate, +for the conversion of these peoples and the direction of those who are +converted--are and have been occupied, with the utmost solicitude, in +fulfilling their obligations and your Majesty's command by gathering +rich fruits, both spiritual and temporal. + +It is now eight years, [1] Sire, since this province received +a brief from his Holiness Gregory Fifteenth of blessed memory, +that was obtained improperly, through the efforts of the religious +who are in this province who are born in these regions. In it his +Holiness ordained that all the elections among the said religious, +from that of provincial to that of the most petty official, should +be shared between the religious of these regions and those who have +come from España at your Majesty's cost. The execution of this decree +was impossible, because the number of the said religious who were +born in these regions was much less than that of the offices which, +it was ordained, must be conferred upon them. On this account, appeal +was made to his Holiness, who was more clearly informed [about the +matter]. Nevertheless, these letters have caused great commotions in +the order itself and in the community; for many persons in the colony, +on account of being kindred of the religious of this country, and +many others who, like those religious, were born here, have taken up +the cause as their own--thinking that they are thus defending their +native land. This is a difficulty that may give rise to many others; +and these provinces have during all this time suffered many anxieties +and losses, as will appear from the reports which we are sending to +your Majesty with this letter. This year it pleased our Lord that +another brief should come, from his Holiness Urban Eighth, which +revoked the former brief of Gregory Fifteenth. It was sent to the +archbishop of this city of Manila, so that he might--as the truth of +the allegations made in Rome by the father-general of our holy order +was evident--annul the former brief, and leave the elections of this +province in the liberty which our constitutions provide, without any +discrimination between nationalities. We gave many thanks to our Lord +for the favor that He had granted us; for, with this second brief, +we promised ourselves the peace and quiet that are necessary in order +that we all may more freely occupy ourselves in our Lord's service, +and in fulfilling the purpose for which your Majesty was pleased to +send us to these lands. But such was not the case; for the archbishop +was angry (according to what we can understand of the matter) +because in the former year of 35 we followed the cathedral church, +during his absence, in the observance of an interdict which he had +laid on this city--a proceeding which he greatly resented because, +he said when he returned to this city, the interdict had not been +raised by his order or with his consent. Now, as this business has +come into his hands, he is giving us many opportunities for gaining +merits; and although the narration made in the brief is so accurate +and truthful that there is nothing more evident, he has displayed his +cognizance of it by reducing it to the terms of an ordinary litigation, +and has made plain his intention, which is to exceed the commission +that his Holiness gives him in the brief--to the very considerate +prejudice and injury of this province and of the observance of our holy +constitutions. By his conduct the opposition that we have thus far +suffered from lay persons born in these regions has been continually +stimulated--to such an extent that Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, +the governor of these islands, saw that he had reason to fear some +bad ending to such beginnings; and therefore, with the prudence and +carefulness which he displays in all matters concerning his government, +he suppressed the disturbances which were being stirred up. + +We do not know, Sire, how this will result, although we strive in +all things to possess our souls in patience; and we trust to the +justice of the governor of these islands, that he will protect us in +all that our just claims and rights shall permit. For we can have +only this consolation in the present emergency, that violence is +threatened against us; and that the protection which the governor of +these islands has extended to your Majesty's vassals in such cases, +and his defense of the royal patronage, have been the occasion of +the commotions and troubles which have occurred in this city during +these last two years. For if the archbishop had chosen to avert them +he could have done so, without losing anything of his jurisdiction, +or failing to meet the obligations of a vigilant prelate. + +Accordingly, we entreat your Majesty not to give entire credit to all +the reports about this matter that are written to your Majesty from +this country; for we know how persons regard our affairs at present, +and that many are ruled by prejudice, and not by the facts in the +case. The same risk is run in other matters, for there never was a +judge who could please all persons. What we can assert and certify +to your Majesty is the great zeal which Don Sebastian Hurtado de +Corcuera has always displayed in the service of God and your Majesty, +and in the increase of the royal estate. For in his own life he +sets an example to the most devout religious; and in his personal +attention to the duties of his offices he continues without being +turned aside to anything else. His actions are guided by the law of +God and the service of your Majesty. He is vigilant in preventing +all offenses against God, and in military discipline. It seems as +if our Lord has aided him, in consequence of this; for it is in +his time that these islands of your Majesty, and your vassals, find +themselves in a condition of peace, without being harassed by so many +enemies as neighboring nations have--who have inflicted on them so +much damage through many previous years, with pillage, fire, murder, +and captivity. And as the most powerful enemy was the king of Mindanao, +last year the governor went in person to punish him in his own kingdom; +and he conquered that king and gained possession of two fortresses, +the most important that he had, with many cannons, muskets, and other +fire-arms. From this campaign the arms of your Majesty have gained +much reputation, and all the enemies of these islands are intimidated; +while the vassals whom your Majesty has in them are more established +in their obedience. If that fortunate victory had not occurred as it +did, there might have been much reason to fear for the allegiance that +the peoples of these islands owe to your Majesty. And Don Sebastian +deserves that your Majesty bestow upon him greater rewards, since +in more important posts the services which he can render to your +royal crown will be greater. May our Lord guard your royal person, +granting you the prosperity which your Majesty's many realms ask from +God, and of which they have need. Manila, September 9, 1637. Your +Majesty's chaplains, who kiss your royal feet, + + +Fray Juan Ramirez, provincial. +Fray Cristobal de Miranda, definitor. +Fray Geronimo de Medrano +Fray Alonso de Caravajal +Fray Juan de Montemayor +Fray Manuel de Errasti + + + + +Relation of events in the Philipinas province of the Order of +St. Augustine, and of the effects caused therein by the letters +of his Holiness Gregory XV in which he commanded that the +elections for offices, from the provincial to the most petty +official, should be made alternately between the two parties--one, +the religious who took the habit in España and came to these +islands for the conversion of the infidels and the direction of +those who are converted; the other, the religious who have +entered the order in the Indias. + + +This province of Philipinas of the order of our father St. Augustine +has enjoyed, from the time of its foundation at the conquest of +these islands, the utmost peace in its ordinary government; and +it is by virtue of this that it has accomplished so great results +in the service of the two majesties [_i.e._, God and the king of +Spain]--being always occupied in the conversion of these peoples, +and in the direction of those who are converted; and devoting so much +care to the fulfilment of its obligations, even when the results of +their labors made their devotion so manifest. In this state the order +was maintained, making great progress in the gain of souls, until the +year 29, in which this said province received a brief from his Holiness +Gregory XV, in which he commanded that the elections in the province, +from that of provincial to that of the most petty official, should +be made alternately between the religious who had come from España +at the cost of his Majesty, and those who had entered the order in +these regions. The brief was laid before the province; [2] but it had +been obtained by misrepresentations, and its execution was impossible +because the religious who had taken the habit in the Indias were very +few, numbering less than one-third as many men as were the offices +which the said brief commanded to be given to them. For these reasons, +the province appealed from the execution of the decree; but, although +this appeal was so just and so conformable to law, the judge whom they +had appointed to execute the decree [3] refused to allow it, declaring +that we were publicly excommunicated. Afterward, the royal Audiencia +here, to whom we had recourse with a plea of fuerza, declared that the +judge had committed it against us in not allowing the said petition +and appeal, that it might go before his Holiness. Then the judge, +compelled by the royal Audiencia, admitted the said appeal, and set +a time when it should be brought before the authorities at Roma. In +order to serve better the interests of this province, we appeared, +through our procurators, within the allotted time at Roma, and +furnished official statements presented by us, with all due solemnity. + +But this was not sufficient to make the religious who took the habit +in the Indias cease from disturbing the peace of the province; for +they appointed, in the year 35, another judge to execute the said +brief. He undertook to establish his judicature by proceeding against +us with harsh and violent acts, and caused us much anxiety; for he +was aided by nearly all the lay persons of this colony who were born +in these islands, who took up this cause as their own. They caused +many disturbances, and used language so offensive that they obliged +the honorable and well-intentioned people of this city to come to our +defense. This was done by the bishop of the city of Santísimo Nombre +de Jesus in Çubu, who was then governing this archbishopric; for as +judge of the ordinary he demanded from the said judge-executor the +documents by virtue of which the latter had erected a tribunal within +his territory. [4] Under the compulsion of censures and pecuniary +fines, the said judge-executor gave up the documents; and his Lordship, +having examined them, declared that they were not sufficient. [5] This +declaration was supported and favored by Don Juan Cereço de Salamanca, +who was at that time governor of these islands; and he also interposed +the superior authority of the office which he filled, to calm and +quiet in their beginnings these commotions--which threatened, if they +should increase, much greater troubles. They were quieted for the +time; but in the following year, 36, those religious again nominated +another judge [6] to execute the said brief, who began to carry out +this commission with even greater violence than the two former judges +displayed. His conduct was such that we could not protect ourselves, +although we protested that this cause devolved upon his Holiness; +and we offer here the authentic testimony of our statement presented +in course of appeal, the tenor of which is as follows: + +"By this present public instrument be it known to all that in the +year of the birth of our same Lord Jesus Christ, 1631, the fourteenth +indiction, the twenty-ninth day of March, and the eighth year of the +pontificate of our most holy father in Christ and our lord Urban VIII, +by divine Providence pope, the reverend brethren of the Order of Saint +Augustine resident in the province of the Philippines, who made their +profession in Spain, have proceeded against the brethren similarly +resident in the same province, who were received into the order in +the Indias. As filed in my office, etc. + +"To the petition in the memorial and brief as presented, the +reverend father Master Peter Ribadeneira, [7] assistant [general] +for the Spains and procurator for the Indias [or Philippines], +made answer as follows: That his clients were not bound thereto, +inasmuch as the said ordinances could not be carried into effect by +reason of impossibility, since the brethren who were given the habit +[of the order] in the Indias are fewer in number than the offices +[_or_ positions] to be filled [by the same]; wherefore the decree _de +alternativa_ [8] cannot be complied with in the conferral of the said +offices. Moreover, that the said brief was obtained without a hearing +of his clients, and therefore is surreptitious, besides being contrary +to truth in that the charge was made therein that a sedition had taken +place among the [brethren]. Wherefore protest has been entered that +no further steps be taken unless by [due process of law], etc. + +"Whereupon I the undersigned, a notary-public, have been requested +to have made and drawn up one or more public instruments in reference +to all and singular the above, according as may be needed or demanded. + +"Done at Rome in my office, etc., of the Rione del Ponte, [9] in the +presence and hearing and cognizance of Don Bernardino Pacheto [10] and +Don Jacobo Francisco Belgio, fellow-notaries and witnesses, especially +called, requested, and summoned to all and singular the above." + + + +We also present an original letter from the general of our order, and +another from the father assistant of the province of España, in which +they tell us how his Holiness had already revoked the said brief; +also another letter, from the procurator of this province at that +court [_i.e._, Madrid], in which he notified us that he had presented +the brief of revocation in the royal Council of the Indias. But, +notwithstanding these letters, the religious who had taken the +habit in the Indias persisted all the more in persuading their judge +to hurry forward the legal proceedings and to urge on the acts of +violence which he was executing against us; and in this importunity, +and in the opposition which the said religious made to the letters and +advices of the general and of the assistant in the Spanish provinces, +was admirably displayed the obedience and respect that they have +for their superior. At this juncture also arose disturbances made by +the relatives of the said religious, occasioning many scandals; and +the friars, encouraged by the support which these people gave them, +could not be corrected within the convent, and disturbed it to the +utmost. They made promises to the lay brethren to ordain them as +priests in order to draw these into their following; and _so_ far +did they go that all of them together sallied out from the convent +one morning--the second day of August in last year--more than two +hours before daylight, and carried with them the doorkeeper and three +lay brethren, leaving the gates of the convent open. Roaming through +the streets at those hours, with very great scandal, they went where +they chose until daylight; and then they went to the palace, where +they presented themselves before the governor of these islands, Don +Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera--demanding, under pretext of desiring +freedom to prosecute their just claims, that he shelter them under the +royal patronage, take them out of the [Augustinian] convent, and assign +them another where they could reside. The governor, with the prudence +and great zeal which he displays in all the affairs of his government, +rebuked them for this proceeding, ordered that the provincial be +summoned, and charged him to take the religious back to the convent, +but to treat them kindly; and, although recognizing the serious nature +of their act, he requested the provincial not to punish them for it, +and the latter acted in accordance with the governor's wishes. + +But those religious continued to cause much mischief and trouble, +and there was reason to fear other and greater difficulties. The +procedure of the judge was so violent that he went so far as to +issue an act in which he represented the preceding [session of the] +chapter as nugatory, and commanded the provincial, with penalties +and censures, to surrender within two hours the seal of the province, +so that it might be given to the person on whom the said judge should +see fit to bestow it. They delayed notification of this act to the +provincial until sunset, so that he could not reply within the time +set; and as soon as morning came, they declared that he had incurred +censures. The governor of these islands, as your Majesty's lieutenant, +interposed the authority of his office; and thus were prevented the +great injuries that were beginning outside the order--and, within it, +the disturbance and schism which had begun. This was done by means +of an act issued by the judge, in which he suspended the former +act, and decided that the trial of this cause should be deferred for +forty days before the [next] chapter-meeting. Therewith this province +remained in peace and quiet, [11] and all the religious attended to +their obligations--until the arrival, in this year of thirty-seven, +of the bull for this province, passed by the royal Council of the +Indias, in which our most holy father Urban Eighth revoked the brief +for the _alternativa_; its tenor is as follows: + +"Since, however, it has lately been reported to us by our beloved son, +the prior-general of the order [12] of the brothers hermits of Saint +Augustine, that in the aforesaid province nearly all the brethren of +Spanish blood of the said order resident therein were sent to those +countries at the expense of our very dear son in Christ, Philip, +the Catholic king of the Indias, in order that they might labor for +the conversion of heathens and the instruction of converts; that +moreover in the province and order of the aforesaid brethren in those +countries there are very few [brethren] known as creoles [_criolli_], +who are fit for the charge of those peoples: Therefore in the letters +presented as inserted ahead, in view moreover of the fact that it is +impossible to have the law carried out since the creole brethren are +not numerous enough to fill the aforesaid offices with the care of +souls attached thereto, an appeal has been taken to us and to the +apostolic see to have the said decrees set aside. Hence the said +prior-general has humbly petitioned us of our apostolic kindness to +make due provision in the premises. + +"Therefore hearkening to the petition of the said prior-general, +desirous moreover of rewarding him with especial favors and graces +[we hereby,] in order that these presents alone be carried into +effect, do absolve him and declare him thus absolved from whatsoever +excommunication, suspension, interdict, and other ecclesiastical +sentences, censures, and penalties incurred by law or individual court, +should he in any manner have been entangled thereby; moreover through +these presents we charge and order your fraternity that, should the +petition be grounded on truth, you interpret benignly and recall the +letters inserted ahead, to the end that by our apostolic authority the +elections for the future be free, in accordance with the constitutions +of the said order, the same as if the letters inserted ahead had not +been issued. The same letters inserted ahead and all other things to +the contrary notwithstanding. + +"Given in Castel Gandolfo [13] of the diocese of Albano, under the +seal of the Fisherman, the eighteenth day of May, the year one thousand +six hundred and thirty-four, and the eleventh year of our pontificate." + +This entire clause appears inserted in the brief, after the relation +which is made therein of the brief which his Holiness Gregory XV +issued in favor of the alternate elections--which is the one which +his Holiness [Urban VIII] revoked by the said letters, as appears by +them. We presented this brief to the archbishop of Manila, to whom +its execution came committed, with the cognizance of the clause _si +preces veritate nitantur_; [14] and with the said brief the attorneys +for our cause presented three certified statements by the provincial +and definitory of this province, drawn from its books, and sworn +to and signed by all. In one of these statements is contained the +number of the religious in this province who took the habit and made +profession in the kingdoms of España. Of these there are ninety-three, +among whom are two youths graduated in theology; ten lecturers in +arts and theology; thirty preachers who completed their studies in the +realms and universities of España, and in that country received their +diplomas as preachers; and twenty-four preachers who came to these +islands before they completed their studies, and received that title +in these provinces. In another statement is contained the number of +the religious in this province who have taken the habit in the Indias; +these are thirty-three. Six of them should be excluded: two of these +are of Portuguese nationality, sons of the Congregation of Yndia--who, +by a decree of his Majesty, and the decision of a full definitory of +this province, are commanded to return to their own congregation. Two +others are prevented from saying mass--one by old age, and the other +by having been insane more than fifteen years. Another is of Japanese +nationality; and the sixth is a mestizo, son of a Portuguese father and +a Japanese mother. At the foot of this memorandum is a declaration by +the definitory that there are other persons on the list therein who are +disqualified, legally and by our constitutions, from holding offices +in our holy order--whom, if it should be necessary, they will make +known. In the third certificate is contained the number of offices that +this province furnishes; there are eighty-four of these, in which must +be counted the sixty-six convents of the order which are residences +of ministers, and three others which are communities. The archbishop +accepted these certified statements, and commanded, by an act which +he issued officially, that the two religious who acted as attorneys +for the religious who had taken the habit in the Indias should be +notified of these statements; and that when they had examined and +understood the papers, they must declare under oath whether these were +authentic and legal, and if they had anything to add to them. After +the said attorneys had examined and understood them, they declared +that the statements were accurate and truthful; and likewise, by +a juridical act of his Lordship, the same notification was made to +seven or eight other religious of the same faction of the Yndias, +who also under oath declared that the statements were accurate and +truthful. Notwithstanding this evidence, the archbishop began to allow +petitions from the said attorneys for the party of the Yndias, in which +they promised to furnish evidence that the narration made in the said +brief was false--saying that the word _paucisimi_ [_i.e._, "very few"], +which is in the said brief, signified no more than two or three; and +that the words _inepti ad administrationem populorum_ [_i.e._, "not +fit for the charge of those peoples"] meant unfitness of the intellect; +and they endeavored to prove that they were competent and capable for +the offices that the province had. The religious of España opposed +this, evidence, saying that such was not the signification of those +words; for _paucisimi_ was understood with respect to the offices, and +_inepti ad administrationem populorum_ meant lack of strength in their +numbers--as farther down the same brief explained it in the words: +_Quod dicti patres in numero suficiente apti non sint_, and _oficiorum +prefatorum distributione_. [15] And as for the arguments adduced at +Roma when this matter was presented in course of appeal--which were +stated in the testimony, as is most clearly evident--those religious +did not oppose these allegations, or many others which were made to +his Lordship. To him were also presented several protests against the +injuries which this province, in their general opinion and belief, +had to suffer, and, as many individuals of their number thought, +difficulties which might arise from furnishing the said information, +as a reason why his Lordship might fail to accept this statement of +the case. These difficulties appear, and in fact have begun to make +trouble with persons outside of the order. The religious of España saw +this; and they knew that the witnesses who gave their testimony in the +case could not have knowledge of all the religious in this province +who have taken the habit in the Yndias, nor of their qualifications, +nor for what offices they were suitable according to our constitutions; +moreover, they heard that it was certain that the said fathers of the +Yndias faction were representing and alleging their own suitability +[for those offices]--the purpose of these efforts being to establish +by them new pretensions in the two courts [of Madrid and Roma], and +with those representations to cause fresh disturbances and uneasiness +in this province. To obviate this mischief, and to make clear and +evident the justice in the claims of both sides, and to prevent +gossip by persons outside of the order regarding the qualifications +of the religious, the fathers of Castilla presented a petition in +which was inserted a memorandum of the religious in this province who +belonged to the Yndias faction; these are thirty-three, the same as +those mentioned in the certified statement of the definitory that was +presented earlier. Constrained by necessity and the strait in which +they found themselves, the fathers of España testified, under oath +and in legal form, in what manner fifteen of the religious mentioned +in the said petition were disqualified or disabled, by law and the +constitutions of our order, for holding official positions in the +order. They also demanded that, of the eighteen who remained, the +attorneys of the Yndias faction should declare, for each separately +and in detail, what learning and competency he possessed; whether +he had been a student in any course of science or arts, and where +and at what time; for what offices in the order he was competent, +according to our constitutions; and in which of the four provinces +which this province [of St. Augustine] administers--in which it is +necessary to know the Tagál, Pampanga, Ylocan, and Bisayan tongues, +which are all different languages--each of those religious was a +minister. [They were also asked to name] those who had sufficient +fluency in the language to preach the gospel and declare the mysteries +of the faith to the Indians; and whether there were any religious of +their faction who were qualified to be preachers in this convent of +Manila and in other Spanish towns and convents; whether there were +any such religious capable of teaching arts and theology (both moral +and scholastic), or of deciding the difficult questions that are +wont to arise regarding the administration of the sacraments in the +provinces. The fathers of Castilla stated that, when the truth of these +matters should be ascertained, they were ready to make concessions, +without the necessity of a formal investigation; and that in matters +where there was any doubt, they would have the religious appear before +his Lordship [the archbishop], so that before him and the professors +of the two universities of this city, or before the superiors of the +religious orders, they might be examined by the official examiners of +this province, and their qualifications be made evident. They have +made no reply to this request, and we fear that the archbishop will +not oblige them to answer it--inasmuch as in the number of the said +eighteen religious not eight will be found who can in strictness be +considered qualified to hold an office _cum cura animorum_ [_i.e._, +"with the care of souls"], and not one for positions as professors +or preachers in this city of Manila, while only two are well versed +in cases of conscience. + +The affair remains in this condition, and we do not know how it will +end; for in this country justice and law do not secure, to one who +seeks justice, the attainment of his object. Done at this convent of +St. Augustine in Manila, on the tenth of September, in the year one +thousand six hundred and thirty-seven. + + +Fray Juan Ramirez, provincial. +Fray Cristobal de Miranda, definitor. +Fray Geronimo de Medrano +Fray Alonso de Carabajal +Fray Juan de Montemayor +Fray Manuel de Errasti + + + + + + +CORCUERA'S CAMPAIGN IN JOLO + + +In my last letter I wrote to your Reverence of the result of the first +attack--which was unfortunate, because the Moros repulsed us, as I told +your Reverence. Not less unfortunate will be the news that I shall +now relate, [16] which it is yet necessary for me to tell, in order +to fulfil my duty and to remove the clouds arising from rumors and +letters that will go there. I am here and see everything; and there is +never a lack of those who tell many new things, and exaggerate matters +that are not so great as they will relate and descant there, where +no one can report and declare what has happened. It is as follows. + +Since that attack, we have made two others. The first was with five +mines which we had made, with which we expected to blow up a great +part of those walls. All of the mines were fired, and, thinking that +they would cause the same effects as the others, our men retired +farther than they ought to have done. Four of the mines exploded, +and did not a little damage among the enemy. They, full of fear, +fled down from their position; but, as the mines did not make the +noise that we expected, we did not, accordingly, get there in time, +as we were quite distant because of our fear lest the mines do us +harm. The Moros retook their position, so that we were repulsed this +time, as we had been the other--with the death of a captain, while some +men were wounded. The fifth mine was left, and did not explode that +time. Hence its mouth was looked for, and having found it, we tried +two days after that to make another assault. The assault was made after +the mine had exploded. That mine was larger than the others had been, +and caused much damage. But the Moros fortified themselves again, +with greater strength than they had the last two times; and defended +themselves in their trenches, which had been fortified with many +stockades and terrepleins, so that we could not enter. We lost some +soldiers on that occasion, who tried to show that they were bold and +valiant. Among them was the sargento-mayor Melon, who was struck by +a ball which passed through him and carried him off in two days. May +God rest his soul! Thereupon, we retired to our posts, and endeavored +to collect our men and carry away the wounded, who were many. We +have lost four captains of renown in these three assaults--namely, +Captain Pimienta, Captain Juan Nicolas, Captain Don Pedro de Mena, and +Sargento-mayor Gonzales de Caseres Melon. Besides these three assaults, +another misfortune happened to us, on St. Matthew's day, which was as +follows. Captain Rafael Ome, going with forty-six men and two hundred +Indians to make a _garo_ [17] (as we say here), and having taken +up quarters in a field, where there was a fortified house, arranged +his posts at intervals and ordered his men to be on their guard. But +since man proposes and God disposes, the posts were either careless, +or God ordained it thus; for suddenly the enemy rushed upon our men, +who could not unite, as they were by that time scattered through the +forest. The enemy, having caught them off their guard, made a pastime +of it, killing twenty-six men, and carrying off arms, powder, balls, +and fuses. I regard that event as the greatest of all our losses. Among +those of our men killed there by the enemy was Captain Lopez Suarez, +a fine soldier. Our men were not disheartened by these reverses, +except such and such men. The governor well sustains the undertaking +with [all his powers of] mind and body. He has surrounded the entire +hill with a stockade and a ditch, and has sown the ground with sharp +stakes so that the enemy may neither receive aid nor sally out from +it. At intervals there are sentry-posts and towers, so close that they +almost touch. There were six barracks along it, so that if any tower +should be in need the soldiers in them could go to its defense. Some +of them have six men, others four, and those which have least three +men, as a guard. The enclosure is one legua long and surrounds the +hill. I do not know which causes the more wonder, the fort of the +Moros or the enclosure of the Spaniards--which restrains the Moros, +so that they issue but seldom, and then at their peril. We are day +by day making gradual advances. Today a rampart was completed which +is just even with their stockades, so that we shall command the hill +equally [with the enemy]. God helping, I hope that we shall reduce +their trenches, and then we shall advance from better to better. May +God aid us; and _si Dominus a custodierit civitatem frustra vigilat qui +custodit eam_. [18] Father, prayers and many of them are needed. Will +your Reverence have them said in your holy college, and excuse me and +all of us for what we can not do. I forward this letter, [hoping] for +its good fortune in the holy sacrifices of your Reverence, etc. Jolo, +March 31, 1638. To the father-prior of Manila. + + +_Pax Christi, etc._ + +I would like to be the bearer of this letter, and to fulfil my desires +of seeing your Reverence and all the fathers and brothers of your +Reverence's holy college. That is a proposition for which credit +may be given me, but the time gives space only to suffer; and thus +do we have to accommodate ourselves to it, and to check our desires, +drawing strength from weakness. I must content myself with writing, +which would be a pleasant task, if I could do it at my leisure, and not +so hastily as I have made known in certain letters that I have sent +to your Reverence--not losing or neglecting any occasion at which I +could write. And so that this opportunity should not pass without a +letter from me, I have hastened my pen beyond my usual custom, and +have written very concisely and briefly--although I could write at +greater length, and give account of many things which I leave for a +better occasion. That will be when it is the Lord's pleasure for us +to see each other. Moreover, I have no pleasant news to write, since +that which I could write would all be to the effect that we have not +gained this enchanted hill; and that, at the times when we have tempted +fortune, we have retired with loss of some men and many wounded. + +Continuing, then, in the same style as the last letter, I declare +that since the first assault, in which we were driven back with the +loss of Captain Don Pedro Mena Pando, Adjutant Oliva, and Alférez +Trigita, we have made two other assaults. One was on the twenty-fourth +of March, the eve of our Lady of the Assumption. The second was on +the twenty-eighth of the same month. In the first, we trusted to the +mines that had been made, by means of which we expected to make a safe +entrance. We would have made it had our fear of receiving harm from +them matched the little fear of the enemy--who, as barbarians, did not +prepare for flight, although they knew our designs. Of the five mines, +four blew up; and as was seen, and as we afterward learned here from +some captives, there was a great loss to the enemy. As soon as they +saw the fire, they took to flight; but our men, being at a distance, +could not come up to seize the posts that the enemy abandoned, +until very late. That gave the Moros time to take precautions, so +that when we had come up, it was impossible to gain a single thing +which the mines had given us. On that occasion both sides fought +very valiantly. The wounded on our side were not many, and our dead +even fewer; among the latter was Captain Pimienta. We were forced to +return to our posts without having gained more than the damage wrought +by the mines. The loss of those people was considerable, while not +few of them perished because of the severity of our fire. But with +the opportunity of the fifth mine which remained (which could not +have its effect, because the fire-channel of the others choked it), +the third attack was made inside of two days, by first setting fire +to that mine, and by arranging the men better than on the day of +the previous assault. They were set in array by the governor, who in +person came up to these quarters on that occasion. They set fire to +the mine, and more was accomplished than on the preceding days. Many +of the enemy were killed; but, as the entrance was so deeply recessed, +it could not be forced so freely by us, for the Moros were able to +defend it from us, with so great valor that we could not take it. Our +men fought with so great spirit and courage that it was necessary for +the leaders to use force with them in order to get the men to retire, +when they saw the so superior force of the enemy. On that occasion +they killed seven of our men, besides wounding many. Among the latter +was Sargento-mayor Melon, who was shot through the lung by a ball. He +died on the second day, to the grief of all this army. Thereupon his +Lordship made his men retire to their quarters, and commanded that the +fort should not be attacked, but that they should proceed to gain it by +the complete blockade of the enemy, as we are doing. By this method, +I think that we shall make an entrance into the fort. Already we have +one bulwark, which we have made level with their entrenchments; and +we are raising our works one and one-half varas above them, so that +we are dislodging them with our artillery. They are retiring to the +interior of their fort. By this means we hope to gain entrance into +all their forts; and, once masters of them, I trust by God's help +that we shall conquer their stronghold, and that they will humble +themselves to obey God and the king. + +Before those assaults, on St. Matthew's day, Captain Raphael Ome went +out to make a _garo_, as they say here, and to overrun the country. In +this island the level country is heavily wooded as nearly all of it +is mountainous. [19] He took in his company about fifty men [_i.e._, +Spaniards] and two hundred Caraga Indians. The captain reached a field, +and having lodged in a fortified house, such as nearly all those houses +are (for those Indians of the mountain, who are called Guimennos, [20] +build them for their defense), he placed his sentries and seized the +positions that he judged most dangerous. But since _non est volentis +neque currentis_, etc., either because of the great multitude and the +wiliness of the enemy, or (as is more certain) because the sentries +were careless, and the other men asleep, the enemy came suddenly and +attacked our soldiers--with so great fury that they killed twenty-six +men, among whom was Captain Lopez Suarez, a brave soldier. The leader +and captain, Ome, was in great danger. He fought in person with so +great valor that, although run through with a spear, he attacked and +defeated his opponent, laying him dead at his feet. Few of our men +aided him, and many of them retreated immediately, thus allowing +the enemy to capture from us twenty firearms, with fuses, powder, +and balls. That was a great loss, and it is certain that we have not +hitherto had a greater. And if any loss has occurred, it has been +due to the neglect and confidence of the Spaniard. + +Today two Bassilan Indians came down from the hill to ask for mercy, +and for passage to their own country. They say that they are sent by +the datos in the stronghold who came from that island of Bassila or +Taquima; and that, if permission and pardon were given to them by the +_pari_ [_i.e._, Corcuera], one hundred and thirty of them would come +down in the morning. We regard this as a trick of that Moro; and, +although it may be as they say, we are taking precautions, and are +watching for whatever may happen. It they should come, they will be +well received; and that will not be a bad beginning to induce others to +come from the hill. I shall advise your Reverence of such event on the +first occasion. What we know that they are suffering within [the fort] +is the disease of smallpox and discharges of blood, together with great +famine; because we have surrounded the entire hill with ditches and +stockades, set with sharp stakes, which run around it for more than +one and one-half leguas, and within musket-shot [of their fort] is a +sentry-post [_garita_] or tower in which three men and three Bantayas +are staying. By that means the enemy cannot enter or go out without +being seen; and, when they do that, they are given such a bombardment +that scarcely does any one dare to go outside of their walls. The +hill is a beautiful sight, and if it were enjoying holy peace instead +of war, it would be no small matter of entertainment and recreation +to survey the landscape at times. The Moro does not like to see us, +and is looking at us continually from his stronghold and yelling and +scoffing at us--as they say sometimes that the Spaniards are chickens; +again, that they are sibabuyes; [21] and again, that they will come +to set fire to us all, and kill us. The Moro is a great rascal and +buffoon. I trust in God that in a little while He will be ready for +our thanksgivings [for the defeat of the Moros]. Will your Reverence +urge His servants to aid us with their sacrifices and prayers. Those, +I believe, it will be that must give us the victory, and that must +humble the arrogance of this Mahometan. His Lordship is displaying +great firmness and patience, as he is so great a soldier. Already has +he almost raised a stone fort on the beach, for he intends to leave +a presidio here, and I think that it will be almost finished before +he leaves. Nothing else occurs to me. Of whatever else may happen, +your Reverence will be advised on the first occasion. If I have gone +to considerable length in this letter, it is because I have known, +one day ahead, of the departure of this champan. I commend myself +many times to the holy sacrifices of your Reverence. This letter +will also serve for our father provincial, etc. Jolo, April 5, one +thousand six hundred and thirty-eight. + +The Moro has returned today with a letter from the queen and all the +stronghold, in which they beg pardon and humiliate themselves. May +God grant it, and bring them to His knowledge. I shall advise you of +the result. I hear that Dato Achen is dead. If that is so, then the +end has come. Today, the sixth of the above month. + +_Pax Christi_ + +_Deo gracias qui dedit nobis victoriam per Jesum Christum Dominum +nostrum._ [22] I have written your Reverence another letter, by way of +Othon, telling you that it was our Lord's pleasure to give us a joyous +Easter-tide, the beginning of what has happened. His Divine Majesty +has chosen to bestow upon us an overflowing blessing, by the reduction +of these Moros so that they should come, abased and humiliated, to +beg His governor for mercy; for, whether it was the latter's plan +to go to treat for peace at Basilan for their men, or whether they +should send them all, that they might see how the governor viewed their +petition, the following day they came with letters from the queen [23] +for Father Pedro Gutierrez and his Lordship. Therein she begged the +father to protect her, for she wished to come to throw herself at the +feet of the _hari_ of Manila, and to beg his pardon for the obstinacy +that they had shown hitherto. The father answered for his Lordship, +in regard to the pardon, that if they agreed to do what was right, +they would be very gladly pardoned; but that in regard to their coming +it was not time, until they would humbly give up the arms which they +had taken from us, and the captives, vessels, and holy ornaments; +and that, even though the queen had so great authority, so long as +the king did not come, he must declare and show his willingness to +accept what the queen had written. Accordingly, the king wrote to +the same father and to his Lordship next day, begging the same thing +and more earnestly. But he was not allowed to come--which he urgently +entreated--until they should have given up the arms and other things +of which they had robbed us. Difficulties arose over this point, as +to which of the two things was to be done first. The Moro declared +that he wished to treat first of the peace, and the points on which +they were to agree; and therefore it was necessary to see the _hari_ +of Manila first of all. But Don Sebastian, as he was so experienced +in these matters of war (in which God has inspired him with so +wise resolutions, and given him even better results), held firm to +his proposals. Two days passed, but at last the king agreed to the +terms, by giving up the pieces of artillery which he had captured from +us. There were four iron pieces; and, in place of one which had burst, +one of bronze was requested, which many mines had buried. Afterward we +found the broken piece, by opening the mouth of one of the mines; and +he gave it to us willingly--saying that he had thus brought the broken +piece, and that he ought not for that reason to give another in its +place; and that that which had been asked from him had been bought for +forty _basines_ of gold at Macazar. In order that the Spaniards might +see what an earnest desire for a permanent peace was in his heart, +and that he was greatly inclined to it, he sent also some muskets, +although few and poor ones. In what pertained to the captives, he +said that he would surrender those that he had, but that he could not +persuade his datos to give up theirs; still he would ask them to give +their captives. At most, he sent eleven Christian captives, counting +men, women, and children. He had already spent the holy vessels, for, +since it was so long a time since they had been brought, he had sold +them to the king of Macazar; but he said that he and all his property +were there, to satisfy the Spaniards for any injury that they had +received. The king petitioned his Lordship to allow him to visit him; +and his Lordship granted such permission for Quasimodo Sunday. + +The dattos [_sic_] were very angry that the king was so liberal, and +because he humbled himself so deeply; accordingly, they opposed his +leaving the hill to talk with the governor. They tried to prevent it, +but the king overruled everything by the reasons which he gave to the +datos, and which Father Gregorio Belin gave to him. His Lordship gave +hostages for the king, and ordered Captain Marquez and Captain Raphael +Ome to remain as such. They asked for Admiral Don Pedro de Almonte +and two fathers, but that was not granted to them. Finally they were +satisfied with the two said captains, persons of great esteem and +worth; and the king came down to talk with his Lordship, accompanied +by many chief men. His Lordship received him with such display as he +could arrange at short notice, under a canopy of damask, and seated +on a velvet chair, with a cushion of the same at his feet. Another +cushion was placed at his side upon a rug. As the king entered +the hall, his Lordship rose from his seat, and advancing two steps, +embraced the Moro king; then he made him sit down on the cushion that +had been prepared. Then his Lordship also seated himself beside the +king in his chair, while at his right side was his confessor, and at +his left stood a captain of the guard and the sargento-mayor. Grouped +behind the confessor were the fathers who were in the quarters on that +occasion. There were two Augustinian Recollects, and one Franciscan +Recollect, and a secular priest. Then came Father Gutierrez, and Father +Gregorio Belin. The king requested permission to rest a little first, +for he came, one of his servants fanning him [_haciendole paypay_], +lifting up from time to time the _chinina_ which he wore--open in +front, in order to catch the breeze, and to enable him to shelter +himself from the heat, or to get rid of the fears with which he +had come. His chief men seated themselves after him on that open +floor, a seat very suitable for such nobility, who esteemed it as a +great favor. Then when the king was rested, or reassured from his +fears, they began their discourses or _bicharas_, talking, after +the manner of these people, by the medium of interpreters--namely, +Father Juan de Sant Joseph, an Augustinian Recollect, and Alférez +Mathias de Marmolejo, both good interpreters. The governor set forth +his conditions. The agreement made was: first, that the banners of +the king our sovereign were to be hoisted on the stronghold; second, +that the men from Vasilan were to be permitted to leave the stronghold +and go to their country; third, that the Macazars and Malays were +also to leave and return to their own lands; and fourth, in order +that the first condition might be fulfilled without the rattle of +arms and the shedding of blood, all the enemy were to come down to +our quarters, while the king and queen and their family could come +to that of the governor. The Moro king did not like this last point; +but as he saw that matters were ill disposed for his defense, he had +to assent to everything. But, before its execution, he begged his +Lordship to communicate the terms with his men and datos, saying that +he would endeavor to get them all to agree to the fulfilment of what +his Lordship ordered; and that in a day and a half he would reply and, +in what pertained to the other conditions, they would be immediately +executed. This happened, for the Basillans descended in two days with +all their men and families--in all, one hundred and forty-seven. Some +fifty or sixty did not then descend, as they were unable to do +so. The Macazars refused to descend until they received pardon from +his Lordship, and a passport to their own country. Therefore their +captain came to talk with his Lordship, who discussed with him what +was to be done with him and his men. The latter are very humble and +compliant to whatever his Lordship should order. His Lordship answered +that he would pardon their insolent and evil actions, and they could +descend with security of life; and that he would give them boats, +so that they could go away. Thereupon the captain, giving a kris [24] +as security that they would come, returned, and immediately began to +bring down his property and men. The Malays came with them, for all +those peoples had united against the Castilians. They are the ones +who have done us most harm with their firearms, and have furnished +quantities of ammunition for all the firearms of the Joloans. At the +end of the time assigned to the king for answering his Lordship in +regard to the matters which he had discussed with him, he was summoned, +in order that what had been recently concluded might not be hindered, +as his Lordship had many matters to which to attend. If he would not +come, his Lordship was resolved immediately to continue his bombardment +and fortifications, saying that he would make slaves of all whom he +captured. With this resolution, the queen determined to come to visit +his Lordship; and, so saying and doing, she summoned her chair, and had +herself carried down to the quarters of Don Pedro de Almonte--which +is the one located on their hill, and which has given them so much +to do. She sent a message to the governor, begging him to grant her +permission, as she wished to see him. His Lordship sent a message to +her, to the effect that he would be very glad to see her, and that +she would be coming at a seasonable time. She came to the hall borne +on the shoulders of her men, accompanied by some of her ladies and by +her _casis_, who was coming with pale face. She alighted at the door +of his Lordship's hall. He went out to receive her, and with marked +indications of friendship and kindness led her to her seat, which was +a cushion of purple velvet; and his Lordship, seated in his own chair, +welcomed her through his interpreter, Alférez Mathias de Marmolexo. She +responded very courteously to the courtesies of the governor; for the +Moro woman is very intelligent, and of great capacity. She did not +speak directly to the interpreters, but through two of her men, one +of whom was the _casis_; and often he, without the queen speaking, +answered to what was proposed. The queen petitioned and entreated +the governor to desist from entering the stronghold, for the women, +being timid creatures, feared the soldiers greatly. And if his Lordship +was doing it to oblige her and the king her husband to descend, she +said that they would descend immediately, with all their people. Thus +did she entreat from him whom his Lordship represented; and I desired +that she should obtain this favor. His Lordship answered her that he +would do so very willingly; but that he had an express mandate for it +[_i.e._, to gain the fort] from his king, and that, if he did not +obey it, he would lose his head. "I do not wish," said Toambaloca +(for such is the name of the queen), "that the favor which I petition +be at so great a price and danger to your Lordship. Consequently, +will you kindly grant me three days? and in that time I, the king, and +our people will descend without fail." His Lordship thanked her anew, +and added that with this she obliged him to fulfil strictly what he +had promised her. "Indeed," said the queen, "I have no doubt of it; +for, being in the gaze of so many nations that your Lordship has to +conquer, it is clear that you must fulfil what you have promised +me; for your Lordship's actions toward me would be understood by +all to be those that you would have to perform toward all." This +terminated the discussion. His Lordship ordered a collation to be +spread for the queen and her ladies; and then his Lordship retired, +so that they might refresh themselves without any embarrassment. Then, +having dined, the queen returned to her stronghold with the retinue +that she had brought. Before she left the quarters she was saluted +by the discharge of two large pieces of artillery, which had been +made ready for that purpose. She was greatly pleased by that, and the +next day began to carry out her promises, by sending down a portion +of her possessions. The Macasars and Malays also brought down their +property with hers, and immediately embarked. I had written up to +this point to this day, Saturday, the seventeenth of this month +of April, hoping for the end of all these incipient results and +expected events regarding this stronghold; the issue has been such +as we could expect from Him who has also been pleased to arrange +and bring it to pass. Last night the queen came down to sleep in our +camp or quarters, with some of her ladies. In the morning she went to +report her good treatment to her people; for she was received with a +salute of musketry and large artillery, and a fine repast. All that +has been done to oblige her to encourage her people, for they were +very fearful, to descend immediately. More than two thousand have +now descended, and our banners are flying on the hill, and our men +are fortified on it. May God be praised, to whom be a thousand thanks +given; for He, without our knowledge or our expectations, has disposed +this matter thus--blinding this Moro and disheartening him, so that, +having been defeated, he should surrender to our governor, and give +himself up without more bloodshed. We are trying to secure Dato Ache; +if we succeed in this, I shall advise you. Now there is nothing more +to say, reverend Father, except to give God the thanks, for He is +the one who has prepared and given this victory to us; and to beg +all in your Reverence's holy college to give thanks that the college +has had (as I am very certain) so great a share in the achievements +[here]. The governor is very much pleased, and we all regard him +in the proper light. The men are full of courage, and even what was +carefully done is now improved. I am your Reverence's humble servant, +whom I pray that God may preserve as I desire, and to whose sacrifices +I earnestly commend myself. Jolo, April 17, 1638. + +Juan de Barrios + + +All the Joloans descended, in number about four thousand six hundred, +to the sea. Finding themselves down and outside the enclosure, they +all fled, under cover of a very heavy shower of rain--leaving all their +possessions, in order not to be hindered in their flight. Many mothers +even abandoned their little children. One abandoned to us a little girl +who had received a dagger-stroke, who received the waters of baptism +and immediately died. There is much to say about this, and many thanks +to give to God, of which we shall speak when it pleases God to let +us see each other. Today, the nineteenth of this month of April, 1638. + +Barrios + + +The governor sent messages to the king and queen by two _casis_, +asking why they had fled. They replied that since all their people +had fled, they had gone after them for very shame, but that they +would try to bring them back and to come, and this was the end of the +matter. The result was exceedingly profitable for our soldiers and +Indians; for the Joloans, fearful because they thought that, if they +became scattered, they would all be killed, abandoned whatever they +were carrying--quantities of goods, and chests of drawers--which our +soldiers sacked. Above, in the stronghold, they found much plunder. It +is believed that the king and queen will return, but not Dato Açhe; +but this is not considered certain. + + +_Letter from Sanboangan_ + +_Pax Christi_ + + +I am not writing to anyone [else], for the lack of time does not allow +me to do so. Therefore will your Reverence please communicate this to +the father provincial, Father Hernandez Perez; Father Juan de Bueras, +and the father rector of Cavite. + +When our men were most disheartened at seeing that the fortress on the +hill was so extensive, and that it was becoming stronger daily; that +the mines and artillery had seemingly made no impression on it; that +we had been repulsed four times; and that our men were falling sick +very rapidly: in order that it might be very evident that it was [all] +the work of God, ambassadors came from the hill to beg his Lordship +for mercy. He received them gladly, and asked them for the artillery +that they had plundered from the Christians, etc. They brought down +four pieces, which they had taken from the shipyard, and brought to +us some Christians. Next day, more than one hundred and fifty people +from Basilan descended, who surrendered their arms, and then about +fifty Macazars, who did the same; and all were embarked in the patache. + +Next day the king and queen went down and slept in the camp of Don +Sebastian. On the following day (which was the day agreed upon when +all were to descend from the hill), seeing that it was already late, +the king and queen said that they would go to get their people. The +governor granted them permission, and went to a camp that was located +opposite the gate of the stronghold. All the Joloans descended, +carrying their goods, arms, etc., to the number of about four hundred +soldiers, and more than one thousand five hundred women, children, +old men, etc. They reached the governor's camp and Don Pedro de +Francia told the king that they must surrender their arms. The +latter replied that he would surrender them to none other than to +the governor. Thereupon, they went to summon his Lordship; but the +Joloans, seeing that they were going to summon him, fled, under +a heavy shower that was falling, and abandoned all their goods. A +vast amount of riches, many pieces of artillery, and versos, falcons, +muskets, arquebuses, etc., were found. The cause of the Moros fleeing +was their great fear that they were to be killed. On our part, since +Don Sebastian Hurtado held all their stronghold, and had left only +thirty men in his quarters (in order that Dato Ache might not escape), +and as that number could not resist so many people, the Joloans were, +on the contrary, allowed to go without any firearms being discharged. + +More than two hundred and fifty of the Joloans have died, and they +were perishing in great numbers from dysentery because the women and +children were placed under ground for fear of the balls. That and the +fear of the mines caused their surrender; for it was impossible to +take their fort by assault. The interior strength of that stronghold +is so great that the Spaniards were surprised; and all recognize +that it has been totally the work of God, and [a result of] the +perseverance of Don Sebastian, who ever said that all must die or +capture the stronghold. Somewhat more than two hundred Christians and +more than one hundred Moro women have come from the stronghold during +this time. All the Moro women are fearful. Up to date eighty-three +Spaniards have died from wounds, and many of them from disease. + +_The killed_ + + + Sargento-mayor Melon + Captain Don Pedro de Mena + Captain Juan Nicolas + Captain Pimienta + Captain Lope Suarez + + +_Died of dysentery_ + + + Captain Don Aregita Martin de Avila + Adjutant Oliba + Adjutant Calderon + Alférez Concha + Alférez Alonso Gonçalez + + +I shall not name others, as they are not so well known, and it will be +known later. Up to date about two hundred Bisayan Indians have died, +most of them from diseases. Don Pedro Cotoan died while en route from +Jolo to Sanboangan, in order to take back the Bisayans, who are a most +cowardly race. Those who have done deeds of valor are the Caragas, +and the Joloans tremble at sight of them. Don Pedro Almonte remains as +governor and lieutenant for the captain-general at Sanboangan, with one +hundred and fifty Spaniards, as has been reported. Captain Jines Ros is +to stay as castellan in Jolo with one hundred and eighty men--Captain +Sarria being fortified in the stronghold with eighty men, and Jines +Ros on the beach in a stone tower that is already eight stones high, +with one hundred men. Captain Marquez is going to Buaren with fifty +Spaniards, although no succor had been sent to Don Sebastian from +Manila. All that has been supplied to excess is truly wonderful, +for the winds have brought (and it is incredible) many champans, +with more than twenty thousand baskets of rice, innumerable fowls, +and pork, veal, beef, and cheeses from Zebu, which have made a very +excellent provision. + +They ask for Father Martinez [and] Alexandro [25] at Jolo [and] Father +Carrion at Buiaon, but without an associate. I say that, following +even to the end of the world, I do not know to what to compare these +Moros of Samboangan. They have paid all their tributes. This is a brief +relation. I pray your Reverence to pardon me and commend me to God, +for indeed what I desire is necessary. Sanboangan, April 23, 1638. [26] + + + + + + + +APPENDIX: RELIGIOUS CONDITIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES DURING THE SPANISH +REGIME + + + Laws regarding religious in the Philippines. Felipe II, + Felipe III, Felipe IV; 1585-1640. + Jesuit missions in 1656. Francisco Colin, S.J.; 1663. + The religious estate in the Philippines. Juan Francisco de + San Antonio, O.S.F.; 1738. + Religious condition of the islands. Juan J. Delgado, S.J.; + 1751-54 + Ecclesiastical survey of the Philippines. Guillaume le + Gentil; 1781. + Character and influence of the friars. Sinibaldo de Mas; 1843. + The ecclesiastical system in the Philippines. Manuel Buzeta + and Felipe Bravo, O.S.A.; 1850. + Character and influence of the friars. Feodor Jagor; 1873. + The Augustinian Recollects in the Philippines. [Unsigned;] + 1879. + Present condition of the Catholic religion in Filipinas. José + Algué, S.J., and others; 1900. + + + +Sources: The material of this appendix is obtained from the following +works: _Recopilación de las leyes de Indias_ (Madrid, 1841), lib. i, +tit. xiv; also tit. xii, ley xxi; tit. xv, ley xxxiii; and tit. xx, +ley xxiv, from a copy in the possession of the Editors. Colin's _Labor +evangélica_ (Madrid, 1663), pp. 811-820; from a copy in the possession +of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago. San Antonio's _Chronicas_ (Manila, 1738), +i, book i, pp. 172-175, 190-210, 214-216, 219, 220, 223-226; from a +copy in possession of Edward E. Ayer. Delgado's _Historia general_ +(Manila, 1892), pp. 140-158, 184-188; from a copy in possession of +the Editors. Le Gentil's _Voyages duns les mers de l'Inde_ (Paris, +1781), pp. 170-191; 59-63; from a copy in the library of the Wisconsin +State Historical Society. Mas's _Informe sobre el estado de las Islas +Filipinas en 1842_ (Madrid, 1843), vol. ii; from a copy in possession +of James A. Robertson. Buzeta and Bravo's _Diccionario de las Islas +Filipinas_ (Madrid, 1850), ii, pp. 271-275, 363-367; from a copy in +possession of James A. Robertson. Jagor's _Reisen in den Philippinen_ +(Berlin, 1873), pp. 94-100; from a copy in the Mercantile Library, +St. Louis. _Provincia de San Nicolas de Tolentino de Agustinos +descalzos_ (Manila, 1879); from a copy in possession of Edward +E. Ayer. _Archipiélago filipino_ (Washington, 1900), ii, pp. 256-267; +from a copy in the library of the Wisconsin State Historical Society. + +Translations: These are made (partly in full, and partly in synopsis) +by James A. Robertson. + + + + + + +LAWS REGARDING RELIGIOUS IN THE PHILIPPINES + + +[The following laws governing religious in the Philippines are taken +from _Recopilación leyes de Indias_, lib. i, tit. xiv.] + + + +LAW XXX + +Inasmuch as some of the religious who minister in the Filipinas Islands +are accustomed to go to China without the proper orders, leaving the +missions which are in their charge, whence follow many troubles and +losses to what has been commenced and established in the instruction +and education of the Indians because of the lack that they occasion, +we charge the superiors of the regulars in the Filipinas Islands not +to allow any of the religious of their orders to go to China, or to +abandon the missions in their charge, without the special permission +and order of the governor and archbishop, which shall expressly +state that such religious is not going in violation of this law; +and great care and vigilance shall be exercised in this. Further, +we order that the religious who shall go to the said islands at our +cost, and who are assigned to live there permanently, shall not go nor +shall they be permitted to go to the mainland of China, or to other +places, without permission from the governors and archbishops, since +we send them to fulfil our obligation to impart instruction to our +vassals. No lay Spaniard shall give them a fragata or ship's supplies +without our special order, or the permission of the governors and +archbishops, notwithstanding any privileges that they may urge. [27] +[Felipe II--Barcelona, June 8, 1585; Toledo, May 25, 1596; Felipe +IV--in the _Recopilación_.] + + + +LAW XXXV + +We order our viceroys of Nueva España to give license for the preaching +of the holy gospel, the conversion and instruction of the natives, +and for everything else that is usual, to the discalced Carmelite +religious whom their order shall send from Méjico for that purpose +to the Filipinas Islands, Nuevo-Méjico, and other parts; and in order +that those religious may be encouraged and incited to serve our Lord +in that apostolic labor, the viceroys shall protect and aid them as +far as possible. [Felipe II--Madrid, June 9, 1585.] + + + +LAW XXV + +We charge the provincials, priors, guardians, and other superiors +of these our kingdoms and of those of Nueva España not to prevent +or obstruct the voyage of the religious who, after receiving our +permission, undertake to go, together with their commissaries, +to engage in the conversion and instruction of the natives of +the Filipinas Islands. Rather shall they give those religious the +protection and aid that is fitting. [Felipe II--Monzon, September +5, 1585.] + + + +LAW XXIX + +In consideration of the expenses incurred by our royal estate in +the passage of religious to the Filipinas Islands, of the need [for +religious] caused by those who return, and of the place that they +occupy on the ships, and the fact that some persuade others not +to go to those parts, we order our governors of the said islands +to meet with the archbishop whenever any religious shall be about +to leave those islands for these kingdoms or for other parts; and, +after conferring with him, they shall not grant those religious +permission to leave the islands except after careful deliberation +and for very sufficient reasons. [Felipe II--San Lorenzo, August 9, +1589; Felipe III--Madrid, June 4, 1620.] + + + +LAW XXVII + +We order our viceroys and governors of Nueva España, and charge the +superiors of the orders--each one so far as he is concerned--to see +to it with all diligence and special care that the religious sent +to the Filipinas Islands pass thither without being detained. They +shall not be allowed in other provinces, nor shall any excuse be +accepted. [Felipe II--Aranjuez, April 27, 1594; Felipe III--San +Lorenzo, September 17, 1611.] + +[The following law taken from título xv of this same libro is here +inserted.] + + + +LAW XXXIII + +Inasmuch as we have been informed that the religious sent on our +account to the Filipinas Islands for new spiritual conquests will +accomplish greater results if each order is set apart by itself, we +order the governor and captain-general, and charge the archbishop, +that when this circumstance occurs, and for the present, together +they divide, for the instruction and conversion of the natives, the +provinces in their charge among the religious of the orders, in such +manner that there shall be no Franciscans where there are Augustinians, +nor religious of the Society where there are Dominicans. Thus each +order shall be assigned its respective province, and that of the +Society shall charge itself with the [care of] missions; for it is +under this obligation that they are to remain in those provinces, +as do the other orders, and in no other manner. [Felipe II--Aranjuez, +April 27, 1594.] + + + +LAW XXXIV + +The Audiencia of Manila shall give what is needful in ships, +ship-stores, vestments, and the other customary supplies, to the +religious who shall have license and permission to enter China or +Japon, according to the ordinances. Our officials of those islands +shall execute and pay for what the presidents and auditors shall +order and authorize for that purpose. [Felipe II--El Pardo, November +30, 1595.] + + + +LAW XXXI + +It is fitting for the service of God our Lord and our own that, when +any religious are to go to preach and teach the holy Catholic faith to +the heathen who live in the kingdoms of China, Japon, and other places, +they shall not enter the country of those barbarians in such a way that +the result that we desire should not be obtained. Therefore we declare +and order that no one of the religious who live in the Filipinas +Islands be allowed to go to the kingdoms of China and Japon, even +though with the purpose of preaching and teaching the holy Catholic +faith, unless he should have permission for it from the governor of +Filipinas. Whenever there is a question of sending religious to China +or Japon, or permission is asked for it, our president and auditors of +the royal Audiencia of Manila shall meet in special session with the +archbishop and the provincials of all the orders of the Filipinas, +and they shall consult over and discuss the advisable measures for +the direction of that holy and pious intent. They shall not allow +any religious to go to the kingdoms of infidels without a previous +permission of the archbishop and governor, with the assent of all who +shall be at the meeting. In order that this may be done, our president +and Audiencia shall give and cause to be executed all the orders that +may be necessary. Such is our will. [Felipe II--Madrid, February 5, +1596; Felipe IV--Madrid, December 31, 1621; February 16, 1635; November +6, 1636; September 2, 1638; July 12, 1640; in this _Recopilación_.] + + + +LAW XXVI + +Our viceroys of Nueva España shall protect the religious who go +to the Filipinas Islands by our order and at our account; and the +officials of our royal estate and all our other employees shall give +them speedy despatch and shall treat them well. They shall collect no +duty for their persons, their books, and the warrants which are given +them on which to collect the cost of the voyage. [Felipe III--Madrid, +September 18, 1609.] + + + +LAW XXXII + +His Holiness, Paul V, promulgated a brief at our request, dated +Roma, June eleven, one thousand six hundred and eight, in order +that the religious of the orders of St. Dominic, St. Francis, and +St. Augustine may go to Japon to preach the holy gospel, not only +by way of the kingdom of Portugal, but by way of any other country; +and it is advisable for the service of God our Lord that that brief be +duly fulfilled. We order our viceroy of Nueva España and the governor +of the Filipinas Islands, and charge the prelates of the islands, to +cause it to be obeyed and fulfilled, with the conditions and licenses +ordained by the laws of this título. [Felipe III--Madrid, February 8, +1610; Felipe IV--in the _Recopilación_.] + + + +LAW XXVIII + +We order our governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands that +if there are any religious there who live in great scandal, and not +according to their rules, habit, and profession, and others who have +been expelled from their orders, whom the provincials cannot drive from +that province because of the difficulty of embarking them for Mégico, +that he hasten to remedy this, as is necessary and as is most fitting +to the service of God, our Lord, so that such religious may not remain +in those parts. [28] [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, September 17, 1616.] + + + +LAW LII + +Inasmuch as briefs have been despatched by his Holiness, ordering the +religious of the Order of St. Augustine in some of the provinces of +Nueva España to elect in one chapter some of the Spanish religious who +reside there, and in the next chapter religious born in the Indias, +we ask and charge the superiors and chapters of the said order to +observe the said briefs and cause them to be observed, in the form +ordered by his Holiness--both in the provinces of Nueva España and +in the Filipinas--since they have passed before our royal Council, +and testimony has been given of their presentation. The same is to be +understood in regard to the other orders and provinces of the Indias, +which shall possess briefs for the _alternativa_, and under the same +conditions. [Felipe IV--Madrid, September 28, 1629; August 1, 1633; +and in the _Recopilación_.] + + + +LAW XXXIII + +Although it was determined that no religious except those of the +Society of Jesus should go to Japon to preach the holy gospel for +the space of fifteen years, and that the others who should try to go +to those parts through the rules of their order or their particular +devotion should be assigned the district to which they were to go, +not permitting them to pursue their voyage by way of Filipinas +or any other part of the Western Indias, but by way of Eastern +India--notwithstanding that the precept for the propagation and +preaching of the gospel is common to all the faithful, and especially +charged upon the religious--we consider it fitting that the missions +and entrances of Japon be not limited to only the religious of the +Society of Jesus; but that the religious go and enter from all the +orders as best they can, and especially from the orders that possess +convents and have been permitted to go to and settle in our Western +Indias. There shall be no innovation in regard to the orders that are +prohibited by laws and ordinances of the Indias. Those laws are made +not only for Eastern India but also for the Western Indias, in whose +demarcation fall Japon and the Filipinas. It is easier and better for +the religious of our crown of Castilla to make their entrances by way +of the Western Indias. We straitly charge those who thus enter, from +either direction, to maintain the greatest harmony and concord with +one another, and to regulate the catechism and method of teaching--so +that, since the faith and religion that they preach is one and the same +thing, their teaching, zeal, and purpose may be so likewise. They shall +aid one another in so holy and praiseworthy an object, as if all lived +under and professed the same rule and observance. If the nature of +the country and the progress in the conversion of its natives permit, +the orders shall be divided into provinces, making the assignment +of those provinces as shall appear best, so that, if possible, the +religious of the various orders shall not mingle. If any of those +religious who shall have been chosen are removed, others shall be +assigned in their place, so that, as workers of the holy gospel, they +shall labor in this work which is so to the service of God our Lord, +each order separately. They shall not engage in quarrels or disputes, +shall furnish a thoroughly good example, and shall avoid strictly all +manner of trade, business, and commerce, and all else that shows or +discloses a taint or appearance of greed for temporal goods. And since +it will be necessary, in the further establishment and increase of the +conversion in those provinces, to have therein three or four bishops, +or more, from all the orders--in order that they may confirm, preach, +ordain priests, meet whenever advisable, and discuss and enact what +they think will be necessary to facilitate, augment, and secure for +the conversion--they shall be suffragan, in so far as it concerns them, +to the archbishopric of Manila, because of the nearness and authority +of that church. That division of districts and dioceses shall be made +by our Council of the Indias. [Felipe IV--Madrid, February 22, 1632.] + +[A later part of this law is as follows:] + +Further, we order our viceroys, presidents, governors, and corregidors +to publish and execute the brief of our holy father, Clement Ninth, +dated June seventeen, one thousand six hundred and sixty-nine, +ordering that the religious of all the orders and the Society of +Jesus, and the secular clerics, shall not be authorized to carry on, +personally or through third parties, trade or commerce throughout +the territories of the Indias, or the islands or mainland of the +Ocean Sea. In that number are included those who go to Japon, as is +mentioned in the said brief to which we refer. [Carlos II and the +queen mother--Madrid, June 22, 1670.] + +[The following laws bearing on ecclesiastical persons in the +Philippines are taken from other parts of the _Recopilación_:] + +Inasmuch as the seculars who go to the Filipinas Islands from Eastern +India to engage in their labors are generally expelled and exiled, +and remain there, where many are employed in vicariates, curacies, +and benefices, to the prejudice of the natives and the patrimonial +rights of the islands, we order our governor and captain-general +not to allow any of the said seculars from those districts to enter +the islands, or admit them to the exercise of duties or allow them +to give instruction. [Lib. i, tit. xii, ley xxi; Felipe IV--Madrid, +March 27, 1631.] + +The treasurer of the Holy Crusade of Nueva España has a substitute in +the city of Manila, in the Filipinas Islands, who performs the duties +of treasurer. That substitute invests the money that proceeds from the +bulls and many other sums, under pretext that they belong to the bulls, +by which method he deprives the inhabitants of the city of the use and +lading-space of four toneladas which he occupies in each cargo. That +is contrary to the rulings of various laws, by which favor is granted +the said city of the lading-space in the ships that are permitted, +and not to any person of Nueva España or Perú. We charge and order +the viceroys of the said Nueva España to cause investigation of the +sum resulting from the bulls distributed in the Filipinas, and that, +whatever it be, it remain in our royal treasury of the islands, and +that so much less be sent to the islands from our royal treasury of +Mexico. The amount that is found to have entered into the treasury +of the islands is to be given to the treasurer of the Holy Crusade +who resides in the City of Méjico. The money that shall be sent to +these kingdoms from the proceeds of the bulls shall be registered on +account of it. The treasurer and his substitute shall not export or +import merchandise to those islands, nor from them to Nueva España, +the viceroys imposing the penalties that they shall deem fit. We order +the officials of our royal treasury of both places to observe, in the +execution of this law, the ordinances which the viceroy [of Nueva +España] and the governor of the islands (each in his own district) +shall ordain. We order the governor to cause this law to be so obeyed +that the sum resulting from the bulls be given into the possession of +the royal officials of those islands; and that they advise those of +Méjico, so that the latter may send just so much less a sum of money to +the islands than what they are obliged to send there annually. [Lib. i, +tit. xx, ley xxiv; Felipe IV--San Martin, December 21, 1634.] + + + + + + +JESUIT MISSIONS IN 1656 + +[From Colin's _Labor evangélica_ (Madrid, 1663), pp. 811-820.] + +_List of the number of religious, colleges, houses, and residences of +the province of the Society of Jesus; and of the churches, districts, +and missions of Indians administered in these Filipinas Islands, +this present year, M.DC.LVI._ + + +The following list of the religious, houses, colleges, and residences +contained in this province at present, and of the districts, and +ministers for Indians and other nations who are under its direction, +was made in obedience to an order from his Majesty (may God preserve +him). It gives the amount of the incomes and properties that they +possess, and the number of Indians instructed. I have deemed it +fitting to add it here, so that the readers of this history may thus +he informed of the present condition of this province. + + + +Religious + +The religious of the Society who have come to these islands from +España and Nueva España at the expense of his Majesty since the year +one thousand five hundred and eighty-one, the time of the arrival of +the first, are in all two hundred and seventy-two. + +One hundred and fifty-one of these were priests, one hundred and +ninety-eight, student brothers, and twenty-three, coadjutors. [29] + +During the seventy-five years since the Society entered these islands, +one hundred and forty-three have been received and have persevered +in this province. Only three were priests; twenty-three were student +brothers, and the rest coadjutors. + +The number at present in the province is one hundred and eight: +seventy-four priests, eleven student brothers, and twenty-three +coadjutors. + + + +Colleges and houses + +The aforesaid one hundred and eight religious are distributed among +five colleges, one novitiate house, one seminary-college for secular +collegiates, and nine residences, or rectoral houses, with their +missions--a total of sixteen. + + + +Churches and villages + +The churches and villages in charge of the rectors of the said colleges +and rectoral houses, and their missions, are seventy-three in number, +besides others which are being temporarily conducted in other parts, +where there is no established village, although the minister and +instructor in doctrine visits them. + +The plan and distribution of these religious, colleges, houses, +missions, villages, and churches, is as follows. + + + +The island of Manila and the Tagál province College of San Ignacio +of the city of Manila + +It has generally about thirty religious--priests, students, coadjutors, +and novitiates. It is the seminary of all the branches of learning, +where the subjects of reading, writing, and arithmetic are taught, the +humanities, arts, and theology; and has authority to confer degrees +in arts and theology. It is the common infirmary and hospitium for +the entire province, especially for those who come new from the +kingdoms of España, and even from Eastern India, Terrenate, China, +and Japon--whence more than forty exiled religious came one year, whom +this college received as guests and maintained for a long time. The +congregations or chapters of the province are held in it. It has those +who take care of the sick and dying; preachers; and confessors to the +Spaniards, Indians, negroes, and other nations--who come to those +ministers throughout the year, especially during Lent, when some +days eight or ten religious go out to preach in various parts. This +college recognizes as its founder and patron Captain Estevan Rodriguez +de Figueroa, former governor of Mindanao, who endowed it with one +thousand pesos income in certain house-properties and fruit-grounds, +most of which have been lost with the lapse of time and the precarious +character of incomes in these regions. It is at present maintained +by alms, and by other new lands and properties which it has been +recently acquiring, from which, although great diligence and care +is exercised, the full amount necessary for its maintenance is not +derived--a matter of five or six thousand pesos--and consequently +debt is incurred every year. + +The old church and house fell, and it has been necessary to build +another and new one, stronger and more comfortable. For that purpose +his Majesty (may God preserve him) gave us an alms, in the year one +thousand six hundred and twenty-five, of ten thousand ducados in vacant +allotments of Indians. That was carried into effect by Governor Don +Juan Niño de Tabora. Later, he ordered that six thousand more be given +to us, which is still to be carried into effect. Until the time of +Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, this college also enjoyed +four hundred pesos and four hundred fanegas of cleaned rice, which his +Majesty ordered to be given for the support of four priests, who were +to work among the Indians, which was a great help. Although his Majesty +in his piety and magnanimity orders it to be continued, the needs of +the royal treasury do not allow this to be done in its entirety. + + + +College and seminary of San Joseph + +This is for secular collegiates, theologians, artists, seminarists, +rhetoricians, and grammarians. Formerly, their number was thirty-five +or forty; but now it has diminished to twenty or thereabout, because +of the poverty of this country. It has a rector, two professors +of the Society, and two brother-coadjutors, who attend to its +temporal affairs. Its patron is the same Captain Estevan Rodriguez de +Figueroa. Its income does not reach one thousand pesos, and that sum is +used for the support of the religious, and for repairs in the building +and to the properties. The fellowships that the college obtains are +maintained with the sum remaining. The rest of the students pay one +hundred pesos per year for their tuition. Inasmuch as the country is +poor, and most of the inhabitants are supported by the king's pay, +the fellowships are very few in number. For that reason, Governor Don +Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera tried to endow some fellowships in the +name of his Majesty, for the sons of his officials and for those of +worthy citizens. That was not continued, as it was done without order +of the royal Council. [30] + + + +Mission village [doctrina] of Santa Cruz + +This is a village of Christian Chinese, opposite the Parian or +alcaicería of the heathen of that nation on the other side of the +river of this city, and of some free negroes and Indians who work on +the farm-lands of the college of Manila, to which the above-mentioned +mission village is subordinate. There are one or two priests who are +interpreters in it. The number of Chinese gathered in this mission +village is five hundred tributarios, or a trifle less, and about one +hundred Indians and negroes. + + + +Mission village [doctrina] of San Miguel + +This is a village of Tagál Indians, and numbers about one hundred +and forty tributarios. It has one priest who gives instruction. It is +located outside the walls of the city of Manila, and is subordinate +to the rector of that college. A number of Japanese, comprising +influential men and women who were exiled from their country for the +faith, have gathered in this village since the year fifteen. Among +them, the illustrious gentlemen Don Justo Ucondono and Don Juan Tocuan, +with some influential women, have died with the lapse of time. The +Society has always maintained all those Japanese with its alms, and +with the alms given by various persons who aided them generously +when this city was in its prosperous condition; but now they are +living in penury. This house has been the seminary of martyrs since +some of the European and Japanese fathers have gone thence to Japon, +who obtained there the glorious crown of martyrdom. + + + +College of the port of Cabite + +It generally has four religious, three of whom are priests, who +labor among the seamen and soldiers and the inhabitants of that +village--Spaniards, Indians, negroes, Chinese, Japanese, and people of +other nationalities--and one brother, who attends to temporal matters, +and conducts the school for reading and writing. The mission of two +small villages of Tagál Indians near there--namely, Cabite el Viejo +[_i.e._, Old Cabite] and Binacaya, which have about one hundred and +thirty tributarios--is subordinate to this college. The priests who +are generally asked by the governors for the fleets of galleons that +oppose the Dutch, and those for the relief of Terrenate, are sent +from this college and the one at Manila. Its founder and patron is +Licentiate Lucas de Castro, who endowed it with an income of five +hundred pesos, the greater part of which was lost on the occasion of +the rising of the Chinese in the year 39. + + + +House of San Pedro + +This house is located about two leguas upstream from Manila. It was +established on a site suitable for the education of the novices of +the province--although they generally live in Manila, as they are few +in number, and this house contributes to their support. Its founder +and patron is Captain Pedro de Brito, [31] who gave a stock-farm +and tillable lands for its endowment. Two religious live there. It +has sixty tributarios of Tagál Indians, who work on the estate, to +whom the religious teach the Christian doctrine and administer the +sacraments. Besides that, they exercise the ministries of the Society +among those who go to the said church from the lands and places near +by--a not considerable number. + + + +Residence of Antipolo + +This residence has six villages, with their churches; but it has only +two religious and one brother at present, because of the great lack +of ministers. There are about five hundred tributarios, all Tagál +Indians, now Christians, with the exception of a few heathen who +wander in the interior among the mountains. During the first years +while the Society had charge of this residence, about seven thousand +were baptized. The names of the villages are Antipolo, Taytay, Baras, +Cainta, and Santa Catalina. + + + +Residence of Silan + +This residence formerly comprised five villages, which are now reduced +to three. They have their churches and three ministers. There are +about one thousand tributarios, all Tagál Indians and Christians. The +villages are Silan, Indan, and Marigondon. + + + +Island of Marinduque + +There are two religious in this island, and about four hundred and +fifty tributarios. There are still some Indians in the mountains to be +subdued. In the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-five, a priest +died most gloriously in that mission at the hands of the heathen. [32] +The island is about three leguas distant from the shores of the island +of Manila, opposite Tayauas. It is about three leguas in diameter, +and about eight or nine in circumference. The products in which the +tribute is paid are rice, pitch, palm-oil, and abacá--which is a kind +of hemp, from which the best rope and some textiles are made. There +is a good port in the island where a galleon was built in the time +of Governor Don Juan de Silva. [33] + + + +The island of Zebu and its jurisdiction College of Zebu + +Formerly it generally had six religious, who labored among the +Spaniards, Indians, and people of other nationalities. At present it +has but four, one of whom is in charge of the boys' school. On the +occasion of the insurrection of the Chinese in Manila in the year +thirty-nine, this college had lectures in theology. It was founded by +an inhabitant of that city, one Pedro de Aguilar. That college has in +charge the mission of the village of Mandaui, which is the family of +an influential Indian, in which there are about forty tributarios. It +has its own church, where the sacraments are administered to the +people at times; they usually come to the church at our college, as +it is near. Missionaries have gone from this college several times to +certain districts of the lay clergy of that bishopric, and chaplains +for the oared fleets which are used against pirates among the islands. + + + +Residence of Bool + +This island belongs to the jurisdiction of the city of Zebu, and its +mission is in charge of the Society. It had many villages formerly, +but now it is reduced to six, the three larger being Loboc, Baclayon, +and Malabooch, which have their ministers; the other three, smaller +ones, being Plangao, Nabangan, and Caypilan, which are appended to +the former, being called visitas here. It has about one thousand +two hundred tributarios. Those are warlike Indians, and have made +plenty of trouble during the past years. However, they are reduced +now, and are conspicuous among the other Indians in the exercises of +Christianity. They pay their tribute in _lampotes_, which are cotton +cloths. It is said that the tribute was formerly paid in gold in +some part of the island; but gold is not now obtained there in any +considerable quantity. + + + +Jurisdiction of Leyte in Pintados + +This jurisdiction contains two islands, namely, Leyte and Samar--or, as +it is called by another name, Ibabao. The Society has four residences +in those islands, two in each one. + + + +Leyte + +This island has a circumference of about one hundred leguas, and +is long and narrow. A large chain of mountains cuts it almost in the +middle. That and the difference of the two general monsoons, the brisas +and the vendavals, cause there an inequality and a wonderful variety +of weather and climate, so that when it is winter in the north, it +is summer in the south, and vice versa during the other half of the +year. Consequently, when the sowing is being done in one half of the +island, the harvest is being gathered in the other half. Hence they +have two harvests per year, both of them plentiful; for ordinarily +the seed yields a hundredfold. Leyte is surrounded by many other +small islands, both inhabited and desert. The sea and the rivers +(which abound, and are of considerable volume) are full of fish; +while the land has cattle, tame and wild swine, and many deer and +fowls, with fruits, vegetables, and roots of all kinds. The climate +is more refreshing than that of Manila. The people are of a brownish +color, and plain and simple, but of sufficient understanding. Their +instruction and ministry is under charge of two residences or rectoral +houses, namely, Carigara and Dagami. + + + +Residence of Carigara + +This residence has ten villages with their churches, and about two +thousand tributarios. The names of the principal villages are Carigara, +Leyte, Xaro, Alangalang, Ogmuc, Bayban, Cabalian, Sogor, Poro, and +Panahon, which are adjacent islets. The products of the earth in which +the natives pay their tribute are wax, rice, and textiles of abacá, +which are here called medriñaques and pinayusas. Six religious are +occupied in the instruction of those villages and districts, besides +those who have charge of the instruction in the shipyards for the +galleons--which are generally built in this island and district on his +Majesty's account, and because of the great ease in procuring lumber +there, and the convenient ports. Two priests died gloriously in this +residence, one at the hands of Moro pirates, [34] and the other at the +hands of the natives themselves in the district of Cabalian [35]--who, +being the natives farthest from the chief village, are less obedient +and pacified than the others. + + + +Residence of Dagami + +It has about two thousand tributarios divided among ten villages, +each of which has its church. Those villages are Dagami, Malaguicay, +Guiguan, Balanguiguan, Palo, Basey, Dulac, Tambuco, and Abuyo. Six +religious are occupied in the instruction. They pay their tribute +in the same things as those of Carigara, except the inhabitants of +the village of Guiguan, whose products consist of palm-oil. Opposite +the village of Leyte in this island is another small island called +Panamao, which has no people, but wild boars and other kinds of game, +besides excellent woods for shipbuilding. Some few years ago a mineral +abounding in sulphur was discovered. [36] + + + +The island of Samar or Ibabao + +This island is the eastern extension of Leyte, being separated from +it by a very narrow strait, into which a ship can scarcely enter +with the spring tides. On the eastern part it forms a strait with +the island of Manila. The latter is the usual channel by which ships +enter these islands when they come from Nueva España. The famous +cape of Espíritu Santo, [37] the first land of the Filipinas to be +sighted, and which is an objective point [for the ships], is located +in this strait. The natives, the products of the land, the climate, +and other characteristics differ but little from those of the island +of Leyte. The residences which the Society own there are also [like +those of Leyte]. + + + +Residence of Cabatlogan [i.e., Catbalogan] + +This residence has about one thousand four hundred tributarios, living +in six villages, each of which has its own church. Those villages are +Cabatlogan [_i.e._, Catbalogan] (where the corregidor and commandant +of the jurisdiction lives), Paranas, Caluiga, Bangahon, and Batan +and Capul--which is an islet located in the same channel, next to a +smaller islet called San Bernardino, which gives name to this channel +[_i.e._, the Embocadero of San Bernardino], There are five ministers +busied in the instruction of those villages. + + + +Residence of Palapag + +It has about one thousand six hundred tributarios, who are instructed +by five religious. They are divided among eight principal villages, +to wit, Palapag, Catubig, Bobon, Catarman, Tubig, Bacor, Boronga, and +Sulat. The natives pay their tributes in the same products as those +of Leytey, and, in addition to those, some years ago they produced a +quantity of civet. The greater part of this residence was in revolt +some years ago, the authors of the revolt and insurrection having +apostatized from the faith. Two father rectors of the residence--very +important religious--were killed in succession by them, giving up their +lives willingly in the exercise of their ministry. [38] Now the war +which has been waged to reduce them has been concluded. The relief +ships from Nueva España have made port several times at Borongan, +and, on occasions of encounters with the Dutch and of shipwreck, the +ministers of instruction residing there have performed very important +services for the king and for the community. The two islands are much +infested with pirates and hostile [Moros]--Mindanaos, Joloans, and +Camucones--who take a great number of captives nearly every year. For +that reason, and because of their labor in the building of galleons, +and the epidemics that afflict them at times, although fifty-five +years ago, at the beginning of the instruction by the Society, there +were more than twenty thousand tributarios, now they do not exceed six +or seven thousand. When the Society took charge of these two islands, +all their natives were heathen; but now, through the goodness of God, +they are all Christians. + + + +College of Oton and the mission village of Ilog in the island of Negros + +This college is located in the island of Panay, in the hamlet called +formerly Arevalo, and now Iloilo. It was founded by the alms of private +persons, and consequently has no patron. There are six religious +there and in the mission village of Ilog in the island of Negros, +which belongs to it. In their charge is the chaplaincy of the presidio +of the Spaniards, and the mission to the natives and those of other +nationalities belonging to this presidio. The mission village of Ilog +is also located near by, and is in the island called Negros. Between +the two of them there are about one thousand tributarios. The Society +has had charge of this mission but few years during which time they +have baptized about six hundred adults. The tribute is paid in rice. + + + + +Island of Mindanao + +It is the largest island of the Filipinas, next to that of Manila. A +great part of it is still unsubdued. In the portion that is +subdued, the Society has charge of the jurisdictions of Iligan and +Samboangan. The latter is the principal presidio of the Spaniards, +where we are beginning to establish a college. + + + +College of Samboangan + +This college has a rector, with five priests as workers. The villages +that it instructs are those of the natives and Lutaos of Samboangan +itself, who number eight hundred families. Instead of paying tribute, +they serve at the oar in our fleets, which are generally out on raids +in defense of our coasts and for the purpose of attacking those of the +enemy. The island of Basilan, opposite the presidio of Samboangan, +and two leguas away, has about one hundred families--most of whom, +attracted by the efforts, affection, and solicitude of the missionary +fathers, come to receive the sacraments. When the tribute is due, +fewer of them appear. The Christian kindness of the Spaniards, +which is most concerned with the welfare of souls, passes that by, +because those people are not yet completely subdued and domesticated, +and because of the risk of losing everything if they oppress them +too heavily. The same condition prevails not only in the mission on +the island of Basilan, but also in all the other missions of this +jurisdiction of Samboangan. In the region of Mindanao these are: La +Caldera, a port situated at a distance of two leguas eastward from +Samboangan, with about two hundred families; Bocot, two hundred and +fifty; Piacan, and Sirauey, one hundred; Siocon, three hundred; Maslo, +one hundred; Manican, thirty; Data, twenty-five; Coroan, twenty; +Bitale, forty; Tungauan, one hundred; Sanguito, one hundred; all +lying south of Samboangan, and all giving a total of three thousand +two hundred and fifty-one families. + +In this jurisdiction are included also the islands of Pangotaran and +Ubian, a three days' journey from Samboangan, whose inhabitants are +nearly all Christians. When the fleets pass that way, the natives +give them some kind of tribute. _Item:_ the islands of Tapul and +Balonaguis, whose natives are still heathen. _Item:_ there are many +islets about Basilan, the shelter of fugitive Indians, many of whom are +Christians--who come to the fathers, at times, for the administration +of the sacraments; and, at the persuasion of the latter, are mustered +for service in the fleets. The island of Jolo belongs also to the +said jurisdiction of Samboangan. There are many Christians in that +island, who remained there when the Spanish presidio was removed. The +father missionaries go to visit them at times, and endeavor to bring +them back for the administration of the holy sacraments. Reducing +all those Indians to families, there are about two hundred or so in +Pangotarán and Ubian: one hundred and fifty in Tapul and Balonaguis; +two hundred in the islets of Basilan; and five hundred in Jolo and +its islets: in all one thousand families. + + + +Jurisdiction of Iligan, with its residence of Dapitan + +This jurisdiction extends through the eastern part of the island. Its +district extends for sixty leguas, which includes the nation of the +Subanos, [39] which is the most numerous in the island, and well +disposed toward the evangelical instruction, as they are heathen, +and not Mahometans as are the Mindanaos. + +The village of Iligan, which is the capital of the jurisdiction, and +where its alcalde-mayor and infantry captain of the presidio lives, +has about one hundred tributarios on the shore; and in the interior, +in another village called Baloy, there are about two hundred families, +although only thirty come to pay the tribute. In another village, +called Lauayan, which is on the other side of Iligan and on the bay +of Panguil, fifty [families pay tribute], although there are twice +as many. Then comes Dapitan, which is the seat of the residence +and mission, as the people there are the oldest Christians of these +islands, who went willingly to meet the first Spaniards who came to +conquer them, and guided and served them during the conquest, and +have always persevered faithfully in their friendship. For that reason +they are exempt from tribute. They number about two hundred families; +while there are about two hundred and fifty more families in another +and interior village situated on the headwaters of the same river. + +The villages situated on the coast in the direction of Samboangan +are Dipoloc, with three hundred families; Duyno, with six hundred; +Manucan, with one hundred; Tubao, with one hundred; Sindagan, with +five hundred; Mucas, with two hundred; Quipit, with three hundred: +with a total of one thousand seven hundred and fifty families, who +are computed to be included in this residence, whose instruction is +generally in charge of five priests. + +Within a few years seven priests have given their lives and shed their +blood in this island for the administration of the holy gospel, at +the hands of the Moros and apostates: two in the residence of Dapitan, +[40] and five in the district of Samboangan. Of these, one was in Siao; +[41] two in Buayen, [42] a kingdom of the Moros; and two others but +recently in this current year of 1656, in the capital of the entire +island--namely, the river of Mindanao, in the settlement where +King Corralat lives and holds his court. [43] There are, besides, +other lathers who have been captives, one of whom died in captivity; +[44] and others who have died in the Spanish presidio, at their posts +as chaplains. + +The products of Mindanao and its islands are in general the same as +those of the other islands--namely, rice, palms [_sc._, cocoanuts], +a quantity of wax, vegetables, civet, and wild cinnamon (which is used +fresh). In the island of Jolo, a quantity of amber has been found at +times, and some large pearls. It alone of all the Filipinas Islands +has elephants. + + + +Mission to Borney + +With the opportunity of the oared fleets of the presidio of Samboanga, +which--accompanied by a number of Indian volunteer vessels from the +district of Dapitan, and others of our missions--have sailed during the +last few years to this great island, and since our fathers have always +accompanied them and acted as their chaplains, a mission has been +formed there at the same time; and the ministries of the Society have +been exercised in those so remote parts, with not a little gain, and +great hopes of numerous Christians, since those baptized number seven +hundred--among whom are some of the chiefs of the neighboring islands, +who have already offered vassalage to the king our sovereign, and +asked for ministers of the gospel. If God be pleased to let our arms in +Mindanao be free, and if this undertaking that has been begun in Borney +be continued, it will be without doubt to the great exaltation of our +holy faith, and the advantage of the Spanish state in these Filipinas +Islands. For, besides freeing the islands from the continual invasions, +fires, thefts, and captivities by those pirates, they will enjoy the +fertility, wealth, and abundance of this island, which is the largest +one of these archipelagos, having a circumference of four hundred +and fifty leguas. It is the way-station for the commerce of the rich +kingdoms of India _extra Gangem_ [_i.e._, beyond the Ganges], Pegu, +Sian, and Camboxa, upon which it borders. In respect to Christianity, +great increase can be promised; for the people are, as a rule, docile +and of good understanding. Although the faith of Mahomet has made some +headway in the maritime parts--but not with the obstinacy experienced +in other islands--all the people of the interior are heathen. + + + +College of Terrenate and its missions + +The Society maintains a college in the island of Terrenate, which is +the head of the missions of that archipelago, which were hitherto +subject to the [Jesuit] province of Cochin in Eastern India. Last +year they were assigned to this province of Filipinas by virtue of a +royal decree despatched by the advice of the royal Audiencia, by the +governor and captain-general of these islands, on the occasion of, the +revolt of Portugal and India. [45] At present three priests are busied +in this labor: one is the rector who lives in the house and college +of Terrenate, to look after the ministry of Spanish and Indians in +the presidios of that island and that of Tidore, and the village of +Mardicas. The other two visit in mission the many stations in their +charge, as long as there is no minister belonging to each of these. + +The chief and oldest mission is that of the kingdom of Siao, where +there was estimated to be at the beginning, eleven thousand seven +hundred Christians, while today they do not number four thousand. The +king of that place has many subjects, and allies in the islands +of Tabuco or Sanguil Bagar, [46] the Talaos, [47] and in Matheo or +Macasar. The Talaos number about eleven thousand souls, and their +chief is a Christian. So likewise those of Maganita, Moade, Tomaco, +and Sabugan in Sanguil Baçar. There are eight hundred native Christians +in Calonga, the capital of the same island. A Franciscan priest lives +there at present, while the Society, to whom that mission belongs, +has no one to send there. + +From Siao the mission of the province of Manados, in the island of +Matheo or Macasar, is also visited. Formerly it had four thousand +Christians, but now Christianity is almost wiped out (even the villages +of our faith, and allied to us) by the raids of the Dutch and the +Terrenatans, who favor another nation and one allied with the Dutch +and Terrenatans. Inasmuch as the land of Manados is unhealthful, +five members of the Society have perished in the enterprise of its +conversion. A short distance from Manados is Cautipa, a part of the +same mainland of Macasar, and subject to the king of Siao, with about +four or five thousand heathen families. The fathers lived among them +and made some Christians formerly. + +The former Christian settlements in Gilolo--Sabugo, Moratay, San Juan +de Tolo, and others of Batachina--which before numbered two hundred +and fifty thousand Christians, instructed by our fathers, are also +destroyed by the same wars with heretics. May the Lord bring it about +that that door may be again opened to the cultivation of this vineyard, +through the peace of España and Olanda. This vineyard is continued, +by way of this district of Batachina, by the Papuans and thence by +Nueva Guinea--whose farthest bounds are yet unknown, as well as the +knowledge of what God has reserved for the evangelical ministers and +the Spanish empire in that unknown land. [48] + +Father Alonso de Castro, a Portuguese, was an illustrious martyr of +Christ in Maluco, for whom, after he had preached the gospel there for +the space of eleven years, the Moros wrought the crown of martyrdom; +in January, 1559--dragging him first through rough places, where he +endured imprisonment, and giving him later many wounds; and, lastly, +throwing his dead body to the bottom of the deep sea. At the end of +three days the body appeared on the strand surrounded with emanations +of light. See his life and martyrdom among the illustrious men of +Father Eusebio. [49] + + + +China and Japon + +The relationship with the provinces of Japon and China ought also +to be included among the ministries of this province, because of the +communication that their nearness offers, and the present necessity of +those fields of Christianity imposes obligations on us. The ministers +there have been assisted from here, these last few years, with some +alms for their support--especially in the province of Chincheo, which +is the nearest--and wine for the masses, and holy oils, which those +missions would not have if they were not furnished from here. They +earnestly petition the aid of more ministers, as those who are there +are few and aged. If many ministers come from Europa, and we have an +order for it, some shall be given to them. + + + + + +THE RELIGIOUS ESTATE IN THE PHILIPPINES + + +[This survey of religious affairs in the islands is taken from the +_Chronicas_ (Manila, 1738) of the Franciscan chronicler San Antonio, +vol. i, pp. 172-175, 190-210, 214-216, 219, 220, 223-226.] + + + +Chapter XLVI + +Ecclesiastical theater of the Philipinas Islands + + +510. Who does not express wonder that the evangelical preaching in +these islands (and more especially at Manila) is so eloquent; that +the worship in the temples has a veneration as perennial as it is +ceremonious; that the holy orders maintain themselves in the most +strict observance of their institutes and rules; that the Christian +church is so happily increased; that devotion is so well received; +and that justice is so uprightly administered? For, if one considers +without prejudice, these are certain precious gems, so resplendent and +so exquisite, that the crown of España can glory in adorning itself +with them--even though it he, as is the fact, the Spaniards who shape +those gems from justice. All this so ennobles these islands that +they are reported as extraordinary among all these lands. + +511. This ecclesiastical theater of the city of Manila demands huge +tomes from justice for its history, which the limits of my history +do not permit; and a very ingenious pen for its praises, which is not +united with my lack of eloquence. I have seen some voluminous writings +on this subject, which I have no time to follow. I have seen some +that are written so meagerly, that my own interest [in the subject] +is offended. May it please God that my design, which confesses itself +debtor to all, may now find a proper medium. + +512. The first church of Manila was erected as a parochial church, +under the title of the Immaculate Conception of our Lady, at the end +of the year 1571, when the adelantado and conquistador, Legaspi, +divided the lands and site of Manila. Although I have read in a +certain manuscript that that first erection was made with four clerics, +I cannot find in history anything that verifies this statement. For +the printed histories of these islands state that when the adelantado +Legaspi divided the land, he summoned the natives of Manila and their +ruler, Raja Matanda; and, placing the fathers of St. Augustine in +their presence, told them that those were their true fathers, and +their instructors in the law of the true God, who had come to teach +it to them; and there is no mention of any secular. + +513. Further, I think that the licentiate Don Juan de Vivero was the +first cleric who came to these islands. Although he came hither in +the year 1566, in the famous ship "San Geronymo," five years before +the conquest of Manila, it is not proved to my satisfaction that he +was ever in Manila; and it is more probable that he remained in Zebu, +the first land that was conquered. Another cleric was the licentiate +Don Juan de Villanueva, of whom the only thing known is that he was +a priest, and that he lived but a little time--and that after the +erection of the church. Another cleric who came earlier [than the +latter] was Don Luis Barruelo, who had been sent to Philipinas by the +archbishop of México, as associate of the above-mentioned Don Juan de +Vivero, so that they might be the judge-provisors and vicars-general +of all the islands; for the archbishop thought that this provision +belonged to his care and jurisdiction, as he was the prelate nearest +to these islands. But Don Luis Barruelo arrived at the islands in +the year 1577, six years after the foundation of Manila. Therefore it +appears that the Augustinian fathers were the only ones who exercised +the entire government _in utroque foro_, [50] and the parochial +administration of Manila and all the islands. To them succeeded, +in the said government, the discalced Franciscan religious, until +the arrival of the most illustrious Salazàr, first bishop of Manila. + +514. This church, when first erected, was poor. Although with the lapse +of time it had sufficient incomes, yet, with the fires and continual +earthquakes, the church buildings were ruined. Thus, because of the +earthquakes of the year 1645, the church of La Misericordia was used +as the cathedral church from November 26, 1652, until June 7, 1662, +when possession was taken of the new church. The latter is still +standing, and was built by the zealous and costly efforts of the +holy archbishop, Don Miguel de Poblete, albeit he did not leave it +entirely finished. His Excellency placed the first stone April 20, +1654. It was a square slab, and bore the following inscription: "The +Church being under the government of Innocent X; the Españas, under +King Phelipe IV the Great; and these islands, under Don Sabiniano +Manrique de Lara, knight of the Order of Calatrava: Don Miguel de +Poblete, its metropolitan archbishop, placed this stone, April 20, +1654, for the building of this holy cathedral--its titular being the +Conception of our Lady, and its patron, St. Andrew the apostle." It +was completed later (on August 30, 1671), by the dean his nephew, +the master Don Joseph Millan de Poblete, who was afterward bishop of +Nueva Segovia. It is a beautiful stone building. It is forty brazas +long by fifteen wide, and five high. It has three principal doors, +corresponding to the three naves of its structure. Along the two side +aisles it has eight chapels on each side [of the church], with two +sacristies--one for Spaniards, and the other for the natives of this +country. The capacity of its choir is fifty-two. Its stalls are of +red wood. The steeple is high and beautiful, and has fourteen bells--a +larger number and larger in size than the old bells, and lately cast +anew--and has upper works of wood, which are not used. The church is +under the personal care and watchful management of the archbishop of +Manila who is now governing. The houses of the ecclesiastical cabildo +are contiguous to the church. [51] + +515. Gregory XIII was the one who erected that first parochial church +into a cathedral, by his bull given at Roma in the seventh year of his +pontificate, namely, in that of 1578, at the petition of our Phelipe +II, king of the Españas. He assigned it twenty-seven prebendaries of +whom the king appoints those who are necessary. They consist of five +dignitaries--dean, archdeacon, precentor, schoolmaster, and treasurer; +three canons (the fourth having been suppressed by the Inquisition, +as has been done throughout the Indias); and two whole and two half +racioneros, by virtue of a royal decree given in Valladolid, June 2, +1604, countersigned by Juan de Ybarra, the king's secretary. With +the above, and two curas, sacristans, master-of-ceremonies, verger, +etc., this church is very distinguished and well served, and the choir +is quite crowded at all canonical hours. At its first erection, the +advocacy of the most pure Conception was bestowed upon this church, +and it has been preserved up to the present time. + +516. The archbishops of Manila receive the salary of 5,000 pesos of +common gold, by virtue of his Majesty's decree given at Madrid, May 28, +1680; the dean, 600 pesos, by virtue of royal presentation; the four +dignitaries of this holy church--namely, archdeacon, schoolmaster, +precentor, and treasurer--each receive 500 pesos, for the same reason; +the three canons--namely, the doctoral, the magistral, and he of +grace--each 400 pesos, for the same reason; the two racioneros, +each 300 pesos, for the same reason; the two medio-racioneros, each +200 pesos, for the same reason; the master-of-ceremonies, 200 pesos, +by a royal decree dated February 22, 1724; the two curas of the holy +church--one for the Spaniards, and the other for the natives and +blacks--each 183 pesos, 6 tomins, and 7 granos. + + + +Chapter XLVII + +Jurisdiction of the archbishopric + + +536. The archbishopric of Manila extends its jurisdiction through +the entire provinces of Tòngdo, Bulacàn, Pampànga, Taàl, or Balayàn; +even to Mindòro and Marindùque; all the coast of Zambales, up to +the point and bay of Bolinào; Laguna de Baì, and its mountains, +to Mahàyhày inclusive; and the jurisdictions of Cavite, Marivèlez, +and the city of Manila. + + + +Chapter XLVIII + +Ecclesiastical tribunals of Manila + + +537. For the despatch of its business this archiepiscopal +ecclesiastical tribunal has its provisor and vicar-general, with his +chief notary and fiscals. It has a house which is used as the prison +of the ecclesiastical tribunal, which has a capacious living-room, +and separate lodgings for the seclusion of abandoned women. + + + +Commissariat of the holy Inquisition + +538. There has been and always is in this city of Manila a commissary +of the Holy Office of the Inquisition, appointed by the holy tribunal +of México. [52] That commissary is the superior and superintendent +of all the commissaries scattered about in the islands--namely, +in Cagayàn, Pangasinàn, Camarìnes, Zebù, Ilòcos, and the island of +Negros; and at Manila another private commissary for the fathers of +the Society, who is always an honored cleric. The tribunal here is +formed of the said superintendent-commissary with his chief constable +and his notary. Its council of ministers comprises various examiners +of books and writings, counselors, and familiars. There are always +three or four superintendent-commissaries appointed, so that in case of +death or removal another may succeed promptly to the office; but only +one of them exercises the office [at any one time]. From the time of +the venerable martyr of Syan [_i.e._, Siam], Fray Juan de San Pedro +Martyr, or Maldonado, the first commissary in these islands (who died +December 22, 1599), until the present commissary, the very reverend +father ex-provincial Fray Juan de Arechederra (a son of the convent of +San Jacinto de Caracas, of the province of Santa Cruz of the Indias, +and graduated with the degree of doctor from the celebrated university +of México), this office of superintendent-commissary has been vested +in the religious of our father St. Dominic successively, without +other interruption than the short interval of seven years--when +an Augustinian, Father Joseph Paternina, exercised the office, +beginning with October, 1664, when he succeeded father Fray Francisco +de Paula, until July of 1671. Then father Fray Phelipe Pardo, afterward +archbishop of Manila, assumed the office, because of the dismissal of +Father Paternìna from his office by a sentence of the holy tribunal +of México, because he unjustly issued acts against and arrested the +governor of these islands, Don Diego de Salcedo. This commissariat +has always been a post of great honor, authority, and credit, and is +for that reason eagerly sought by the most distinguished members of +the order. But, the tribunal of México having requested the fathers +superintendent-commissaries to make investigations, in order to act +as such, the Dominican fathers excused themselves, as they live here +without incomes, and were unable to make investigations because of +their increased expenses; and Father Paternìna being in México on +that occasion, he easily obtained the office which afterward cost +him so much. + + + +Tribunal of the Holy Crusade + +539. The erection of the apostolic and royal tribunal of the Holy +Crusade in the city of Manila (as the capital of these islands, +where the royal Audiencia resides), had its foundation in the general +decree of Phelipe III, given in San Lorenzo, under date of May 16, +1609. [53] In consequence of that decree, that tribunal is composed +of a commissary-subdelegate-general, who performs the duties of +president, and is appointed by his Majesty, with the advice of the +supreme council of the Holy Crusade; an auditor, who is the senior +auditor of the royal Audiencia; and the fiscal of the same body--all +of whom receive a special salary for their duties. For the computation +of its accounts, the senior accountant of the royal officials serves, +in accordance with the terms of the above-mentioned royal decree. For +their business they have a secretary; a chief notary, with a salary; +and four notaries, without any assigned salary, but who receive +the fees from the business transacted by them. For the expedition +of the bulls (which are published biennially in these provinces), +the suitable number, and at all prices--bulls for the living and +for the dead, _de lacticinios_, and of composition [54]--are sent +from Europa, with the bundles of despatches and instructions from +his Majesty and from the apostolic commissary-general. Having been +first examined and numbered before the subdelegate-general, they are +deposited under good security in the royal magazines of this capital, +where pay-warrants are issued for the treasurer-general or manager, +into whose charge this business is given. + +540. From the first foundation, it was established that the +preaching of each biennial term should occur on the twenty-eighth +of October. But with the beginning of the year 1736 that date was +transferred to the first Sunday in Advent, by order of his Excellency +the commissary-general, so that the preaching might be on the same +date in all the kingdoms and seigniories of the royal crown. + +541. The management and despatch of this concession, and the collection +of the alms and proceeds from it, were regularly included, annexed, +in the agreements which were made with the royal apostolic tribunal +of the City of México--the treasurer-general of the kingdom naming a +substitute deputy, who should have in his charge the matters pertaining +to these Philipinas. When that was omitted, it was in charge of the +royal officials of these treasuries, in accordance with the royal +decrees which have so provided it. Certain publications intervened, +which were entrusted, by special arrangement, to the inhabitants +of Manila, independently of the treasurer-general of México. But +lately, the dependence of Philipinas on the arrangements of that +kingdom having been dispensed with, a solemn agreement was made with +the royal apostolic tribunal of this capital, for the six biennials +of the thirteenth concession, by General Don Joseph Antonio Nuño de +Villavicencio, proprietary regidor of this city (who obtained a letter +from his Excellency the bishop, an inquisitor, and former apostolic +commissary-general of the said Holy Crusade); and the said contract +having terminated, a new one was made by General Don Diego Zamudio, +an inhabitant of the said city, who is charged with this enterprise +for the six biennials of the current and fourteenth concession. [55] + +542. For that expedition the said treasurers give bonds in sufficient +form. They appoint the receiving treasurers, who attend to the expense +of bulls in all the villages of the provinces that are included in +this jurisdiction, and place the proceeds of this concession, as they +become due, in the royal treasury of Manila, or in those of México, +according to the agreement at the time of contract. + + + +Chapter XLIX + +Churches and colleges of Manila + + +Royal chapel + +543. Inside the walls of the city of Manila, and at the extreme +northeast by north section of it, stands the royal chapel, which +has the title of Nuestra Señora de la Encarnacion [_i.e._, our Lady +of the Incarnation], and contains the most holy sacrament. It is a +very elegant structure, and was founded by Governor Don Sebastian +Hurtado de Corcuera. It is used for the chapel functions of the royal +Audiencia, for the spiritual administration of the royal hospital for +the soldiers of the army, and for their burial. For this last purpose, +the chaplains go without any subordination to the parish church, +wearing the cope, and with cross carried high, through the public +streets to the said royal hospital for the bodies of the deceased +soldiers, which they carry with all manner of solemnity to the royal +chapel, where they are buried. For the above, and so that they may +serve in the chaplaincies of the galleons in this line, and for the +divine worship of the said chapel, the chapel has its chief chaplain, +and a number of royal chaplains, sacristans, and other ministers, +who serve it with great decorum and pomp. This is a rich church, and +is beautifully adorned with altars, reredoses, pulpit, and sacristy; +it has choir, organ, and a goodly band of singers; and rich ornaments, +and sacred vessels of silver and gold--and, in particular, a monstrance +of pure gold, valued at eleven thousand ducados. + + + +Royal hospital + +544. Not very far from this royal chapel, and more toward the center +of the city, is the said royal hospital, for the soldiers of the +Manila camp. It has its own chaplain, manager, physician, surgeon, +apothecary, and all the other necessary provisions. + + + +Royal seminary-college of San Phelipe + +545. His Majesty asked Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora, governor of these +islands, by a royal decree of November 28, 1697, to inform him whether +there was or was not a seminary-college for boys in Manila, for the +service of his cathedral church; and that, in case there were not, +he should set about its foundation and building. He was to advise +his Majesty of the expenses necessary for it, and for its necessary +maintenance. The governor reported; and, by another royal decree of +April 28, 1702, the piety of his Catholic Majesty decided upon the +foundation of a royal college in the city of Manila, which should be a +seminary for eight seminarists. The sum necessary for its building and +maintenance was to be appropriated from the funds accumulating from +vacancies in the bishoprics of these islands, and from the tithes; +and, if necessary, from the funds of the royal treasury. All was to +be done with the advice of the archbishop of Manila, and his Majesty +was to be informed of all that was done. Everything was carried out +by the governor and master-of-camp, Don Domingo de Zabálburu; and, +with the approval of his Excellency the archbishop, Don Diego Camacho +y Avila, the plans for the building of the seminary were begun with +all possible energy. By a general meeting of the treasury tribunal, +held May 22, 1705, four thousand pesos were appropriated to General +Don Miguel de Elorriaga for the encouragement of this enterprise. + +546. With the arrival at these islands of the patriarch of Antiochia, +Cardinal Don Carlos Thomas Millard de Tournòn, [56] in the year +1704, and with the stay of the abbot Don Juan Baptista Sidòti [57] +in the islands, until he went to Japon, that work was strengthened +by various alms, which the said Sidòti went about collecting for it, +until he succeeded in giving it a stone foundation one vara high. The +seminary was called San Clemente, in honor of the pope. [58] Then +writing to Madrid and to Roma the progress that had been made--namely, +that the seminary was already in operation, and that the number +of the seminarists exceeded twenty, and attributing that glory to +the said gentlemen and to their efforts, it was advised that the +said cardinal should select those persons whom he thought proper +for master and rector. Pontifical commission was assigned him for +that, and in fact, in the year 1707, the licentiate Don Gabriel de +Istùris was appointed rector, and the bachelor Don Hypòlito del Rio +as master of the seminarists. On November 28 of that year, the first +eight seminarists were received by the governor of these islands, Don +Domingo de Zabálburu. The archbishop and governor of these islands +helped in all these plans, and, in addition to the above alms, +contributions were made from the revenues of the royal treasury. + +547. Having been informed of all this news, the apostolic nuncio at +the court of España presented himself before the Catholic Majesty +in the name of the pope (who had been informed by the archbishop +and the governor of Manila), asking that his Majesty would deign to +consider as valid the said foundation in the aforesaid form in the +city of Manila--since it meant glory to his crown to have a seminary +in these islands, from which so many advantages would follow for +the spread of the Catholic faith in Japon, and China, and among +other barbarous peoples, by rearing subjects in the said seminary in +virtue and learning as evangelical ministers, of whom there was so +much need. That was to be without any expense to the royal treasury, +since some of its seminarists were supported with alms, and some with +the revenues that belonged to their own houses. + +548. His Majesty consulted his royal Council of the Indias. From +their examination of the matter a royal decree resulted, dated at +Madrid, March 3, 1710, and countersigned by his Majesty's secretary, +Don Felix de la Cruz Ahèdo, and with the rubrics of five members of +the Council of the Indias. In it his Majesty manifests his just anger +at such innovations and prejudicial proceedings through the agency +of foreigners, when his Majesty had ordained it so long beforehand; +and that, with what had been done, there should be given room for such +progress to be attributed in the Roman court to the active diligence +of foreigners, when his Catholic zeal had sent, at the cost of his +royal treasury, and maintained in these parts the great number of +learned regular missionaries [who are there] for the conversion [of +the heathen], and the propagation of the holy gospel. He was angry +also because this news had come to his royal ears by other vehicles +than his vassals and ministers, and that foreigners had been allowed +in these islands without his royal consent. + +549. Therefore, in the said royal order, his Majesty commands that +all the foreign seminarists be taken out of the said seminary, and +that only the eight before decided upon be left, since those were his +vassals. He allows at the most, sixteen boarders, and all those shall +enter only by permission of the governor of these islands, as the +vice-patron; and the building of the said seminary which his Majesty +had before ordered shall be promoted. If there should be persons, +who in good faith would have aided the new seminary with buildings, +incomes, and other gifts, it is asked that they consent to apply these +on the building of the seminary intended and ordered by his Majesty. In +case that they do not agree to that, the just price of whatever can +be useful for this desirable end shall be paid to them; and what is +useless shall be restored to its owners, except such buildings as +may not be necessary, which shall be immediately demolished. + +550. By virtue of the royal decree to the royal Audiencia, and those +decrees which accompanied it for the archbishop and governor of Manila, +the building which (as above stated) was already begun was demolished, +and today it is used as the summer palace of the governors; and all +the orders expressed in the said decrees were carried out. On May +6, 1712, the course of arts was inaugurated in the royal seminary +of San Phelipe (for thus did his Majesty order it to be called, +and that the name of San Clemente be erased), with the bachelor Don +Bartholome Caravallo, presbyter, as master. He was appointed by decree +of the superior government, during the governorship of the count +of Lizarrâga, Don Martin de Ursua. Doctor Don Francisco Fermin de +Vivàr was appointed master of theology on July 5, 1714. At his death, +the master Don Ignacio Mariano Garcia, who is at present doctor in +theology, canon of this holy church, and rector of the said royal +college, succeeded to the office. After that time, they began to have +public theological theses there, with the help of the communities of +Manila. Still later, esteeming it advisable for the royal treasury, +the offices of master of arts and theology were suspended, and only +that of master of grammar is preserved. The seminarists who may +choose to continue their scholastic studies, go to the university +of Santo Thomas to hear lecturers there. That is the present course; +and the said seminarists, after being present at the service of the +cathedral church--their first duty--go to the university of Santo +Thomas for the ordinary lectures which are given to them. + + + +Royal professorships + +551. In the year 1717, his Majesty (may God preserve him) sent +three professors to the city of Manila, with suitable salaries, +to erect and conduct three professorships--of canons, institutes, +and laws: these were in fact, erected and conducted in this city, in +one of its most notable and roomy houses. In the year 1724, because +of the promotion by the king of Don Julian de Velasco, one of the +professors, to the royal Audiencia of México, and as there were no +suitable persons [for these chairs] the royal Audiencia of these +islands communicated that fact to his Majesty on June 10, 1726, as +well as the small results and increased expenses that were experienced +from those professorships. Therefore, the royal Audiencia had made +provision, while awaiting a new royal order, for maintaining the two +professorships, with the same two lecturers who held them. However, +there was some change, the professorship of canons being given to the +very reverend father Pedro Murillo Velarde, of the holy Society of +Jesus; while the place where the lectures were given was changed to +the college of San Ignacio, of the same Society, where its provincial +generously assigned a room for the exercise [of these lectureships] +and for literary functions. In view of that, the king ordained, by +his decree of July 26, 1730, the suspension of everything enacted +therein by that Audiencia--doing away, for the time being, with the +foundation of the royal university; and saving the royal treasury +more than ten thousand pesos per annum, which had been fruitlessly +spent. Now, very recently, his Majesty, by a decree dated San Lorenzo, +October 23, 1733, has determined that there shall be a chair of canons +and another of institutes in the college of San Ignacio; and he also +determines that there shall be the same at the university of Santo +Thomas. Such is the present condition of the king's professorships, +until a new order is given. + + + +Royal seminary of Santa Potenciana + +552. The royal seminary of Santa Potenciana was built in Manila, +where it is situated, in the year 1591. At that time Don Fray +Domingo de Salazàr was bishop, and he aided it with his alms; +while the governor of the islands was Gomez Perez Dasmariñas. +It was established in some houses and on a plot of ground given +for that purpose by Captain Luis de Vibanco, factor of the royal +treasury. There also was built the church with the title of St. Andrew +the apostle, the patron saint of Manila. That church is thought to be +[on the site of] the ancient chapel of St. Andrew which, as appears, +was in that same spot, according to several papers which I have seen of +the year 1580. The seminary has been, and is, used for orphan girls, +the daughters of Spanish parents, to give them good education and +rearing. It is under the royal patronage; and his Majesty takes care +of the maintenance of the seminarists, and helps them as far as may be +necessary. Some pupils, some servants, and even some reformed women are +received also. For the last named, Licentiate Don Francisco Gomez de +Arellano, archdeacon of Manila, and provisor of this archbishopric, +built a separate room. He furnished the reredos of the principal +altar, and gave several other alms and support for the purpose of +changing that seminary to a monastery of nuns; but he was unable to +attain his purpose, for God cut short the thread of his life. They +have their own chaplain, their rectoress, and their portress; and +they live safely retired and with holy mode of life. + + + +Royal brotherhood of the Santa Misericordia + +553. The royal brotherhood of the Santa Misericordia of the city of +Manila is composed of the members of the most prominent families of +Manila. They have their overseer, twelve deputies, and a secretary, +who form their executive board, besides other officers for their +necessary transaction of business. They were established in imitation +of the one which was erected in Lisbôa, in the year 1498, by the most +serene queen of Portugal--Doña Leonor, at that time the widow of Don +Juan the Second, who had died in the year 1495 as appears in all the +Portuguese histories. Their founder was a Trinitarian religious of +praiseworthy life, one Fray Miguel de Contreras. The Misericordia +of Manila is due to the pious and fervent efforts of that venerable +servant of God. Father Juan Fernandez de Leon, a secular priest, +a native of Gibra-Leon, in the county of Niebla in Andalucia, at the +time when this archbishopric was governed by the very reverend father +Fray Christoval de Salvatierra, [59] of the Order of Preachers, and +the Philipinas Islands by Don Luis Gomez [_sic_: error for _Perez_] +Dasmariñas. This holy brotherhood was established April 16, 1594, with +the liberal alms of all the nobility of Manila, and the above-named +governor was appointed its first overseer. The three who coöperated +for its establishment and the formation of its constitution, were +Father Peréyra, of the holy Society of Jesus, father Fray Marcos de +Lisbôa, a Franciscan, and Don Christoval Giràl, all three of them +Portuguese. In the church of the Society of Jesus at Manila met the +most reverend father Fray Christoval de Salvatierra, the venerable dean +Don Diego Basquez de Mercado, and the said venerable Juan Fernandez +de Leon; the venerable fathers Antonio Sedeño and Raymundo de Prado, +of the holy Society of Jesus; the venerable fathers Fray Agustin +de Tordesillas, Fray Marcos de Lisbôa, Fray Alonso Muñoz, and Fray +Juan Bautista, of this seraphic [_i.e._, Franciscan] province; +together with the magistrates, regidors, and superior officers of +the army of the city, and other persons of education and talents, +both ecclesiastics and laymen. + +554. Thus erected, and in accordance with its erection, the Santa +Misericordia remained with the temporal management, and our province +with the spiritual management, of the hospital, which from that time +began to be called the Misericordia [_i.e._, "House of Mercy"] of the +Franciscan fathers--which before had been cared for by the venerable +Leon and our venerable Fray Juan Clemente; and the erection of the +said hospital in proper shape was considered. + +555. They built a church with the title of "Presentacion de Nuestra +Señora" [_i.e._, "Presentation of our Lady"], and a house and seminary +with that of Santa Isabel, in order to rear Spanish orphan girls with +thorough instruction in Christian doctrine and with good morals. It +had a rectoress to care for and govern it, and a portress. Thence +the girls go out with dowries sufficient for the estate [of marriage] +to which they naturally tend, for which purpose the holy Misericordia +appropriates sixteen thousand pesos. The girls who study there, who +all the time are supported with whatever is necessary, number about +sixty, besides some pupils, six slave girls, and other servants. For +their expenses and those of their chaplains ten thousand seven hundred +pesos are appropriated. It is a seminary of so great reputation and +honor that, although it has been used from its beginning as a refuge +for girls--the daughters of poor Spaniards, whom the brothers obtain +from various houses and from Santa Potenciana--the best citizens +of the community do not hesitate today to send their daughters +there. Thence they go out to assume the state of matrimony, or as +nuns of St. Clare. Their church is very capacious, of beautiful +architecture, and very richly adorned. It was used as the cathedral +(as above stated) until the year 1662, when the cabildo took possession +of its new church. + +556. Not only does this brotherhood have in charge today the support +of this girls' seminary, and of the hospital of the Misericordia +(although the latter is at present under the charge of the hospital +order), but there is no class of persons which does not experience +the charity of this holy house, through the generous alms that its +executive board distributes. If the royal Misericordia of Lisbôa boasts +that 30,000 ducados of private alms and other sums, which are spent +nearly every year for the redemption of captives, were distributed in +one year, there is not a year that this great charitable institution +does not spend 70,000 pesos in various purposes of charity, such as +those already mentioned--poor Spaniards who are unwilling to ask +alms, and prisoners, and masses for the blessed souls--so that it +is estimated that this holy house has given 3,448,506 pesos in alms +from the year 1599 until that of 1726. That sum has been produced +by the pious bequests that have been left for charitable purposes +by the inhabitants of Manila. To this should be added the advances +that have been made to the general fund of these islands, in cases +of extreme necessity and invasions by the enemy, in the years 1646, +650, 653, 663 to 668, and to that of 1735. The total, according to +an accurate computation, amounts to 1,069,099 pesos. + +557. The Misericordia takes care of the financial affairs of +twenty-nine collative and of ten laical chaplaincies; and, in the +royal college of San Joseph, of two fellowships. + +558. It is governed by its own special rules, and their observance +imposes the obligation of mortal sin. It has remarkable and +venerated reliquaries. It enjoys many privileges from the supreme +pontiffs, and innumerable indulgences. It is under the immediate +royal protection by a royal decree of his Majesty, dated Sevilla, +March 25, 1733, countersigned by Don Miguel de Villanueva, the king's +secretary. Concession was granted in that decree to place the royal +arms in their church and college; to go out as a corporation on Holy +Thursday to make the round of the stations; and entire credit is to +be given in all the tribunals to the instruments of the secretary of +the executive board. + + + +Other charitable institutions + +559. There are other charitable institutions in Manila in emulation +of that of the holy Misericordia, although not so wealthy: in the +cathedral church, in the seraphic tertiary order of the convent +of Manila, in that of the convent of Dilao, in [the convent of] +St. Dominic, in their convent of Binondoc, in their beaterio, in the +convent of the calced Augustinian fathers, in that of the discalced +Augustinians, and in that of the Society. All of them serve as a refuge +for the poor; for from them is obtained money in proportion to good +securities, and on pledges of gold and silver, at moderate rates of +interest, for the trade of merchants, with which the poor Spaniards +engage in business and increase their wealth. Their returns are used +for the various charities purposed by the founders who placed their +money there--such as divine worship; alms for the orders; dowries for +poor Spanish, Indian, and mestiza girls, and for those of the Cavite +shore; alms for the self-respecting poor; hospitals and prisons; +and suffrages for the blessed souls in purgatory--which are perennial. + + + +Chapter L + +Curacies and employments of religious in this archbishopric + + +Curacies + +560. There are thirteen secular curacies and their visitas in all the +archbishopric of Manila. In the Manila cathedral there are two--one +for Spaniards, and one for natives. In the province of Tongdo is the +curacy of Santiago; that of La Hermita de Guia, and that of Quiapo, the +latter being an archiepiscopal house. In the jurisdiction of Cavite, +the curacy of that port and city, and that of the natives of San +Roque. In the province of Balayàn, the curacy of Balayàn and that of +El Rosario. In the province of Laguna de Bai, the curacy of Tunasàn, +that of Tabùco, and that of Santo Thomas in the mountains. In the +jurisdiction of Mindòro, the curacy of Lubàn. In all those curacies +there are now administered about [_blank in original_] souls. + + + +Calced Augustinians + +561. The calced Augustinian religious have their convent and church +within the archbishopric. It is all of stone arches, and is located +in Manila; and art has employed all its beauties in its building, +and it is of special size and beauty. There live, as a general thing, +fifty religious, all of well-known talents; and they have quarters for +novitiates and study, for those who need them. This was the first order +which (in the year 1565) conquered these islands; through their first +prelate and father of them all, the venerable Fray Andrès de Urdanèta, +a Biscayan, and a son of the convent and province of México. This +convent of Manila is the head of all the province of Dulcissimo +Nombre de Jesus, and of all the parochial convents that are possessed +throughout the province by the Augustinians, to wit, as follows: + +562. In the province of Tongdo: the convents of Tongdo, Tambòbong, +Malàte, Parañaque, Pàsig, and Tagui. According to the last census, +those convents minister to 21,959 souls. + +563. The sanctuary of Nuestra Señora de Guadalùpe on the river of +Manila, where there are no Indians in its charge, and where only a +few religious stay for the worship of that holy image. + +564. In the province of Bai, the province of San Pablo de los Montes, +which has in charge 2,600 souls. + +565. In the province of Taàl or Balayàn: the convents of Taàl, with +the holy sanctuary of the miraculous Virgin, and of Casàysày and its +administration; that of Bàuan, that of Batàngas, that of Tanàuan, +that of Salà, and that of Lipà--with 14,628 souls. + +566. In the province of Bulacàn: the convents of the villages of +Bulacàn, Dapdap, Guiguintò, Bigàa, Angàt, Baliuàg, Quingua, Malòlos, +Paombòng, Calumpit, and Hagònoy--with 23,303 souls. + +567. In the province of Pampanga: the convents of the villages +of Bacòlor, Macabèbe, Sesmòan, Lubào, Vauà, Minàlin, Bètis, Pòrac, +Pueblo de México, Aràyat, Magàlang, Tarlàc, Gapàng, Santòl (with its +missions, and the new village of San Sebastian), San Miguel de Mayòmo, +Candàba, Cabacsà, Apàlit--with 38,513 souls. + +568. In the mountains of the same province of Pampanga, within a +radius of twenty-four leguas, there is a most flourishing mission of +several barbaric nations, in which 4,500 souls are converted. [60] + +569. The order of our father St. Francis of the discalced religious +followed the Augustinians in point of their establishment in these +islands; but I shall leave them for the last place in this book, in +order to give precedence to the guests from outside, who honor my work. + + + +Society of Jesus + +570. The holy Society of Jesus came to these islands with their +two vigorous apostolic leaders, Father Antonio Sedeño and Father +Alonso Sanchez--who were most helpful companions of Don Fray Domingo +de Salazar, the first bishop of Manila--in the year 1581. They have +their principal college in Manila, whose titular is St. Ignatius. It +is a sumptuous edifice, and head of all the colleges (which are eight +in number, the houses proper of the order), and of all the residences +and missions of these islands. In this chief college is situated the +pontifical and royal university of letters. + +571. It is assured that Pope Julius III was the first to concede +the power of granting degrees to the holy Society of Jesus, on +October 22, 1552; but only to Jesuit scholars. Afterward Pius IV +extended this faculty to outside students, August 19, 1561. Lastly, +it was all confirmed by his Holiness, Gregory XIII, May 7, 1578, +that pope declaring that the prefect of studies could give the +degrees. Urban VIII, on petition of the sovereigns Phelipe III +and Phelipe IV, decreed that degrees could be given in the Indias +by the hands of the bishops, in the colleges of the Society, as +was once practiced in Manila by Archbishop Serrano. And because +it was not continued, that college of San Ignacio availed itself +of the privileges already noted, and of which mention is made in +libro i, título xxii, law ii, of the _Recopilación de Indias_. [61] +Wherefore it appears that the holy Society gave degrees in Manila +by pontifical and regal authority. Later his Holiness, Gregory XV, +by his brief _Apud S. Mariam Mayorem_, conceded, on August 8, 1621, +the same privilege, but with the following restriction, _præsentibus +ad decennium dum-taxàt valituris_, and that decennial was completed +in the year 1631. Then on May 12, 1653, a royal writ of execution was +issued, granting authority to graduate students from the college of San +Ignacio or that of San Joseph. In the year 1718, the royal university +was started in these islands, and it was maintained until the year +1726. As one of the professors was promoted to the royal Audiencia +of México, the chair of the morning classes in canonical law was +given to the very reverend father Pedro Murillo Velarde, of the same +Society, who had been professor of these branches in the universities +of Granada and Salamanca, as a collegiate in the imperial university +of San Miguel of Granada, and of the chief [college] of Cuenca at +Salamanca. But on account of the increased expenses occasioned by +this royal university, and as the benefits derived therefrom, as +experience demonstrated, were little, this royal Audiencia of Manila +determined that these professorships should be located--as it were, in +trust--in the college of San Ignacio of Manila. That was in fact done, +the Society showing this courtesy to his Catholic Majesty--until, by a +decree dated July 26, 1730, those professorships are now suppressed, +and other provision has been made. Now, very recently, the chief +college of San Ignacio has, besides the privileges above cited, +two new chairs--one of canonical law, without a salary, directed by +a religious; and the other of institutes, under a layman, with four +hundred pesos of income, in accordance with a decree from the Escorial, +dated October 23, 1733. The college is authorized to grant degrees +in canons, laws, and other branches by his Holiness, Clement XII, +by his brief of December 6, 1735. Many are taking those studies, and +are deriving great advantages therefrom. Their literary exercises are +very excellent, and continue [throughout their course of study] under +the careful guidance of the holy Society, which is not a new thing. + +572. The royal college of San Joseph, contiguous to the above college +of San Ignacio, and near the royal gate of Manila, has for its origin +a royal decree of Phelipe II, dated June 8, 1585, wherein the governor +of these islands--who was to confer with the bishop of the islands +as to the means--was ordered to institute a college, and support +religious who were to teach Latin, the sciences, and good morals to +those who should attend. In obedience to that decree, the said college +of San Joseph was founded in the year 1595. Twelve fellowships were +created, and one thousand pesos assigned from the royal treasury. A +deed of it was given on condition that the college was to be called +a royal college, and that the arms of his Majesty were to be placed +on it. A few years afterward, by the will left by Estevan Rodriguez +de Figueròa, governor and captain-general of the island of Mindanào, +this college was established from the foundations in his name. It had +a sufficient number of students, and a continually brilliant exercise +in the branches of learning, which is flourishing in these times. Its +antiquity, and its precedence to that of Santo Tomas, is defined by +the royal Council of the Indias, in a contradictory judgment, which +appears from a royal decree or writ of execution dated March 12, +1653. The title _Real ad honorem_, with authority to place it on all +its acts and despatches, and to place the royal arms on its gates, +as we now see them, is a concession of our Catholic king, by his +royal order of May 3, 1722. Therefore this college is held in esteem +and has a remarkable popularity. + +573. In the province of Tongdo [the Society has] [_marginal note_: +residences or missions] in the villages of Santa Cruz, outside the +Manila walls, and in San Miguel on the river of Manila; up the river +toward Laguna de Baì, in the villages of San Pedro Macatì, San Matheo +(with the missions of San Isidro, and Paynàan in the mountains), +Antipòlo, Tàytày, Caintà, Mariquìna, Silàn, and Indàng. + +In the jurisdiction of Cavìte, in the village of Cavìte el Viejo +[_i.e._, old Cavite], and in the port of Cavìte, a college without +administration. + +In that of Marivèlez, in the village of Marigondòng. + +In the jurisdiction of Mindòro, in the island of Marindùque, in the +villages of Boàc, Santa Cruz de Nàpo, and Gàsang. + +574. There is a beaterio, in the city of Manila, of respectable +Indian women with their mistress, who have withdrawn from the world, +and are employed in holy living and exercises. Although the fathers +of the Society do not have charge of it and its government, because +of the prohibition in their statutes, it is, through the common error +of the crowd, called "Las Beatas de la Compañia" ["Devout women of +the Society"], for they hear mass, confess, and receive communion in +their church at the college of the Society. + +575. The number of souls in charge of the fathers of the Society +throughout these islands and the Marianas, according to the latest +computation (of which the fathers have informed me), is one hundred +and seventy thousand. + +This is all the total that I know from this point on, for the other +bishoprics, which are lacking. + + + +St. Dominic + +576. The first religious of the order of our father St. Dominic who +were known to have come to this archipelago were in the year 1581--the +first bishop, Don Fray Domingo de Salazàr, and his associate, Fray +Christoval de Salvatierra, the only survivor of a very fine mission +that his Excellency brought. But the first mission that came to +establish itself in Manila consisted of fourteen religious, under their +vicar-general, Fray Juan de Castro, in the year 1587, on the eve of +[Mary] Magdalene. This holy religion has the merit of being more strict +in Philipinas than in Europa; for its members do not receive honorable +titles or its convents incomes. Their habit is of unmixed frieze, and +there is nothing to be asked for as a dispensation in their regular +observance. They have a very fine convent in the city of Manila, which +supports about thirty religious of virtue and learning. It is the +chief convent of this most religious province of Santissimo Rosario. + +577. The pontifical and royal university of Santo Thomas, incorporated +in this holy province of Santissimo Rosario of our father St. Dominic, +must recognize as its origin that venerable servant of God, the most +illustrious and reverend Don Fray Miguel de Venavides, of the same +order, who while archbishop of Manila, planned this so noble a work in +the year 1610--giving all his library and about one thousand pesos, +which was the amount of his property, to begin its foundation. He +was followed by Don Fray Diego de Sória, of the same order, and +bishop of Nueva Segovia in these islands, who bequeathed all his +library and three thousand eight hundred pesos for the continuation +of this work. Consequently, by the year 1620 it already had lecturers +and masters for the public teaching of the sciences, by order of the +superior government and the Audiencia of these islands, as appears from +the _Recopilación de Indias_, libro i, título xxii, ley liii. [62] +After that three pontifical briefs were obtained, each one _ad +decennium_, empowering them to graduate students from the courses +of philosophy and theology. But Don Phelipe IV by his letter to the +count of Siruela, his ambassador in Roma, petitioned and obtained +from his Holiness Innocent X the bull commencing _In supereminenti_, +given at Roma, November 20, 1645. In that bull his Holiness erects a +university in the college of Santo Thomas in due form, with all the +exemptions and privileges that other universities have, under the +care of the Order of Preachers. Authority is given to the rector to +confer degrees, establish statutes, and appoint officials, his Holiness +giving them the names proper of university, etc., until an independent +university of general studies should be founded in Manila. Afterward +the king, by a royal decree, dated Madrid, May 17, 1680, admitted +the said university under his patronage and royal protection; and +ordered the governor, Audiencia, archbishop, and orders to so regard +it, and to observe its statutes and exemptions. By another decree, +dated Madrid, November 22, 1682, the king concedes authority for +the erection of the chairs of laws and medicine in Santo Thomas. By +another quite recent decree, dated San Lorenzo, October 23, 1733, +the king grants to the university of Santo Thomas two chairs--one of +canonical law, which is held by a religious who receives no salary; +and the other of the institutes, in charge of a layman, appointed by +the royal Audiencia, and assigned a salary of four hundred pesos per +annum, payable from the royal treasury, and to be taken from [funds +arising from] the vacant sees of the archbishop and bishops of these +islands. The same favor is conferred upon the college of San Ignacio +of the Society. At present these two chairs are being maintained in +both places. A petition having been made to his Holiness in behalf +of the said university, that authority be conceded it to graduate +students in the laws from it, his Blessedness Clement XII (who is at +present governing the Church), concedes this, granting said chairs +to the university. His bull _Dudum emanarunt_, promulgated in Roma, +September 2, 1734, in which he inserts the letter of Innocent above +cited, and the permissions and prerogatives there expressed (which +are those of general universities), incorporates the said chairs, +and those which may be founded in the future, so that the university +may be able to graduate students in them, and so that the graduates +may enjoy all the exemptions which are there mentioned. + +578. Thus does the order maintain that university, and it has men there +of excellent learning and qualifications for public teaching. There are +a sufficient number of students and collegiates who hear instruction, +illustrated in the public literary exercises in the sciences, and with +all the other aids necessary. Its material edifice is very substantial +and large and has a sufficient number of apartments and class-rooms +of goodly capacity. It is located next door to the convent of our +father St. Dominic in Manila. + +579. The seminary of San Juan de Letràn was started by a Spaniard +of excellent life, called Brother Juan Geronymo Guerrero, who had +in charge the rearing and teaching of poor and orphaned Spanish +boys--whom, partly with his own money but more with alms, he was +supporting and had gathered in his house. For that purpose his +Majesty granted him an encomienda in Ylòcos for the support of the +said boys. When he became quite old and helpless he retired, with +the permission of the archbishop, to the infirmary of St. Dominic, +where he died a religious, having renounced in due form his house, +encomienda, and all his other property, so that he might give them +to the order. The latter was to take charge of the education of the +said orphans. So in effect the seminary of the said boys was given to +the order of our father St. Dominic with all the aforesaid incomes, +besides a piece of land one hundred brazas long by fifty wide (which +they were to choose) in the Parián--free, and without paying land-tax +to the city--as a help toward its support. That transfer was made by +decree of Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuèra, dated Manila, +June 18, 1640, as appears from the first document in the book of +the foundation of said seminary. In that book is seen its erection +into a seminary with the advocacy of St. John of the Lateran, as +appears from the acts of the archbishop and provisor, and from the +other solemnities, found on leaves 5-11 inclusive. Their principal +rule was the education of the said orphans, so that they might go +thence as soldiers, and to occupy other posts in the community. Now +most of them become priests, studying the branches of philosophy and +theology; and almost all the seculars of the bishopric of Camarines, +and many others in the other bishoprics of the islands, come from that +seminary. From the said seminary, there have been already graduated +with great credit four doctors through the university of Santo Thomas, +two of whom are now canons of this metropolitan church--one, provisor +of Ylòcos; and the other, chief chaplain of the Misericordia. Some +incomes in the royal chapel have been added to the said seminary, and +a seraphic tertiary order with which fifty collegiates are regularly +maintained in education for the order of our father St. Dominic. + +580. In the suburbs of Manila, the Dominicans have the hospital of San +Gabriel for the Chinese, and the convent and church of Santos Reyes +[_i.e._, "holy kings"], with the administration of the same Christian +Chinese, who live and trade here. + +581. In the province of Tongdo, this order has charge of the village +of Binondòc and the convent of San Juan del Monte (but without any +administration), up the river of Manila. + +582. In the province of Pampànga, the convents and administration +of the villages of Abocày, Sàmal, Oriòng, Oranì, with some visitas +and missions. In these administrations they have in charge sixteen +thousand souls. + +In the port of Cavite, a convent without administration. + +583. Inside the city of Manila, the royal beaterio of Santa Cathalina +is incorporated with the province of Santissimo Rosario. It was +established in the year 1695, in the house and on the ground given +for that purpose by Don Antonio Esguerra with some shops of the +Parián for its support. Accordingly, some _beatas_ [_i.e._, devout +women] lived there in retreat for some years, in the care of the +Dominican religious. Later General Don Juan Escaño took charge of the +maintenance of the said beatas. He left a considerable portion of his +property for that purpose, specifying that there should be fifteen +Spanish beatas for the choir, and sufficient lay-sisters to take +care of the beaterio. Today it is a house worthy of deep veneration +and respect. The king has incorporated it in his royal patronage, +with authority to have a public church with bells and a choir, and +permission to celebrate the divine offices. They have a cloister, and +profess the tertiary order of the Dominicans. The only thing necessary +to perfect their lives, and which they desire, is profession as nuns. + + + +Discalced Augustinians + +584. The discalced religious of the great father of the Church, +St. Augustine, entered Manila in the year 1606. Although they were +the last evangelical workers, their apostolic zeal has extended in +rivalry to the first ones, and they have attained abundant results from +their labors, in the reduction of the most barbarous islanders, and +in the exemplary lives of their reformed religious. The first convent +in which they lived was the one now called San Juan de Bagongbáyan, +outside the walls of the city of Manila. It was established with the +title of San Nicolas de Tolentino, which is still preserved (without +administration), with the veneration merited, not only by their primacy +but by the miraculous image of Nuestra Señora de la Salud [_i.e._, "our +Lady of health"] who is venerated there. Later, a convent was erected +in due form under the ancient advocacy of St. Nicholas of Tolentino, +that saint being today the titular of that most strict province. In +that convent, which is inside and near the walls of Manila, there +are generally maintained thirty or forty religious. They have the +reputation of being a community as well regulated as the best in +Castilla, and one in which have been known a great number of fathers +of holiness and learning. From that convent they go out to perform +their laborious ministrations in these islands. Their houses in this +archbishopric are as follows. + +585. In the province of Tongdo, the convent of San Sebastian near +Manila, where the miraculous image of Nuestra Señora del Carmen +[_i.e._, "our Lady of Carmen"] is revered, and she has a Confraternity +of the holy Escapular, with very fervent devotion. There are three +hundred and thirty-six souls ministered to in that convent. + +586. In the jurisdiction of Marivèlez: in the villages of Marivèlez, +Cabcàben, Bagàc, Mòrong; and they have administration between Súbic +and the point of Bolinào, which is the country of the Zambàles. They +also have some missions in the mountains near by. In that district +they care for 8,550 souls. + +587. All of the island of Mindòro is under the charge of those +religious, where in various villages, visitas, missions, and +settlements, they minister to 7,552 souls. + +588. In the port of Cavite, they have another convent, a dwelling +for the religious without any administration of Indians. + +[_In the margin_: "Total number of souls, 16,438."] + + + +St. John of God + +589. The hospital Order of St. John of God, although their institute +is the hospital and the treatment of bodies, have not a few times +served as medicine for souls, under the spur of the apostolic zeal of +those charitable religious. Although it appears from a royal decree +of February 10, 1617, that permission was given for ten religious +for these islands, one cannot find evidence of the time of their +entrance. They can only be found in the year 1649, with a hospital of +convalescents in Ragongbayan, outside the walls of Manila, with their +superior, the very reverend prior vicar-provincial, Fray Francisco de +Magallanes. [63] Cession was made to him, as the head of his order, +of the old hospital, which was founded by our Fray Juan Clemente. The +Santa Misericordia of Manila, under the title of "Hospital of +the Misericordia of the Franciscan fathers," managed its financial +affairs--as appears from the written statement of the said executive +board of May 13, 1656, and from the permissions of Archbishop Poblete, +of May 11 of the said year, and of Governor Don Sabiniano, of March +22 of the same year. His Catholic Majesty approved that gift by his +royal decree of December 5, 1659. That hospital continually suffered +ever-recurring disasters, until the arrival at these islands of the +very reverend father Fray Antonio Arce, in July of 1726, as its head +and superior. Such has been his zeal and prudence that he has merited +the glorious title of restorer of the hospital order in these islands, +in its organization and affairs. For now, not only is it seen to be +glorified by a very large, distinguished, and devout community, but +they have built a sumptuous church from the foundations, excellent +sick wards, and the house of the religious, almost to the extreme of +perfection. They began so grand and vast a work November 28, 1728, +when his Excellency Archbishop Don Carlos Vermudez blessed the first +stone, in the presence of Governor Marquis de Torre Campo (who began +that building with two thousand pesos, which he gave that afternoon +as alms), and the most noble and prominent people of this community. + +590. There was another hospital in Cavite, but it was swallowed up in +the sea. At present a common house is used there as a hospital. The +same thing is true of Zebù. All that will be remedied, as is proved +by experience, if the providence of God do not fail it, as hitherto +it has not. + + + +Discalced Franciscans + +591. Our discalced religious came to these islands immediately +following the Augustinian fathers, in the year 1577. They were the +founders of the custodia of San Phelipe, which was later entitled +San Gregorio. Now the province of the discalced Franciscans has +the same title. Its first founder was the venerable Fray Antonio de +San Gregorio, and its first custodian, the venerable Fray Pedro de +Alfaro. Possession was taken of the new convent of Manila, August 2, +1577, and the most holy sacrament was placed in their church of Santa +Maria de los Angeles [_i.e._, "St. Mary of the Angels"]. That was the +first receptacle [for the sacrament], or sacristy, that his Majesty +had in these islands. In this convent the community ceremonies are +observed, in accordance with the rigor of the rules of España. There +is a well-served infirmary, and [opportunity for] studies, when that +is necessary. It generally contains thirty religious, according as +the climate and other accidents of this country permit. This convent +is the mother and head of this holy province, whence go religious to +minister to the places in our charge. They are as follows. + +592. In the archbishopric of Manila: in the province of Tòngdo, +in the villages of Dilào Sampàloc, Pandàcan, and Santa Ana de +Sàpa--sanctuaries very famous for the miraculous images of our Lady +and of the child Jesus--where 7,900 souls are ministered to. + +593. In the province of Bulacàn: in the villages of Pòlo, Meycauayàn, +Bocàui, with their visitas, where 19,500 souls are ministered to. + +594. In the province of Laguna de Baì: in the villages of Mòrong, +Bar-às, Tanày, Pililla, Mabitac, Cabôan, Sinilôan, Pangil, Panquil, +Paète, Longos, Lucban, Cauinti, Pagsanghàn, Santa Cruz (with its +infirmary), Pila, Maìnit (with the hospital of the sulphur-water +baths), Nagcarlàn, Lilio, and Mahàyhày in the mountains. And now +lately, by cession of the Augustinian fathers, the villages of Baì, +and Binangonan de los Ferros [_i.e._, "Binangonan of the dogs"], with +the settlement of Angono. In all those villages, and their visitas, +40,534 souls are ministered to. + +595. In the mountains of Daraëtan, which extend from Laguna de Baì +to the opposite coast of Valèr, there is a mission with about four +hundred converted souls, and many others to convert. [64] + +596. There is another convent outside the walls of Manila, at +one legua's distance, called San Francisco del Monte, without +administration, but used only for the spiritual retreat of the +religious, which has its guardian. + +597. Near the royal magazines of Manila stands the celebrated convent +of the nuns of our mother St. Clare. They are subject to this province, +and are governed by their vicar, a religious of this province. Its +foundation and attending circumstances are treated in the body of +these chronicles. + +598. Within the court or enclosure of our convent of Manila, +there is a very sumptuous chapel with the most holy sacrament, +for the attendance and exercises of the venerable tertiary order, +administered and governed by a religious, a commissary-visitor, +a son of this holy province. + +599. Outside the walls of Manila, near the village of Dilào, stands the +hospital of San Lazaro, whose spiritual and temporal administration is, +and has always been, in charge of the discalced Franciscan religious. + + + +Chapter LI + +Bishopric of Zebu + + +600. It has been stated above, in the list of the archbishops of +Manila, that the bishopric of Zebu is one of the three suffragans which +Pope Clement VIII erected for these Philipinas Islands by his brief of +August 14, 1595. This is the most extensive, not only because of its +territory in the islands, but because its jurisdiction also includes +the Marianas Islands. The episcopal see is established in the city +of Dulcissimo Nombre de Jesus (before called San Miguel)--founded +in the month of April, 1565--in its very spacious wooden church, +which is dedicated to the holy guardian angel (unless it be dedicated +to the holy archangel, St. Michael, as is so fitting, as he was the +first titular of that village). That church has its sacristy, with its +cura and sacristan. There is a provisor, and some secular clergy with +benefices are located in some of the islands of its jurisdiction. In +that city the order of the great father St. Augustine has a convent, +in which is venerated [an image of] the most miraculous child Jesus, +found at the conquest of the city; a college of the Society of Jesus; +a convent of the discalced Augustinians; and perhaps one or several +religious of St. John of God. Toward the eastern part of the island +of Zebù is located the city, with some Spanish houses--although now +only one or two Spaniards live there with the alcalde-mayor, who is +the governor, chief justice, general of the soldiers in Pintados, +and castellan of the fort in the same city; two alcaldes-in-ordinary, +one lieutenant of royal officials, three regidors, two notaries, one +city steward, and one chief constable. There is a district for the +Sangleys, who form a Parián. The above is all that is most noteworthy +regarding the city of Zebù. + + + +Jurisdiction of this bishopric + +601. The bishopric of Zebù extends, with its jurisdiction, throughout +the province of Lèyte; throughout that of Zebù, with the adjacent +islands, as above stated; the province of Caràga; the province of +Panày, with the jurisdiction of Ogtòng, and adjacent islands; as +far as the Calamiànes, and Paràgua; the northern coast of Mindanào; +and the Marianas Islands. + + + +Stipends of the bishops of these islands + +602. His Excellency the bishop of Zebù receives an annual stipend +of four thousand pesos of common gold, by virtue of a royal decree +dated May 28, 1680. The cura of the sacristy of that holy church +receives 183 pesos 6 tomins 7 granos; the sacristan, 91 pesos 7 +tomins 3 granos. The other two bishops, their curas, and sacristans, +receive the same stipends, and for the same reason. + + + +Chapter LIII + +Curacies and administrations of the bishopric of Zebù + + +Curacies + +615. The sickness and death of the bishop, and the distance of that +bishopric, have delayed the news that I had hoped to receive of +the curacies in its district. Therefore, I shall proceed with the +administrations of the religious throughout that bishopric. + + + +Administrations of religious + +616. In the city of Zebù is the convent of the calced Augustinian +fathers--the first temple and sacred repository of the miraculous +image of the holy Child that was discovered--where, as a rule, three +religious live, without administration. + +617. Outside the walls is the convent of San Nicolas, or Zebù el +Viejo [_i.e._, "Old Zebù"], which was the first village conquered +by the Spaniards. Hence its natives are reserved from tribute, and +are ministered to by the Augustinian fathers. The number of souls +reaches 3,504. + +618. The administrations of the villages of Argào, Bolohòn, Cotcot +(with Liluan), in the island of Zebù, whose souls number 8,666, have +been lately ceded (in this year of 1737) to the fathers of the Society, +with the necessary licenses. + +619. In the province of Panày: in the village and capital of Càpis, +and in the villages of Batàn, Mambusao, Dumalàg, Dumarao, and the +village of Panày. In those administrations there are reckoned to be +about 18,785 souls. + +620. In the province of Ogtong, in the villages of Miyagao, Antique, +Bugason, Tigbaoan, Cabutuan, Laglag, Passi, Anilao, Dumangas, the +island of Guimaras, Hàro, Ogtong, and Guimbal--in which there are +52,906 souls. + +621. In the two above-mentioned provinces of Ogtong and Panày, there +are innumerable souls of the apostate Cimarrones, the children of +Christian parents, who have fled to the mountains. Much activity has +been always displayed in their conversion, especially since the year +1731, and much gain is hoped from it. + +622. The holy Society of Jesus has one of their colleges in the city of +Zebù, and near it the administration of Mandabe. But lately the three +villages of Argao, Bolohòng, and Cotcot (with its annexed village of +Liluan), which were conceded to them by the Augustinian fathers, have +been added to them in the same province of Zebù. And near Zebù, in +the small island of Porò, the chief island of the three called Camotes. + +623. In the island of Bohòl: in the villages of Loboc, Baclayon, +Dáuis, Malabohòc, San Miguel de Hagna, Talibong, and Ynabanga. + +624. In the island of Mindanào: in Dapitàn, with the mission of +Ylàya. In Yligàn, with the missions of Layànan, Langàran, Lubùngan, +Disacan, Talìnga, and others, which are being reëstablished. In +Sanboàngan, the missions of Bagumbàyan, Dumalòn, Siocòn, Cabatàngan, +Caldèra, Poongbatò, and Sirauày. + +625. In the island of Negros, in the villages of Ylog, Cabangcàlan, +with the mission of Buyônan. In Himamaìlan, Cauàyan, Ynayàuan, with +the mission of Sipalày. In Iloilo, in the port, which is the capital, +and in Mòlo. + +626. In the island of Lèyte: in the villages of Lèyte, Palompòng, +Ogmùc, Bàybày, Hilòngos, Maasim, Sogòr, Cabalìan, Lilòan, Hinundàyan, +Abùyog, Dùlac, Dagàmi, Buràbuen, Pàlo, Tanàuan, Hàro, Alangàlang, +Carigàra, and Barùgo. + +627. In the island of Samàr: in the villages of Càpul, Catbalògan, +Parànas, Calbìga, Umàuas, Lalauìton, Basey, Balangìgan, Gìuan, Sùlat, +Tùbig, Boròngan, Làuang, Palàpag, Catùbig, Bobòng, Catarmàn, Gibàtang, +Bangàhon, and Tinàgor. + +628. In the Marianas Islands: in the villages of two islands, called +Agàdña, Agàt, Merizo, Pàgo, Ynaràhan, Umàtag, Ròta, and Seypàn, +where there are about 2,697 souls. + +629. The discalced Augustinian fathers have a convent without +administration in the city of Zebù. Their administrations in that +bishopric are as follows. + +630. In the islands called Calamianes: in the island of Paràgua, +they have the villages of Tàytày and Paràgua. In the islands of +Dumaràn, Calatàn, Malampàyan, Culiòn, Linapacàn, Busuàgan, Cùyo, +Canèpo, Alutàya, Bejucày, and Romblòn. In the island of Bantòn, in +Tinàya and Maìnit. In the island of Simàra, the village of Simàra. In +the island of Tablas, in the three villages of Cabolòtan, Odiòngan, +and Lalòuan. In the island of Sibuyàn, in Càuit, and Cahidyòcan. In +all those islands 21,076 souls are reckoned. + +631. Throughout the island of Mindanào, and the province of Caràga; +in the villages of Butuàn, Linào, Hibòn, Hingòoc, Habòngan, Maìnit, +Ohot, Tubày, Tandàg, Calagdàn, Babùyo, Tàgo, Marihàtag, Liànga, Bislig, +Hinatòan, Catèl, Bagànga, Caràga, Higaquit, Pahuntùngan, Surigào, +Cagayàn, Hipìnon, Agùsan, Manalàga (a new village), Gompòt, Balinùan, +and Tagolòan, with their missions. In the island of Siargào, in the +villages of Caòlo, Sapào, and Cabònto. In the island of Dinàgat, +and in the island of Camiguin, the two villages of Guinsilìban, +and Catarmàn. Those administrations number 21,635 souls. + +632. Since the fathers of St. John of God have no fixed convent, +they likewise do not have any regularly-established religious. + + + +Chapter LIV + +Bishopric of Nueva Cáceres in Camarines + + +633. The bishopric of Nueva Cáceres was erected at the same time and +in the same manner as that of Zebù. Its see is in the city of Nueva +Cáceres, which is located in Naga, and has its provisor, cura of its +parish church, secretary, and sacristan. + + + +Jurisdiction of that bishopric + +634. In its jurisdiction it embraces the whole provinces of Camarines +and Albay, and as far as and inclusive of the islands of Ticào, +Masbate, Burìas, and Catanduánes; the province of Tayàbas, as far +as and inclusive of Lucbàn; and, along the opposite coast of Maubàn, +[it contains] Binangonan, Polo, Valèr, and Casigùran. + + + +Chapter LV + +Curacies and administrations of the bishopric of Nueva Cáceres + + +Curacies + + +650. That bishopric possesses the curacy of the sacristy of the +holy church of Nueva Cáceres; and in the province of Camarìnes, +the curacies of Indàn, Paracàle, Capalònga, Caramòan, and Lagonòy, +with several visitas. Those curacies number 11,984 souls. + +651. In the province of Tayàbas, the curacies of Pirìs, Obuyon, +and Mulanày, with their visitas, in all numbering 5,161 persons. + +652. In the province of Albày, the curacies of Albày, Bulusàn, +Casigùran, Sorsogòn, Donsòl, Tabàco, and Malinào, with their visitas, +in all 18,562 persons. + +653. In the island of Catanduânes, the curacies of Bìga, and Bìrac, +numbering 6,471 persons. [65] + + + +Administrations in charge of religious + +654. The calced Augustinian fathers possess in that bishopric, in +the province of Tayàbas, the administration of the village of Tiaong, +where 780 souls are reckoned. + +655. The discalced Augustinian fathers possess, in the island of +Masbàte, the sites of Maboò, Balinò, Palanò, Abuyòan, Camasòso, +Buracàn, Limbòhan, Nauàngui, and Baràga, in which they minister to +about 3,345 souls. + +656. In the island of Burîas, the village of Burîas, with 180 souls. + +657. In the island of Ticào, the village of Ticào, with San Jacinto, +with 475 souls. [66] + +658. The discalced Franciscan religious of this province of San +Gregorio have administration in what they own in that bishopric, +in a convent of the village of Nàga, contiguous to the city of +Nueva Cáceres, in the province of Camarìnes. A commissary-provincial +lives there, and they have a good infirmary. They also minister in +the villages of Canamàn, Quípayò, Milaòrd, Minalàbag, Bùla, and Bào, +Nabòa, Yraga, Buhi, Libòng, Polàngi, Oàs, Ligào, Guinobàtan, Camarìnes, +Cagsàua, and Ligmànan, where they minister to 52,555 souls. + +659. In the province of Tayàbas, in the villages of Tayàbas, Pàgbilào, +Saryàya, Lucbàn, Gumacà, Atimònan, Mayòboc, and Macalìlong, in which +13,807 souls are ministered to. + +660. In the mission of the mountains of Lùpi, Ragày, and the beach +of Bangon, with their village formed in Lùpi, in the province of +Camarìnes, where nine hundred souls are ministered to. + +661. In the same province, in the mountain of Mangirin, in the village +of Santa Cruz, formed from the people who are being gathered from +the mountain, where 1,200 souls are ministered to. + +662. In the province of Tayàbas, in the mountains and coasts of +the opposite shore, in the villages of Binangonan, Pòlo, Valèr, and +Casigùran, which include the administration of the Indians, with the +missions annexed to them, and where 2,500 souls are ministered to. [67] + + + +Chapter LVI + +Bishopric of Nueva Segovia + + +663. The bishopric of Nueva Segovia is one of the suffragans of +this archbishopric of Manila, and it was erected at the same time as +the others and in the same circumstances. Its see is located in the +village of Làlo. There lives the alcalde-mayor, while the village +has an infantry presidio, and a convent of Dominican religious. It +has its own provisor, cura, and sacristan for that holy church. + + + +Jurisdiction of that bishopric + +664. That bishopric which is called Cagayàn includes under its +jurisdiction the provinces of Pangasinàn, from the point of Bolinào; +Ylòcos; and Cagayàn, to and inclusive of Palànan on the opposite coast. + + + +Chapter LVII + +Curacies and administrations of the bishopric of Cagayàn + + +Curacies + +679. The curacies of the seculars in that bishopric are [as follows]: +in the province of Cagayàn, the curacy of the city and the village of +Lallo; in the province of Ilòcos, the three curacies of Vigan, Bangued +(in the mountains of Labra), and that of San Diego, a mission of the +Tinguianes--whose number I am unable to determine, although I have +made extraordinary efforts to do so. All the rest of that bishopric +is in the charge and under the administration of religious, as follows. + + + +Administrations of religious + +680. The calced Augustinian fathers have, in the province of +Pangasinàn, the village of Agoò, with San Thomas and Aringày, whence +the religious go to the neighboring mountains to the conquest of +the barbarous Igorrote people; in the village of Bàuan, with those +of Boua, Dalandan, Caua, and one other fine mission; in the village +of Bagnôtan, with that of San Juan, and another fine mission. Those +administrations number 8,875 souls. + +681. In the province of Ilòcos, in the village of Namacpacàn, with +that of Balavan, and a fine mission; in that of Bangar with Tagurin +and another mission; in that of Candong, with Santa Lucia; in that +of Narbacàn, with that of Santa Cruz; in that of Santa Cathalina; +in that of Bantay, with those of Ildefonso and Masingal; in that +of Cabogào, with Lupog; in that of Sinait, with Badòc; in those of +Panay, Batàc, San Nicolas, Leyrat, and Dingras, with that of Piric, +and an extensive mission of heathen Tinguianes in those mountains, +from whom little fruit was obtained until the year 1730. (In the year +1735, through the visit of our father provincial, the very reverend +father Fray Piego Vergaño, they asked for religious very urgently, +begging that some would live in their villages. A great harvest of +spiritual fruits is hoped from that.) In the village of Ilduàg; in that +of Bangui, with other small mission villages; and in that of Bacarra +with that of Vera. All those administrations number 51,453 souls. + +682. In the province of Pangasinàn, the Dominican fathers have +their administrations in the villages of Lingayèn (the capital of +that province), Binalatongan, Calasiào, Mangaldan, Manaòag, Cavili, +Malonguèy, Telbàn, Binmalèy, Dagupàn, Malasiqui, Anguìo, Salàza, +Sinapòg, Panìqui, Camiling, Barùc, Paniaguit, and Pantòl; with some +visitas, and missions of blacks. The number of souls in all those +administrations amount to about 48,000. + +683. In the province of Cagayàn, in Lallo (the capital of that +province): Pata, with Cabacungan and Bangan; Pia, with Maoanan; +Nasiping, with Gataran; Malaueg, with its mission of Santa Cruz; Tuvao, +with its mission of Tuga; Yguic, with its visita of Amulong; Fotòl, +with its visita of San Lorenzo, and its mission of Capinatan; Massì; +the island of Babuyanes, with the missions of the islands of Batàn +and Calayan; Cabàgan; Tuguegarào; Buguèy, with its mission of Vuangàc; +Tabàng; Ytugùd, with the mission of Ziffun; Ylágan, with the mission of +Tumavini; Aparri; and Camalayûgan. The number of soul is about 25,752. + +684. The discalced Franciscan religious possess the administration +of the village of Palànan, with 1,700 souls, on the opposite coast +of Cagayàn. + +685. There is a fine mission of several barbaric people called Irràyas, +Negritos, and Aètas in the mountains of the same opposite coast; and +on its shores, from Palànan to Casiguran. The religious are working +in their conversion and reduction, at the expense of excessive +hardships. The souls converted in various settlements there number +about six hundred. + + + +Chapter LVIII + +General summary of all the Christian souls among the natives of +these islands + + +686. I have been unable to state separately the number of souls to +whom the seculars minister in the archbishopric and in the bishoprics +throughout these islands. I have seen them enumerated only in +common. They number 131,279 and live in 142 villages. + + + The seculars minister throughout this archipelago to 131,279 + St. Augustine, throughout the islands 241,806 + The Society, in all the islands 170,000 + St. Dominic, in all the islands 89,752 + Discalced Augustinians, in all the islands 63,149 + Discalced Franciscans, in all the islands 141,196 + + Total 837,182 + + +687. Thus, the number of eight hundred and thirty-seven thousand one +hundred and eighty-two Christian souls, among the natives of these +islands--who are ministered to spiritually in the above-mentioned +provinces, villages, and settlements--is what I get from the special +lists sent me for this work by the holy orders, made according to the +last enumeration, that for the years 1735 and 1736. I have supplied +those which have not been furnished to me (which I have solicited +by various means) from the clergy of these islands, with the number +mentioned, which is placed by the very reverend father Pedro Murillo on +his map. [68] This, together with the account of the royal officials +for the year 1735, are the citations that I offer for the proof of my +account, if there should be any discrepancy between it and others. I +reflect that no one can give a better account of the treasury than +he who has continual care of it. It is doubtless true that all or any +of them may have unavoidable errors; for the Indians are continually +removing, dying, or absenting themselves. Consequently, I judge that +the number of souls, of those who are at this time reputed to be +natives of these Islands, exceeds one million. The temples [of God] +where the instruction is given in villages and visitas are in excess +of seven hundred, as was represented to his Catholic Majesty by the +royal officials in a report in the year 1720. As for the number of +Spaniards and foreigners, the computation is extremely difficult and +uncertain; and therefore it is not safe to make a decisive statement. + +688. After very painstaking efforts, at the time when this book is +in press I receive information about the curacies of the seculars +of Zebù, in the following form. The curacy of the sacristy of the +holy church, and that of the Parián of the Sangleys, in the city of +Zebú; in the island of Zebú, that of Bantayàn and Baríli; in the +island of Negros, in Dumaguète, Binalbàgan, Tucàuan, and Tanghày; +in the island of Panày, in the city of Arébalo, Ahúy, Aclàng, Banga, +Ybahày, and Culási. Nearly all those curacies are very large and +need assistants. Throughout that jurisdiction and in the Marianas +there are various outside vicars, who are generally the religious of +those regions. Such is the information which I have obtained from +the provisor of that bishopric; but he does not give the number of +parishioners, as it is very difficult to ascertain it. + + + + + + +RELIGIOUS CONDITION OF THE ISLANDS + +[The following is from _Historia general_, by Juan J. Delgado, +S.J. (written in 1751-54), pp. 141-158. The chapters here presented +are from part i, book ii.] + + + +Chapter II + +Of the ministries of souls that pertain to the clerics in these +Filipinas Islands + + +In the assumption, so certain and evident, that the clerics, both +seculars and regulars, had been the primitive apostles and preachers +of the holy gospel in the Orient and in these archipelagos, I commence +with them to describe the ministries in these islands that have been +commended to their zeal and care. In the archbishopric of Manila, +the curacies of the venerable clergy amount to sixteen, besides some +visitas. There is one for Spaniards, and one for natives, in the +cathedral; that of Santiago, outside the city; that of the chapel +of Nuestra Señora de la Guía; that of Quiapo, which belongs to the +archiepiscopal jurisdiction: these belong to the province of Tondo. In +the jurisdiction of Cavite there are: that of the port of that city; +outside the walls, that of San Roque; not very distant, that of Bacoor; +and another, called Las Estancias [_i.e._, "the ranches"]. In the +province of Taal is that of Balayán; the Rosario, in the province of +Laguna de Bay; those of San Pedro, Tunasán, Tabuco, and Santo Tomás, +in the mountains. In the jurisdiction of Mindoro is that of Suban. + +In the bishopric of Santísimo Nombre de Jesús of Cebú, there is one +Spanish cura in the city, and outside the walls is that of the Parián +of mestizos and Sangleys; that of Barili in the same island, and +that of Bantayán (of whose jurisdiction are the visitas of Maripipi, +Panamao, and Limancauayán); that of Siquijor, in that same island. In +the island of Panay, the curacy of Aclán, Banga, Ibajay, Culasi, Ajui, +and that of the town of Arévalo (which his Excellency the bishop, Don +Protasio Cabezas, has lately conceded to the Society of Jesus). In +the island of Negros, that of Dumaguete, with several visitas; and +those of Binalbagan, Tugcaban, and Tanhay. + +In the bishopric of Nueva Cáceres or Camarines, in the city which +is the capital and seat of the bishopric, there is one cura of the +sacristy, who is provisor and vicar-general. In the same province are +the curacies of Indang, Paracale, Capalonga, Caramoan, and Lagonoy, +with some visitas belonging to the same curacies. In the province +of Tayabas are the curacies of Pyris, Abuyon, Mulanay, and their +visitas. In the province of Albay are the curacies of Bulusan, +Casiguran, Sorsogón, Donsol, Tabaco, and Malinao, with their +visitas. In the island of Catanduanes are the curacies of Biga and +Birac, with their visitas. + +In the bishopric of Cagayán is the curacy of Lalo or Nueva Segovia; in +the province of Ilocos, that of Vigan, and that of Bangar; and in the +mountains that of Abra, and that of San Diego among the Tinguianes, +with some separate visitas. Consequently, the venerable clergy in +these Islands have fifty-three beneficed curacies, which are new. + + + +Chapter III + +Of the ministries of the reverend calced Augustinian fathers + + +The reverend calced Augustinian fathers, the first founders of +these missions, have one convent in Manila, which is the head of all +their province of Santísimo Nombre de Jesús, and of all the other +parochial convents. In the province of Tondo, they have charge of +the village of that name, Tambobo, Malate, Parañaque, Pásig, and +Taguig, with various visitas annexed to them. On the river Pásig, +they possess the convent and sanctuary of Guadalupe, where several +devout religious live who have charge of the worship of the holy +image. Further they have the ministry of San Pablo de los Montes, +in the province of Taal and Balayán; the convents and ministries +of Taal, Casay-say, Bauang, Batangas, Tanavan, Lipa, and Sala. In +the province of Bulacán, they have the convent and ministry of that +name, and those of Dapdap, Guiguinto, Bigáa, Angat, Baliuag, Quingua, +Malolos, Paombong, Calumpit, and Haganoy. In the province of Pampanga, +the convents and ministries of Bacolor, Macabebe, Sesmoan, Lubao, Vana, +Minalin, Betis, Porác, México, Aráyat, Magalan, Tárlac, Gapan, Santor, +together with some missions, and a new village called San Sebastián; +and in addition, San Miguel de Mayumo, Candava, Cabagsa, and Apálit, +with a mission of mountaineers. + +In the bishopric of Santísimo Nombre de Jesús of Cebú there is a +convent called Santo Niño in the same city [of Cebú] with its church +newly built, where the vicar-provincial of all the Visayas Islands +has his residence; and outside the walls the convent of Cebú el Viejo +[_i.e._, "Old Cebú"], and the ministry of San Nicolás. In the same +island are the convents and ministries of the villages of Argao, +Bolhon, Cabcat, with several visitas; the ministry and convent of Opón +in the island of Mágtan, with the visitas of Olango, and Pangalanan, +and others on the opposite coast of Cebú. The reverend calced +Augustinian fathers made a cession of the villages and ministries of +Bolhon, Opón, and Liloan to the fathers of the Society of Jesus, by +their chapter of the year 1737; but afterward they recovered these, +because of various just causes that they had for it, improved as +to churches, houses, and silver ornaments--except that of Liloan, +a small visita which remained in the possession of the Society, and +was incorporated with the village of Mandaui, as it was near by. In +the province of Panay are the convents and ministries of the capital +city of Cápiz, Batan, Mambusao, Dumalag, Dumarao, and Panay; in the +province of Otón, in the same island, the convents and ministries of +Magao, Antique, Bugason, Tigbauan, Cabutuan, Laglag, Pasi, Aanilao, +Dumangas, the island of Guimarás, Jaro, Otón, and Guimbal, with +several missions of wild people [_cimarrones_] in the mountains, +apostates and their children, in which the care and zeal of the same +fathers has been exercised since the year 1731, and in which the gain +and profit of many souls is not wanting. + +In the bishopric of Camarines they have the convent and ministry +of the village of Tiaong, in the jurisdiction of the province of +Tayabas. In the bishopric of Nueva Segovia or Cagayán, the province of +Pangasinán, they have the convents and ministries of Agoo, Santo Tomás, +and Aringay, with several missions of Igorrotes in the mountains; +those of Bauar, Bona, Dalandán, and Cava, with another mission of +mountaineers; and those of Bacnotan and San Juan, with another similar +mission. In the province of Ilocos, they have the convent and ministry +of Namagpacan, with that of Balauan and its missions, and those of +Bangar and Tagurin, with another mission; those of Candón, Santa Lucía +de Narbacan, Santa Cruz, Santa Catalina, and Bantay, with those of San +Ildefonso and Nagsingal; that of Cabugao with Lapog; that of Sinait +with Badoc; those of Panay, Batag, San Nicolás, Lecrat, and Dinglas, +with that of Pirie; and various missions of Tinguianes and heathen +in those mountains, where the same reverend fathers are commencing +to form villages to the great advantage of those souls. They have +that of Ilanag and that of Bangui, with other visitas and missions, +and those of Bacarra and Vera. All of those ministries and convents +are adjudged to the same reverend fathers. + + + +Chapter IV + +Convents and ministries of the reverend Franciscan fathers, the third +to be established + + +The reverend Franciscan fathers reached the Filipinas Islands in the +year 1577. In Manila they have in their vigilant and watchful care, +close to the convent, a costly and beautiful chapel of the tertiary +order of penance, in charge of a religious who is commissary and +visitor. There is also a convent of the nuns of St. Clare in the +city, who are subject to and governed by the same religious. They +also possess another convent called San Francisco del Monte, one +legua from the city; and a hospital called San Lázaro, which they +administer near the village of Dilao, which belongs to the province +of Tondo; besides the villages and ministries of Sampáloc, Pandacan, +and Santa Ana de Zapa. In the province of Bulacán, they have the +convents and ministries of Polo, Meycauayan, and Bocaue, with several +visitas. In the province of Laguna de Bay, they have in charge the +ministries and convents of Morong, Barás, Tanay, Pililla, Mabitac, +Cabosan, Siniloan, Pangil, Páquil, Paete, Longos, Lucban, Cavinti, +Pagsanghán, Santa Cruz, Pila, and Mainit (where there is a hospital, +called Los Baños, because of the warm sulphur-charged waters in those +regions, for the cure of various ailments). In that same province +are the ministries and convents of Nagcarlang, Lilio, and Mahayhay; +and lastly, by cession of the Augustinian fathers, the villages of Bay, +and Binangonan, with the ranch of Angono. In the mountains of Daractán, +which extend from the lake of Bay to the east coast of the island +of Luzón, they have several visitas and missions. In the province of +Camarines, the convents and ministries of Naga, near the city of Nueva +Cáceres, the seat of the vicar-provincial, together with Canaman, +Quipayo, Milaod, Minalambang, Bula, Bao, Naboa, Iraya, Buhi, Liban, +Polangui, Oas, Liyao, Guinobatan, Camarines, Cagsaua, and Ligmanan. In +the province of Tayabas, [the ministries and convents] of Pagbilao, +Sariaya, Lucbán, Gumaca, Atimonan, Mayobac, and Macalilon. The missions +of Lupe and Ragay, in the mountains and along the coast of Bangon, and +another mission called Santa Cruz, in the mountains of Manguirin. In +that same province of Tayabas, in the mountains and along the coasts +of the opposite shore, are the ministries of Binangonan, Polo, Baler, +and Casiguran. In the province of Cagayán, the ministry of Palanan, +with a mission of Aetas and Irayas of those mountains. + + + +Chapter V + +Ministries of the Society of Jesus in these Filipinas Islands + + +After the preaching of the apostle of the Orient, St. Francis Xavier, +in these archipelagos, as far as the island of Mindanao and Japon +(as has been related already in its place), before the Spaniards +were established in these islands, the first fathers of the Society +of Jesus reached these islands by way of the west or by the Western +Indias, coming with the first bishop of the islands, his Excellency +Don Fray Domingo de Salazar, of the Order of Preachers--the city +of Manila having been already founded, and that colony established +in some fashion--in September of the year 1581. The first founders +were the fathers Antonio Sedeño and Alonso Sánchez, together with +the lay-brother, Nicholás Gallardo, the student brother, Gaspar +de Toledo--a legitimate brother to the illustrious doctor, Father +Francisco Suárez--having died on the voyage. For some years those +fathers remained without any ministry to the natives which they could +permanently carry on, busied only in preaching, hearing confessions, +and aiding in what necessity or obedience ordered them. Their first +dwelling was in the convent of the seraphic father St. Francis, until +they obtained a house of their own in the suburbs of Manila, in the +location called Aguio--whence, as facilities and opportunity came, +they moved, and established themselves inside the city, in the year +1591. There the Society has the chief residence of St. Ignatius, and +a fine church where they exercise to great and continual crowds all +the ministries peculiar to their institute. In that residence, there +is a pontifical and royal university, of which we shall speak later, +together with a royal college of San José, [69] and the college of +the fathers, established near the royal gate of the city, in which +are taught all useful learning and arts, commencing with grammar. + +In the province of Tondo they have the residence [_colegio_] of Santa +Cruz, lately admitted as such, which is jointly a ministry of Sangleys, +mestizos, and natives; the village and ministry of San Miguel, on the +river brink; and about one legua above, the residence and novitiate +of San Pedro Macati, with a ministry of natives. In the mountains, +the village and capital of Antipolo, with the village and ministry of +Bosoboso, where the natives of two mountain missions, called San Isidro +and Pamaan, are settled together, whose administration was [there] +inconvenient, but who are now better governed and cared for. In the +plains, the fathers administer the village of Taytay, with a visita +near by, called Santa Catalina; and the ministry of Cainta, with a +visita of creoles called Dayap. Besides, they have the village and +ministry of Mariquina, of mestizos, Sangleys, and natives; and that +of San Mateo, the village and capital of the residence of Silán and of +Indang. In Cavite there is a residence of the Society of Jesus, and in +its jurisdiction the village and ministry of Cavite el Viejo [_i.e._, +"Old Cavite"]; in that of Mariveles, the residence of Maragondón; in +the province of Mindoro, the island of Marinduque, with the villages +and ministries of Boac, Santa Cruz de Napo, and Gasan. + +In the bishopric and jurisdiction of Cebú they have a residence in +the city; the ministry of the village of Mandaui and Liloan; in the +island of Bohol, the ministries of Inabangan and Talibon, where is +located the residence [_residencia_] of Bohol with the villages and +ministries of Lóboc, Baclayon, Dauis, Malabohoc, Tagbilaran (a new +village), and another on the bar of the river of Lóboc, also new, +named Santísima Trinidad [_i.e._, "Most Holy Trinity"]; and, on the +opposite coast of the island, the village and ministry of Hagna. In +the island of Mindanao, the presidio of Zamboanga, where residence +has been begun, with a ministry, whose rector is the chaplain of that +presidio; those of Bagonbayan, Dumalón, Siocon, Cabatangan, Caldera, +Polombato, and Siraguay. In the northern part of the same island the +residence [_residencia_] and ministries of Dapitan, Iligan, Layavan, +Langaran, Lubungan, Disacan, Talingan, and various visitas and missions +on those same coasts and the bay of Pangue. + +In the island of Negros, the ministries of Ilog, Cabancalan (with +the mission of Buyonan), Himamaylán, Cavayan, and the mission of +Sipalay. In the village of Iloilo and the jurisdiction of Oton there +is a residence, whose rector is the chaplain of that presidio (as is +he of Zamboanga), and the ministry of Molo; and lastly, by concession +of his Excellency Master Don Protasio Cabezas, the curacy of the +town of Arévalo, with the Parián, was given to the Society. In the +island of Samar, the capital and ministries of Catbalogan, Paranas, +Humavas, Calviga, Boac, Bangajon, Tinagog, Calvayog; in Capul, the +ministry of Abac; on the opposite coast in the province of Ibabao, the +capital and ministries of Palapag, Lavan, Gatubig, Catarman, Bobon, +Sulat, Túbig, and Borongan; on the south coast of the same island, +the ministries of Guiguan, Balanguigan, Basey, and Lalaviton. In +the island and jurisdiction of Leyte, the villages and ministries of +Carigara, Barugo, Jaro, Alangalang, and Leite; and on the opposite +coast, the residence [_residencia_] and capital of Hilongos, and +the ministries of Palonpon, Poro, Ogmuc, Baybay, Maasin, Sogor, +Liloan, Cavalían, and Hinondayan; in the north of the same island, +the residence [_residencia_] of Banigo, with the capital of Palo, +Tanavan, Dulac, and Abuyog; inland, Damagi and Burabuen. In the +Marianas Islands (the jurisdiction of a governor for his Majesty in +temporal affairs, and, in the spiritual, of the bishopric of Cebú), +the ministries and capital of Agaña--where there is a residence of +the Society, with a seminary of Indian natives--Agat, Merizo, Pago, +Guajan, Inarajan, Umata, Rota, and Saipan. + + + +Chapter VI + +Administrations of the reverend fathers of St. Dominic in these islands + + +The religious of St. Dominic came to found a province in these +islands with an excellent mission, in the year 1587, on the eve of +St. María Magdalena. Inside the city they have a sumptuous church and +convent, which is the head of the most devout province of Santísimo +Rosario. Near the same convent is the college and seminary of Santo +Tomás, with collegiates, which has its own rector. There are taught all +the belles lettres, commencing with grammar. It is a pontifical and +royal university, and is attended by a sufficient number of students +when one considers the small size of this community. The pupils of +another institution, called San Juan de Letrán--which was begun by +a Spanish resident, one Brother Jerónimo Guerrero, who dedicated +himself to the shelter and education of orphan boys and the sons of +poor Spaniards--attend the said university. After his death that +seminary remained in charge of the same religious. Within Manila, +there is a _beaterio_, [70] whose pupils profess the tertiary Order +of St. Dominic, although they do not make religious profession. They +are numerous and of exemplary life, and are subject to the same +fathers. The latter possess a convent in the Sangley Parián, for +ministration to those of this nation who are converted. On the other +side of the river they possess the hospital of San Gabriel, where +sick Chinese are treated; somewhat farther, the convent and ministry +of Binondo; and on the river brink the convent of San Juan del Monte, +without administration [_i.e._, of converts]. + +In the province of Pampanga, the convents and ministries of Abucay, +Samal, Oriong, Orani, with several visitas and missions; in the +port of Cavite, a convent without administration; in the province +of Pangasinán, the convents and administrations of Lingayén (which +is the capital of that province), Binalatongan, Calasiao, Magaldan, +Mananay, Cavili, Malonguey, Telban, Birmaley, Dagupan, Malasiqui, +Anguio, Salaza, Sinapog, Paniqui, Camiling, Baruc, Panglaguit, Ipantol, +and several visitas and missions in the mountains. In the province of +Cagayán, Lalo (which is its capital); Pata, together with Cavicunga; +Bangban, Pia, Conmacananan, Nasipin, together with Gataran; Malauig, +together with a mission of Santa Cruz; Tuvaco, together with the +mission of Capinatan; Masi, the Babuyanes Islands, the missions of +the Batanes, and Calayan; Cabangan, Tuguegarao, and Buguey, with the +mission of Ibangac; Siffun; Ilagan, together with Tumauini; Aparri, +and Camalayugan. + + + +Chapter VII + +Convents and ministries of the reverend discalced Augustinian fathers +or Recollects + + +The Recollect Augustinian religious arrived at Manila in the year +1606, and founded their first convent outside the walls of Manila, +in the suburb called San Juan de Bagonbayan. They afterward built a +convent and church inside the walls, under the advocacy of St. Nicholas +of Tolentino, which is the capital of their religious province. In +the province of Tondo they have the convent and ministry of San +Sebastián. In the jurisdiction and port of Cavite, they have a church +and convent without ministry. In that of Mariveles, the ministries +of Cabcaben, Bagac, Moron, and the coast of Zambales, with Subic +and several missions in the mountains. They also minister to all the +island of Mindoro, with all its villages, visitas, and missions. In +the bishopric of Cebú, outside the city walls, the church and convent +of La Concepción, without administration. In the island of Mindanao, +the province of Caraga, with the villages of Butúan, Linao, Hibon, +Hingoog, Habongan, Maynit, Obot, Tubay, Tandag, Calagdan, Bayuyo, +Tago, Marihatag, Lianga, Bislig, Hinatoan, Catel, Baganga, Caraga, +Hagaguit, Pauntugan, Surigao, Cagayan, Iponan, Agusan, Manalaga (which +is a new village), Gompot, Balinuan, Tagalban, with several missions. + +In the island of Siargao, the ministries of Caolo, Sapao, and Cabuntog; +in the islands of Dinagat and Camiguin, the ministries of Ginsiliban +and Catarman. In the islands called Calamianes, [71] the same discalced +religious have charge of [the following]: in Paragua, the village +and ministry of the same name, that of Taytay with the islands of +Dumaran and Calatan, the villages of Malampaya, Culion, Linapasan, +Busuagan, Cuyo, Canepo, Lalutaya, and Bejucay; the island of Romblón, +with the ministry of Banton and those of Tinaya and Maynit. In the +island of Simara, the ministry of the same name. In that of Tablas, +the ministries of Cabolotan, Oriongan, and Laloan. In that of Sibuyan, +those of Cavit, Catudyucan, with other visitas and missions. In the +island of Masbate, in the bishopric of Nueva Cáceres, the ministries of +Mobo, Bulino, Palano, Abuyoan, Camasoso, Buracan, Limboan, Navangui, +and Baraga. In that of Burias, the village and ministry of the same +name, with some collections of huts. In that of Ticao, the village +of that name, and the port of San Jacinto, where the ships that sail +to España are provided with water and wood for the voyage. + + + +Chapter VIII + +Of the convents and hospitals of the reverend fathers of St. John +of God + + +The Order of St. John of God arrived at these islands in the +year 1641. Their religious founded their first hospital outside +the Manila walls, in the village of Bagonbayan. In the year 1656, +it was removed inside the city of Manila, as soon as there was an +opportunity for them in the place where they are at present--which +had before been a hospital begun by the reverend Franciscan fathers, +and aided by the alms given by the brothers of the Santamesa [72] and +other pious inhabitants. The hospital brethren had the Franciscans' +old church--which was of good appearance, although the hospital was +very dilapidated and threatened to fall--until the year 1726, when the +very reverend father Fray Antonio de Arce came to these islands, as +prelate and superior of the order. By his energy, economy, prudence, +and zeal, the church and hospital are now seen to be restored and +built anew from the foundations, in an elegant and tasteful manner, +as well as the convent and dwelling of the religious. Those works were +commenced in the year 1728, with the alms of the pious inhabitants +of the city of Manila; and in the year 1749, when I was in that city, +I saw them finished and completed. + +In the village of San Roque, outside the Cavite walls, those same +religious had another hospital, the land of which was encroached upon +by the sea until they had to abandon it. In the said year 1749, when +I was also in that port, the religious had their sick in a private +house, in which they exercised their ministries, until God our Lord +provided them with a hospital by means of a benefactor who desired to +coöperate in a work of so great importance and mercy. Although they +had no hospital in Cebú, while I was there, there was one religious, +who had charge of the poor sick people, in a low apartment, or room +above the ground-floor of the episcopal residence. As the land is so +poor there, it is very difficult to found and preserve a hospital; +and more so since scarcely a Spanish inhabitant of importance is to +be found there now, for the reasons that were given in the proper +place. [73] + + + +Chapter IX + +General summary of the Christians who compose the ministries of +these islands + + +I do not doubt that the souls ministered to throughout the islands of +this archipelago, by the secular and regular priests, will exceed one +million and many thousands additional, inasmuch as the children who +are not yet seven years old are not found mentioned or enumerated in +the registers [_padrones_] of the ministries. Consequently, I shall +give attention only to the reckoning made a few years ago. + +The ministries corresponding to those souls are first, as I have +written, those of the venerable clerics, who have sixteen beneficed +curacies, in the archbishopric of Manila; in the bishopric of Cebú, +fifteen; in that of Camarines, eighteen; and in that of Cagayán, +four. Consequently, the clerics have fifty-three beneficed curacies, in +the archbishopric of Manila and the three suffragan bishoprics. In them +there are, according to the best reckoning, one hundred and forty-two +villages, besides the visitas, collections of huts [_rancherías_], +and missions. This year of 1750 the Christians therein are reckoned +at one hundred and forty-seven thousand two hundred and sixty-nine. + +The calced Augustinian religious have charge of two hundred and +fifty-two thousand nine hundred and sixty-three souls, in one hundred +and fifteen villages. The order of the seraphic father, St. Francis, +of one hundred and forty-one thousand one hundred and ninety-three +souls, in sixty-three villages. The Society of Jesus, of two +hundred and nine thousand five hundred and twenty-seven Christians, +in ninety-three ministries. The Order of St. Dominic, ninety-nine +thousand seven hundred and eighty souls, in fifty-one regular villages, +without counting the visitas and missions. The Recollect religious of +St. Augustine have charge of fifty-three thousand three hundred and +eighty-four souls, in one hundred and five villages. Consequently, in +five hundred and sixty-nine regular villages, not counting visitas, +groups of huts, and missions, nine hundred and four thousand one +hundred and sixteen Christians are ministered to in all these Filipinas +Islands, as will be seen from the subjoined table. + + + Villages Souls + + The clerics in 142 147,269 + St. Augustine in 115 252,963 + St. Francis in 63 141,193 + The Society in 93 209,527 + St. Dominic in 51 99,780 + Recollects in 105 53,384 + + Total 569 904,116 + + +In regard to the royal tributes, which the natives pay annually, +although no fixed computation is possible because of their difference +from year to year (notwithstanding the number which seems to me more +regular and fixed from one year to another), on the hypothesis of +the number of souls (the children who are not eligible for the list, +as they have not reached the age of seven years, not being reckoned), +and allowing five persons for each whole tribute--on that hypothesis, +I say that the whole tributes which are collected in these islands +amount to two hundred and fifty thousand, at two persons to each +tribute who are eligible to be listed and of age sufficient to +pay. That age is for married men fifteen years, and for single men +twenty; for married women twenty, and for single women twenty-five; and +until each, whether man or woman, has completed the age of sixty years. + +The appraisal of the tribute, according to the laws of these kingdoms, +is at ten Castilian reals--part in kind and part in silver, or more +commonly in what the Indian chooses to pay. Rice is received for +it, each fanega of which is valued at one real in silver among the +Tagáls, because of its greater abundance. It had the same price among +the Visayas, where it was abundant; and, where it was not abundant, +two reals. Five or six years ago, on account of representations made +to the supreme government by the superiors of the religious orders, +of the extreme poverty that the Indians were suffering because of +the severe _baguios_ and tempests--which had ruined their houses, +fields, and cocoa plantations, and even the churches and the houses +of the ministers--an order was issued by the said supreme government +for rice, to be received in Visayas at the price of three reals per +fanega, which is the lowest among the natives. They also pay as tribute +white abacá mantas, which are called _medriñaques_, four brazas long +and one wide, valued at three reals; and also abacá in fiber, at the +rate of two reals per _chinanta_, which is one-half arroba. That abacá +is used to whip the strands of cables of the ships and boats instead +of hemp. They also pay lampotes, a kind of white cotton fabric, four +brazas long and one vara wide, at four reals. In Ilocos they present +thick mantas of cotton, which are called _ilocanas_, of which are +made the sails for the ships and boats, both of his Majesty and of +private persons. In other provinces, the natives offer on the tribute +account certain products (of which the alcaldes-mayor avail themselves) +such as balates and sigay, and other products which are explained in +their place; and these are valued at Manila, if there are champans +from China and pataches from the coast. For the balate (although we +do not eat it), is eaten in China by the princes and mandarins. The +sigay (which means certain shells that are gathered on the shore) +is the money and coin that is current on the coast of Bengala and all +those Mediterranean kingdoms. The natives give wax also in place of +money, at the rate of ten or twelve reals per chinanta, according to +its scarcity or abundance. Some gold is paid in certain provinces, +as those regions have placers and mineral deposits. + +The two hundred and fifty thousand tributes which I mentioned are +collected annually throughout these islands, and are divided into +two parts--one of the royal encomienda, which amounts to two hundred +and thirty-one thousand five hundred and sixty-three whole tributes; +while the remaining eighteen thousand four hundred and thirty-seven +are from the encomiendas of private persons, whom his Majesty has +rewarded on account of their useful services, granting to them that +part of the royal tributes. But, from those tributes granted them, +they give his Majesty two reals per whole tribute, that sum being +called "the royal situado." They also pay to the ministers and parish +priests, from their encomiendas, the stipends of rice with the alms in +reals that belong to them--to the amount of one hundred pesos, and two +hundred fanegas of rice, for every five hundred tributes administered, +and one-half real from each whole tribute for the wine used in the +mass. His Majesty pays the same quantity to the said ministers from +his royal encomiendas; he also gives annually one arroba of wine for +masses, and ten of oil for each one of the lamps which burn before +the most holy sacrament, in all the ministries of the islands. + +The stipends given by his Majesty to the archbishops and suffragan +bishops, the dignitaries of the holy church, and other ministers +are in the following form. Pope Gregory XIII, by his bull given at +Roma in the seventh year of his pontificate (which was the year 1587 +[_i.e._, 1578]), at the petition of the Catholic king of the Españas, +Don Felipe Second, erected the first parish church of Manila, and +assigned twenty-seven prebends to it, of which those that are suitable +and necessary were accepted. They consist of five dignidades--namely, +a dean, an archdeacon, a precentor, a schoolmaster, and a treasurer; +three canons, the fourth having been suppressed for the inquisitors, +according to custom in the Indias; two whole and two half racions, +established by royal decree given at Valladolid, June 2, 1604, and +countersigned by Juan Ibarra, his Majesty's secretary. Besides that, +there are in the cathedral two curas, two sacristans, one master of +ceremonies, one verger, and other officers; so that that holy church +is well established and the choir crowded, and their functions and +feasts are most splendid. + +The salaries given by his Majesty to those who fill those offices are +as follows. To the archbishops of Manila, five thousand pesos of eight +Castilian reals per year, conceded by decree of his Majesty given in +Madrid, May 28, 1680. By virtue of the royal presentations, the dean +enjoys six hundred pesos; the four dignidades, namely, archdeacon, +precentor, schoolmaster, and treasurer, each five hundred pesos; +the three canons, namely, the doctoral, the magistral, and that of +grace, four hundred pesos apiece; the two racioneros, three hundred +apiece, and the two medio-racioneros, two hundred apiece; the master of +ceremonies, two hundred pesos, conceded by royal decree of February 22, +1724; the two curas, one for the Spaniards, and one for the natives, +each one hundred and eighty-three pesos, six tomins, seven granos, +besides their altar-fees, which are sufficiently generous. + +The bishop of Cebú--whose extensive jurisdiction includes the islands +of Cebú, Leyte, Sámar, and Ibabao; the provinces of Dapitan and Caraga +in Mindanao; the island of Panay, with its two provinces of Otón and +Cápiz; with the other adjacent islands even as far as Calamianes, +Paragua, and the Marianas--enjoy four thousand pesos per year, by +virtue of a royal decree of May 28, 1680; the cura of the sacristy +of that holy church one hundred and eighty-three pesos, six tomins, +seven granos; the sacristan, ninety-one pesos, seven tomins, three +granos. The same sums are enjoyed by the bishops of Camarines and +Cagayán, with their curas and sacristans. Those sums are paid annually +by his Majesty, the amount totaling twenty-three thousand and eleven +pesos, two granos, besides the stipends, maintenance, and fourths of +mass-fees, which the other secular curas receive. + + + +Chapter XIV + +Of the ecclesiastical tribunals of these Filipinas Islands and the +city of Manila + + +The chief tribunal of the metropolitan church of Manila is the +archiepiscopal. It is composed of a provisor and vicar-general, +with his notary-in-chief and fiscals. The said tribunal has a house +which serves as a prison, and which has a separate and large part for +lodgings for the seclusion of men and women; it has its corresponding +officials. + +The second tribunal is that of the holy Inquisition, which was +decreed by the Holy Office of México. It is the superior of all +the commissaries who are scattered through the provinces of Cebú, +Camarines, Cagayán, and the islands of Negros--besides whom there +is in Manila another and special commissary for the fathers of the +Society of Jesus, who is generally an honored secular priest. The +commissary has his chief constable and notary. The councils are formed +of various ministers--examiners, familiars, and consultors. There +are besides three or four commissaries appointed by México, in order +that there may be one who may promptly succeed to the office in case +of death or resignation--although the said duty is always exercised +by only one. That office has always been in control of the reverend +fathers of St. Dominic, successively, without other interruption than +that of seven years, when the reverend father Fray José Paternina, +an Augustinian, occupied it--who was summoned to México, as will be +seen in due time. + +The third tribunal is that of the Holy Crusade, whose creation was +the work of King Don Felipe IV [_sic_; _sc._ III], as appears from +his royal decree, dated San Lorenzo, May 16, 1609. It is composed +of a commissary-general-subdelegate, who exercises the office of +president and who is appointed by his Majesty, with the consent of +the supreme council of the Holy Crusade; and a senior auditor of the +royal Audiencia and the fiscal of the same body who receive a special +salary for those offices for the management of the accounts. As +accountant serves the oldest royal official, according to the terms +of the above cited royal provision. For the other business, there +are a secretary and a chief notary who receive salaries, besides four +other notaries who receive no salary, but only the fees for business +transacted by them. The publications in these islands are made every +two years. The day fell at the beginning on October 28, but since +1736 the publication was transferred to the first Sunday of Advent, +by order of the commissary-general, so that the publications might +occur at the same time in all the kingdoms and seigniories of España. + +The brotherhood of the Santa Misericordia of Manila forms another +tribunal composed of the flower of the community. It has its purveyor, +twelve deputies, one secretary, one chaplain, and other officials. In +their charge is the administration of the charitable funds which are +connected with that holy institution. The Misericordia was erected +in imitation of the one founded in Lisboa in 1498 by the most serene +queen of Portugal, Doña Leonor, widow of Don Juan the Second, by the +advice of a Trinitarian religious, named Fray Miguel de Contreras. The +circumstances attending that foundation will be given later. + +The first brothers built a church with the title of "Presentación +de Nuestra Señora" [_i.e._, "Presentation of our Lady"], and near +it the seminary and house of Santa Isabel, in order that Spanish +orphan girls might be reared there with a good education in doctrine +and morals. They have a rectoress to govern them, a portress, +and several virtuous women of mature years. Thence go forth the +girls with sufficient dowries for the estate [of marriage] to which +they naturally tend--for which this Santa Misericordia applies the +sum of sixteen thousand pesos. The girls attending the seminary +usually number sixty, besides some pupils, six slave women, and +other serving-women. For their expenses and that of their chaplains +ten thousand eight hundred pesos are set aside annually. Many of +the inhabitants and people of the community send their daughters +to that seminary, so that they may learn good morals, because of +the great improvement that is recognized in those who have been +reared there. The said congregation is governed by special rules, +whose observance does not impose the obligation of mortal sin. [74] +It enjoys many privileges, indulgences, and favors conceded by the +supreme pontiffs. By his Majesty's decree, dated Sevilla, March 25, +1733, and countersigned by Don Miguel de Villanueva, his Majesty's +secretary, it is under the royal protection. In that decree the royal +arms are ordered to be placed in the church and seminary. The brothers +are ordered to go out in a body to make the stations on holy Thursday, +and entire faith is to be given in all the tribunals to the instruments +of the secretaries of that holy executive board. The charitable works +administered by that holy executive board are numerous; for, besides +the support and rearing of the girls, it maintains the hospital of +St. John of God, of the city of Manila, with generous alms. It may be +said that there is no estate that does not experience its charity; +for it spends annually in alms and charitable works alone, more +than seventy thousand pesos for the relief of poor, self-respecting +Spaniards, for those who are imprisoned, and for masses for the souls +in purgatory--in such manner that from the year 1600 until the present +one of 1751, in which this history is written, the alms that have been +administered by that holy executive board exceed five million pesos, +in addition to the supplements which it has made to the general fund +of these islands in cases of extreme necessity, and at the invasions +of enemies, which amounted between the years 1645 and 1735 to the sum +of one million sixty-nine thousand and ninety-nine pesos. Besides the +above that holy executive board is patron of twenty-nine collative +and ten lay chaplaincies, and maintains two fellowships in the royal +college of San José. + +There are other charitable institutions in this community, although +none so universal and large. They have been founded in the cathedral +church, in the tertiary order of the seraphic order [of St. Francis], +in the convent of Dilao, in that of Binondo of St. Dominic and in +their beaterio, in the convent of the calced Augustinian fathers, +and in that of the discalced Augustinians. The Society of Jesus +also administers some charitable funds, of which the proceeds are +applied by their founders to various purposes of divine worship, +alms for the orders and the poor, dowries for poor Spanish girls, +Indian and mestizo women, hospitals, prisons, and suffrages for the +blessed souls in purgatory. + +There is another royal seminary in the city of Manila. It was +established in the year 1591, while Don Fray Domingo de Salazar was +bishop, and Perez Dasmariñas governor, in certain houses given for +its foundation by Captain Luis de Vivanco, ex-factor of the royal +treasury. It has its own church, whose titular is St. Andrew the +apostle. It was intended for the rearing of orphan girls--the daughters +of Spaniards--in good education and virtue. They are under the royal +patronage, and his Majesty has the care of maintaining the students, +and supplying them with all necessities. They also admit some pupils, +serving-women, and women in retreat. A separate quarter was built later +for the latter, at the expense of Licentiate Don Francisco Gómez de +Arcellano [_sc._ Arellano], archdeacon of Manila and provisor of the +archbishopric. It has its rectoress and portress, and they live with +great edification and holy customs. + + + +Chapter XV + +Other matters pertaining to the ecclesiastics of Manila + + +The city of Manila has a rich and beautiful chapel of the incarnation +of our Lady, which was founded by Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado +de Corcuera, where the functions are performed and the feast-days +celebrated that are peculiar to the royal Audiencia. It serves also +for the burial of the soldiers of the army, and the ministrations for +the royal hospital. Its chaplains are independent of the parish church +and wear the cope and carry the uplifted cross, when they go for the +corpses of the soldiers, which they bury with all solemnity in the said +royal chapel. It has its own chaplain-in-chief and other subordinates, +who, besides serving there, fill the chaplaincies of the galleons and +armies, when there are any. It has its sacristans and other assistants +for the service, propriety, and pomp of the worship; and a fine +band of singers, with suitable salaries. The adornment, furnishings, +ornaments, sacred vessels, altars, and reredoses correspond to the +reality of the name. Among all those things, the first place is given +to a great golden monstrance which is worth eleven thousand ducados. + +The royal hospital is located near the royal chapel. The soldiers +of the army of Manila and the seamen of his Majesty's service are +treated there. It has a chaplain, superintendent, physician, surgeon, +apothecary, and other followers with similar duties, and the employees +required for the care and refreshment of the sick. + +There is another royal seminary and college in this city that bears the +title of San Felipe. It was founded in the time of Governor Don Fausto +Cruzat y Góngora, to whom an order, dated November 28, 1697, was given +in a royal decree, to report how the said college or seminary could +be founded, so that some boys might be reared there for the cathedral +service. The said governor having reported, his Catholic Majesty, +Don Felipe V, determined, by his royal decree of April 28, 1702, +[75] to erect the college for eight seminarists. The amount of its +building and maintenance was to be taken from the funds resulting from +vacant sees of bishops of these islands and from the tithes, while the +part lacking was to be taken from the royal treasury. The archbishop +of Manila was to have part in everything, and he was to inform his +Majesty of what should be done. The royal decree having been carried +out, while the master-of-camp Don Diego Camacho y Avila was governing, +it appears that four thousand pesos were paid by general council of +the treasury, held May 22, 1705, for the building. Full notice will +be given of the events connected with that seminary and royal college +in the body of this history. + + + + + + +ECCLESIASTICAL SURVEY OF THE PHILIPPINES + +[The French scientist Le Gentil, in his _Voyages dans les mers +de l'Inde_ (Paris, 1781), pp. 170-191, speaks as follows of the +ecclesiastical estate of the Philippines.] + + + +Ninth Article + +Ecclesiastical survey of the Philippine Islands + + +The first church in Manila was erected as a parish church in the year +1571, and dedicated to the Immaculate Conception. The Augustinians +and the discalced Franciscans had charge of it until 1581, when the +first bishop arrived. Gregory XIII, by a bull, dated Rome, 1578, +erected the parish church of Manila into a cathedral, and Philippe +II, king of España, established the chapter. It is composed of five +dignitaries--dean, archdeacon, orecentor, schoolmaster [_écolâtre_], +[76] and treasurer--two whole prebendaries; two half prebendaries +[77] two parish priests [_curés_]; sacristans; master of ceremonies; +and beadle. The divine office is celebrated in this cathedral with +great state and majesty. + +The archbishop receives 5,000 piastres [78] (25,500 livres); the dean, +600 (3,030 livres); archdeacon, schoolmaster, precentor, and treasurer, +each 500 (2,525 livres); the three canons--namely, the doctoral, +the magistral, and the one of grace or favor--and the two half +prebendaries, each 400 (2,020 livres); the master of ceremonies, 1,200 +livres; and last, the two parish priests [_cures_], each 924 livres. + +The fixed revenue of these parish priests is, as one can see, +very little, but they have a little in perquisites, as marriages, +baptisms, etc. Not more than forty years ago, one of the two parish +priests had charge of the Spaniards, while the other attended only to +the Indians. Today this ridiculous distinction no longer exists. The +parish priests alternate month by month in their duties as curates, +and during that time they minister indiscriminately to Spaniards +and Indians. + +The cathedral of Manila was erected into a metropolitan in 1595. The +bishoprics of Zebu, Camarinés, and Nueva Ségovia are of the same date, +and were made suffragan to Manila. This archbishopric has more than +two hundred livings, of which only thirteen are served by secular +priests--who are subject, say the friars, to visitation; the other +livings, to the number of about two hundred, are administered by the +religious, who, as they say, are not at all subject to the visitation +of the archbishop. We shall discuss this subject and the rebellion +occasioned by this matter in Manila in 1767, while I was still there. + + + +Tenth Article + +Of the ecclesiastical tribunals established at Manila + + +These tribunals are three in number: that of the archbishop; that of +the Inquisition; and that of the Holy Crusade. + +The tribunal of justice of the archbishop is composed of a +vicar-general, one notary, and two fiscals. The archbishop has his +prison, where there are lodgings for lewd women. + +There is not, properly speaking, a tribunal of the Inquisition at +Manila, but only a commissary of the Holy Office, appointed to this +place by the tribunal of Mexico. He is the chief or superior of all +the other commissaries scattered throughout the provinces. It is +worthy of remark that the fathers of the Society had a private and +special commissary, who was always a secular priest. The office of +commissary-superintendent has always been filled in the convent of the +Jacobins [_i.e._, Dominicans]. There has been only one interruption, of +seven years, during which a father of the convent of the Augustinians +had the commission, because the Jacobin father who was then commissary +was deposed, as we were told, for having unjustly brought suit against +the governor of Manila, and having had him arrested. [79] + +At present these commissaries have no right to bring suit against +anyone at all, nor even to cause any arrest. They are under obligation +to write to Mexico, in order to inform the tribunal of charges and +accusations. Thereupon the tribunal renders a sentence, which it sends +to the commissary, who has it executed. That sentence comprehends +arrest. Thereupon the commissary causes the arrest of the accused +person, and ships him to Mexico. The trial is conducted there, and +the accused is sent back to Manila for the execution of the sentence, +if there is cause therefor. + +The tribunal of the Holy Crusade has nothing especially deserving +that I should stop to mention it. + + + +Eleventh Article + +Which contains details in regard to the churches and colleges of Manila + + +Next to the cathedral of which I have just spoken, must be reckoned +the royal chapel. It is used for all the feast-days and ceremonies of +the royal Audiencia. It has in charge the spiritual administration +of the royal hospital of his Majesty's soldiers; it is their parish +church, and they are buried there. This chapel has a chaplain, who +is, as it were, the rector. He has five other chaplains under him, +besides sacristans and assistants. The divine office is celebrated +there with great state. The royal chapel furnishes chaplains for +the galleons. The royal hospital, which is located quite near by, +has its chaplain, its administrator, its physician, its surgeon, +its apothecary, and everything necessary. + +Formerly the royal seminary of San Felipe, composed of eight +seminarists and one rector, was located at Manila; theology and the +arts were taught there. These two chairs have been suppressed, and +those who wish to avail themselves of the schools go to the university +of Santo Tomás. Since the war this seminary no longer exists; that +is to say, it is no longer maintained, so that it amounts to the +same thing. Its annual expenses were paid from the royal revenues, +so that its maintenance depended absolutely upon the good-will of the +governor. For that reason, I saw it, in 1767, without support. That +lasted after the war, which caused great outcry at Manila against the +governor. The archbishop was never able to succeed in reëstablishing +it, although he contended that a seminary was very useful in this +capital. But the religious took the opportunity to oppose it secretly, +for, as they wish to extend their authority, the fewer the priests +who can be trained in the archbishopric, the more need will there be +of religious to serve the curacies. + +In 1717, the king caused three persons to go to Manila, in order to +teach the institutes and laws there; and assigned them the suitable +incomes, namely, one thousand piastres (5,050 livres). These three +persons took one of the largest houses in Manila, and in fact, began to +teach there; but they generally had no scholars. The royal Audiencia +represented to the king that since there were two universities at +Manila, those three posts were useless, since the same branches could +be taught in the universities. Consequently, the king had to pay four +places instead of three, for it was necessary to establish a chair +of canon law and another of the institutes in the university of Santo +Tomás, and the same in the university of the fathers of the Society. + +The seminary of Sancta Potenciana was established in 1591; it +served for young girls bereft of father and mother, who were reared +and instructed there at the expense of the king. They had a mother +superior, a chaplain, and a portress. The building of this seminary +having fallen into ruins, Archbishop Roxo proposed to rebuild it, +but the English prevented him from doing so. The bombs and bullets +having finished its destruction, its pensioners were transferred to +Santa Isabela. Santa Isabela is a sort of house or seminary designed +for the rearing of young Spanish girls and orphans. The church is +dedicated to the Presentation of our Lady. + +That church and that house are dependent on a confraternity called the +Brotherhood of La Misericordia, founded in 1594, on the model of that +founded in Lisboa, in 1498, by Queen Léonore, widow of Jean [_i.e._, +João] II, who died in 1495. That confraternity is composed of persons +of the richest families in Manila, and has a manager, twelve deputies, +one chaplain, and some officers who take charge of affairs. The +revenues of La Misericordia are immense. They all come from legacies +which zealous citizens have left, successively, for employment in +charitable works. Now these funds grow and increase considerably every +year, for the confraternity invest them by furnishing moneys for the +voyage to Acapulco at a very large rate of interest. The cathedral, +the third Order of St. Francis, [80] the Franciscans, the Dominicans, +the Augustinians, and the Recollects, have also legacies or charitable +funds; but their funds are insignificant when compared with those of +the confraternity. The fathers of the Society also have some. + +All those houses have been thriving for many years on that silver +that comes on the galleons, from which one may judge of the immense +wealth that they enjoy. We will give an idea of it here in the list +of the revenues of La Misericordia. The girls at Santa Isabela have a +mother superior and a portress. When they are married, they leave the +college with a dowry; and La Misericordia, in order to dower them, +has established a fund of 16,000 piastres (84,000 livres). There +were about fifty girls aided by La Misericordia when I was at +Manila. Santa Isabela also receives boarders; and for the expenses +of all the necessary supplies for the support of the orphans, for +the domestics, etc., La Misericordia gives 10,700 piastres (56,175 +livres). Besides that, that confraternity has disbursed in alms +according to a statement that I have seen for the years 1599-1726, +3,448,506 piastres (181,046,656 livres), which amounts to 142,556 +livres of French money per year. Furthermore, La Misericordia has +assisted the public in cases of extreme necessity, and when the city +has been threatened by an invasion on the part of enemies--as happened +in the years 1646, 1650, 1653-1663, 1668, and 1735. According to an +exact account, it has given 1,069,099 piastres (5,612,769 livres). I +say nothing of the considerable sum that it furnished in 1762, when +the English captured Manila. + +The house of La Misericordia has its peculiar statutes, according +to which it is governed. It has many privileges and, above all, +indulgences, which the popes have successively heaped on it. Finally, +in 1733, the king took it under his protection. + +One may judge, from the sample, of the wealth of all the convents +of Manila, which, during the more than one hundred and fifty years +while they have been established there, have profited from the money +for charitable works, without having diffused it outside. + +The calced Augustinians were the first religious estate to appear +at Manila; they went there in 1565. The convent has about fifty +religious, and furnishes laborers to all the provinces where those +fathers have livings. They have forty-five or fifty in the bishopric +of Manila alone. The church of the Augustinians is a very beautiful +edifice, being built of cut stone. It has suffered considerably +from earthquakes. + +The fathers of the Society went to the Philippines in 1581. Their +principal residence was at Manila, and was named the college of San +Ignacio. Those fathers had so prospered in the Philippines that they +had eight other residences scattered throughout the islands. They +were the spiritual masters of the Marianas. They had twenty or thirty +livings in the archbishopric of Manila. Monsieur de Caseins [81] +took them all to Cadiz in 1770, on the "Santa Rosa," except five +or six who remained, and whom Don Joseph de Cordova took with him +the following year on the "Astrea," and with whom I journeyed from +the isle of France to Cadiz. The Augustinians have inherited their +possessions. The college of San Ignacio is a very beautiful building; +[82] in spite of its defects, it is without doubt the best built and +the most regular in Manila. The exterior of the church (which fronts +on the Calle Real) offers an order of architecture very rustic, +be it understood. The front, by way of retaliation, is frightful, +without order or proportion. The interior of the church is very well +planned; but the principal altar, although overloaded with gildings, +does not correspond at all to the building; it is as poorly executed as +the front. [83] There was a university, to which Pope Clement XII had +granted, by a brief of December 6, 1735, rights without number. Beside +the college of San Ignacio is that of San Jose; it was founded in 1585, +by Felipe II, for the teaching of Latin. But since the existence of +the two universities, that college is almost deserted. + +The marquis de Ovando [84]--to whom navigation owes so much at +Manila, as I have said--having seen that there was no attention +paid to navigation in the center of two universities (although +those universities were in a maritime and commercial city), founded +a chair of mathematics in 1750, for the utility and progress of +navigation. He died in 1754, and his school died with him. As long +as he lived it maintained its standing, but after him it declined; +in 1767 that school was no longer frequented. Manila gets the pilots +for its galleons from Nueva España. + +The Dominicans went to Manila in 1587, in order to found a mission +there. They have a fine convent, with about thirty religious. Their +university dates from 1610. The Dominicans have only a dozen livings +in the archbishopric of Manila. + +The college of San Juan de Letran owes its institution to a Spaniard +of singularly exemplary life, who took charge of the orphan children +of the Spaniards, and those whose fathers and mothers were poor. He +supported them and taught them at the expense of his own income, +and when that did not suffice, he collected alms to assist the lack +in his own funds. The king, in order to make it easier for him to +exercise his humane acts, gave him an encomienda in the province of +Ilocos. At the approach of old age, he retired into the infirmary +of the Dominicans, with the permission of the archbishop, and died +there a religious. He renounced his encomienda, his house, and all +his possessions, in due form; and placed them at the disposal of +the Dominicans, on condition that they take charge of the rearing +of his orphans. According to the act that was passed June 18, 1640, +the house was erected into a college under the advocacy of St. John +of the Letran. The king added to it some revenues from the royal +chapel; and the students who left that college belonged to the king, +and had to enter his service, either in the military or otherwise. The +Dominicans have gradually changed those rules. The students of that +college, to the number of about fifty who are supported there annually, +are all or nearly all destined for the priesthood. Consequently they +study philosophy and theology in the university of Santo Tomás. + +Opposite San Juan de Letran, on the other side of the street, stands +the royal community of Santa Catalina. It has undergone various changes +since 1695, the year in which it was founded. [85] The Dominicans +had charge of it at first; while now they have a mother superior, +they follow, nevertheless, the third Order of St. Dominic. They have +no church of their own, but the college of San Juan de Letran serves +them as one. Without celebrating there any office, they attend mass +there, being separated from it by the width of the street, where they +have a gallery which communicates from their cells with the church +of San Juan de Letran. + +The Recollects arrived at Manila in 1606. They have built a fine +convent there, and so large that two hundred religious could be very +comfortable in it; however, they never have more than forty. They +have a dozen livings in the archbishopric of Manila. + +The hospital Order of St. John of God obtained permission from the +king in 1627 to send ten religious to Manila. In 1656, the board of La +Misericordia made those fathers a present of their old hospital. The +king approved that gift, but the hospital has fallen many times. In +1726, the archbishop undertook to reestablish it, and to rebuild it +again on new foundations; and that has been executed. That hospital is +a vast and elegant building. The church is beautiful. The wards for +the sick are large, and filled with very comfortable beds, and there +are plenty of religious. Those fathers are very useful in Manila, +for they are very charitable to the sick. The Spaniards of Manila +and its environs send their domestics there when they are sick; +and they are given especial care, and treated gratis. Those fathers +are, beyond doubt, the most useful in Manila; but, in spite of that, +they are poor and often in want. They live only on alms, and without +the Confraternity of La Misericordia that house would find it hard +to subsist. + +I shall make here only one reflection, which the love for humanity +tears from me. The Confraternity of La Misericordia have amassed +immense wealth, but they scatter and spend it on the unfortunate who +are in need: the State itself has often found aid there. The religious +orders also have their treasures, but I have been assured that no one +benefits by them; and that, on the contrary, like those treasures +of the Igolotes, their treasures only increase each year. Also the +_Histoire Espagnole_ [_i.e._, "_Spanish History_"], that tells of the +employment made by La Misericordia of its charitable contributions, +is silent as to what the religious orders do with theirs. + +The discalced Franciscans went to Manila in 1577. They are allied +to the Capuchins. [86] Their convent is superb and immense. They +generally have thirty religious, besides fifty others who are nearly +religious and who fill a like number of curacies in the archbishopric +of Manila. Inside the convent enclosure is to be seen a fine chapel, +where the holy sacrament is continually kept. That chapel is intended +for the exercises of the tertiaries. + +Outside the walls of Manila, and a gunshot from that city, stands the +hospital of San Lazaro; the Franciscan religious have charge of its +temporal and spiritual administration. That hospital is for lepers, +many of whom are seen in Manila. The Spanish call that disease _el +mal lazaro_. [87] + + + +Article Twelve + +Of the bishops of the Philippines suffragan to Manila; and of the +general number of Christian souls in those islands. + + +The bishopric of Zébu is the first; it was created in 1595. Its +cathedral is built of wood, and is quite large; it is dedicated to +St. Michael. It has no canons. There is one cura there, one sacristan, +one vicar-general, and several priests. The bishop is almost always +a religious. When he officiates, he is generally accompanied by two +mestizo [_mulâtres_] priests. [88] Moreover, there is at Zébu a convent +of calced Augustinians, one of discalced Augustinians or Recollects, +one residence of the Society of Jesus, and one alcalde. There are +generally three fathers in each convent, and that is the largest number +that they have ever had. The city of Zébu, which ought not to bear +the name of city, is a collection of a few miserable straw shacks, +like those of all Indians; the convents, on the contrary, are finely +built. The latter are immense buildings, and that for only two or +three persons. That is true of all the convents of the Philippines, +which are seven or eight times larger than are necessary for the number +of fathers whom they contain. It remains to ascertain whether that is +the case because the number of religious is at present less in España +than it was one hundred and fifty or one hundred and eighty years ago; +or whether those buildings were erected with the expectation and idea +that they would some day be peopled and filled. I have been unable to +learn which is correct. There was a quarter for the Chinese at Zébu, +as at Manila. The bishop of Zébu receives a salary of four thousand +piastres (21,000 livres), the curé, one hundred and eighty piastres +(960 livres), and the sacristan ninety-one (472 livres). + +The bishopric of Camarines dates from the same time as that of Zébu, +and was founded in the same manner. That city is not more beautiful +than that of Zébu. The calced Augustinians, the Recollects, and the +discalced Franciscans are established at Camarines. + +The bishopric of Nueva Segovia was founded at the same time and +in the same manner as the preceding. The city (if it is one) has a +convent of calced Augustinians, one of discalced Franciscans, and +one of Dominicans. + +The secular priests, according to a list that I have seen, govern one +hundred and forty-two livings, which include 131,279 persons. The +other livings, to the number of more than five hundred and fifty, +are divided among the Augustinians, the fathers of the Society, +the Dominicans, the Recollects, and the discalced Franciscans. + + + The Augustinians have charge of 241,806 persons + The fathers of the Society had 170,000 + The Dominicans have 89,752 + The Recollects have 63,149 + The discalced Franciscans 141,196 + + Sum total 705,903 persons. + + +The above sum is for 1735, and is very exact, as it is taken from +the communities and from the statement of the royal officials. There +may, however, be some error in it, due to the fact that the Indians +change their dwelling from time to time, or absent themselves for +some time. Mortality must also have some effect on it. It results +always that the natives of the Philippines, the subjects of the king +of España, form a colony about as numerous as the city of Paris; +and that that colony, if it were well governed and well directed, +might become very flourishing. + + + +Article Thirteenth + +Of the power and influence enjoyed by the religious in the Philippines + + +If the governor of the Philippines is absolute, the religious orders +form there a body that is not less powerful. Masters of the provinces, +they govern there, one might say, as sovereigns; they are so absolute +that no Spaniard dares go to establish himself there. If he tried to do +so, he would succeed only after having surmounted great difficulties, +and removed the greatest obstacles. But he would always be at swords' +point: the friars would play him so many tricks; they would seek +so many occasions of dispute with him; and they would stir up so +many things against him, that in the end he would be forced to go +away. Thus do those fathers remain masters of the land, and they are +more absolute in the Philippines than is the king himself. + +In 1763 or 1764 an alcalde of Manila, zealous for the public welfare, +had a royal road lengthened two or three leagues from the city, and +had both sides of it planted with trees. It produced a very beautiful +effect, and facilitated the carriage of food to Manila. The fathers +of the Society began a suit against the alcalde, because, they said, +he had encroached upon the lands of the poor Indians. The alcalde, +and rightfully, paid but little attention to the suit. The fathers of +the Society, upon seeing that the matter was not turning out at all +to their advantage, caused the trees to be cut down by the Indians, +and reduced the road to its former condition--that is to say, they +administered justice themselves. Will it be believed that the affair +is left in this condition? However, nothing is more certain; it was +still quite recent at my arrival at Manila, and was related to me by +several persons worthy of credit. + +According to an ordinance of the king, renewed, perhaps, a hundred +times, the religious are ordered to teach Castilian to the young +Indians. But his Majesty, the Spaniards of Manila have assured me +universally, has not yet been obeyed to this day, and has not been +able to succeed in having the ordinance executed. Public schools +are to be seen at a half-league's distance from Manila, where +the youth are taught, but good care is taken not to teach them +Castilian. They are taught the language of the country. They have, +it is true, little prayer-books written in Castilian, and the youth +are taught now and then a few words of that language; but the chief +language that the teachers try to have them speak and read well is +the language of their own country. So, go one league from Manila, +and you can scarcely be understood if you do not know the language +of the country--a fact which I can attest, for I have experienced +it. It is still worse in the provinces. Thus are the friars the +masters of the Indians. A great abuse that follows from that is, +that the Spaniards themselves cannot get any knowledge of the +condition of things in those provinces. They would have no safety +in traveling, if they were not known to the religious, and if they +did not have with them recommendations presented by the religious +of Manila. Those recommendations are infinitely more to be preferred +than the orders which the governor could give to the alcaldes or to +those religious. The latter would probably not deign to receive them; +while the alcaldes, who themselves need to keep on good terms with +the friars, would give but faint response to the governor's orders. + +Notwithstanding all the recommendations possible, it yet happens that +the friar in charge of the people among whom you travel, allows you +but rarely to speak alone with the Indians. When you speak in his +presence to any Indian who understands a little Castilian, if that +religious is displeased to have you converse too long with that native +he makes him understand, in the language of the country, not to answer +you in Castilian but in his own language. The Indian obeys him; and, +if you are not aware of that practice, you cannot guess his reason, +inasmuch as you have not understood what the religious said. I have +been assured of this by several Spaniards, among them the engineer +Don Féliciano Marquès. He has several times complained to me that, +in spite of his great desire to travel in the provinces, he did not +dare resolve to do it, in view of the great difficulties that he saw +to be inseparable from such an undertaking. + +We went together, he and I, several times, on the river in a +_pangue_--the boat of the country. Once we went up stream for three +leguas. No one could understand us at that short distance from Manila, +for no one knew any Castilian; neither did they even pay any attention +to us. One would not believe that the Spaniards were the masters of +the country. That, I was told by the Spaniards, was the result and +the effect of the policy of the friars. + +If the religious in the Philippines have resisted the temporal power +in these matters, they have not been more docile, in another matter, +to the ecclesiastical power; for they have been able, even to this +day, to elude the visitation of the archbishops, and those prelates +have never been able to succeed in that. + +The great obstacle in this matter is, that there are very few +[secular] priests in the Philippines, and the majority of those who +are there are Indians. The people, say the Spaniards, have almost +no respect or veneration for the latter. Most frequently they are +dressed like their compatriots, the other Indians, in the fashion +of the country. The friars, on the contrary, are necessarily more +respected, and even though it were only by reason of their mode of +dress, they would inspire more awe in the people than do the Indian +priests. Those religious hold the people in a sort of dependence in +which the priests of their own race, and clad as they, could not hold +them. But so the religious, because they know that they are necessary +in the present condition of affairs, have always raised an opposition +when the archbishops have tried to visit them, so that the latter +have never been able to surmount the difficulty. The religious are, +so to speak, entrenched or fortified in castles (_encastillados_, to +use the peculiar expression of the Spaniards), so that all the zeal +of the archbishops has been unable to reduce them to the footing of +the other curas. As a rule, there are no difficulties at all in the +other bishoprics; for, as the livings there are almost always filled +by religious, the curas easily allow themselves to be visited by a +person of their own class. It is true that, since the governors have +not as yet taken sides with them, the archbishops have always been +the weaker party. + +Monsieur Arandia, of whom I have already spoken, a man fit to govern +a state, would have doubtless put an end to it had he lived. Don +Manuel Antonio Roxo was appointed archbishop of Manila under his +government. Don Andrès Roxo, nephew of that archbishop, told me +several times that Monsieur Arandia was only awaiting his uncle's +arrival to conclude that important matter. But Arandia died before +his arrival, and it is claimed that he was helped to die. However +that may be, Archbishop Roxo, having lost his support, could not, +although he became governor and captain-general of the islands, make +the friars submissive. He wrote to the king that the briefs of the +pope and the decrees of his Majesty would always be without force and +validity; and that the one and only way of succeeding in regulating +that matter was to issue imperative commands to the general of each +order in Europe to direct their friars at Manila to receive the visit +of the archbishop. In the meantime, the war comes--Manila is captured; +Roxo dies, and all is as before. + +Roxo was replaced only in 1767. That year the court of España sent an +archbishop. [89] I saw him, and even went to make him several visits +when he had made his [public] entrance. He wrote to all the communities +that he was preparing to visit his diocese. He had, so it was said, +left Europe with the fullest authority for that purpose. He had bulls, +briefs from the pope, and orders from the court. He thought that he +would succeed with all these arms, but he did not know that there +would be an answer for everything at Manila. The friars answered then +that they could not allow him to visit them; and such is their answer +[to their superior]. They went, say they, first to the Philippines; +they have received the care of souls, under certain conditions and +certain charges that cannot be set aside; [and they said] that the +archbishop might, if he wished, take away all the livings in their +charge and provide the same with secular priests. I have said that +the archbishopric of Manila contains more than two hundred livings, +of which only thirteen are in charge of secular priests. Consequently, +there are about two hundred still occupied by the friars. Now the +case was very embarrassing for the archbishop, who did not then +have two hundred priests at his disposal. As to the briefs, bulls, +etc., consider the pleasant response that they made, and which their +partisans scattered abroad in public; they said, then, that his +Excellency had not brought any new rulings with him from the courts +of Rome and Madrid. It was very true that there existed a bull of +the pope in regard to that matter, but it would have to be looked +for in the books. In order that it might, on the other hand, become a +law, it was necessary for the archbishop to give notification of it, +legalized by notary in the ordinary manner. Such, they said, were the +laws of the kingdom, in consideration of the fact that there might be +some difference in the books, either by the transposition of a comma, +or by some other error that might have slipped into the printing. + +Such are the intrenchments that the friars opposed in 1767 to the new +archbishop of Manila. In the beginning, the Dominicans and Augustinians +were disturbed; the Dominicans in fact submitted, and the archbishop's +party already thought that he had the victory. But, toward the +end of the year, some repented, and changed their minds; and, as a +consequence, there was a schism in the convent. The Augustinians also +were divided, and they came even to blows among themselves. One of +the chief actors was imprisoned in his room. However, the matter was +arranged, and it was agreed that all of them should assemble and be +reconciled, without saying a word of what had occurred. It produced +a singular effect. At my arrival the dissension had again commenced, +but I am not aware how the affair terminated. + +The other religious and the fathers of the Society held firm. These +last especially, in appearance, were very assiduous in visiting the +governor [90]--and that at an hour when no one is received in the +houses of Manila, unless it be for matters which cannot suffer delay; +that is to say, the fathers went just after dinner, at the time when +all people retire to take their siesta. Having gone one day during +that time, just after his dinner, to see the governor about a pressing +matter which concerned me, scarcely had I begun what I had to say when +a father of the Society appeared, who had ascended by a little private +stair-way. I was unable to terminate my business. The reverend father +took possession of the governor, who made an appointment with me for +another time. I cannot be positive that that father had gone on the +matter of the visitation; I only report that fact because it agrees +with what was said then at Manila in regard to the frequent visits +which the fathers of the Society made to the governor, at times when +no one dared present himself at the government [house]. + +I must tell what side the governor took in so delicate a matter. On one +side he was pressed by the archbishop; on the other he was solicited +by the Jesuits and the friars. During these contests I found him +one evening when I went to see him, meditative and thoughtful. He +had two letters in his hand, which the archbishop had written to him, +successively, that same day. He told me, with demonstrations of feeling +which showed his embarrassment, that the archbishop was writing to +him letter after letter, on a matter that depended on him in no way +at all. He said that he had no instructions on the matter, and that he +could not exceed his powers. And, as he repeated that to me time after +time, I answered him that, since he had no orders from his court, and +especially since he had no secular priests at his disposal, it was in +fact very difficult for him to proceed as the archbishop desired. It +must be observed that I was living with a wealthy French merchant, +one of whose daughters had married the secretary of the government; +and I have often remarked that that secretary was not at all inclined +to the archbishop's side. + +Next morning, four _pasquinades_ [91] or injurious and very defamatory +placards, were found posted in the city: one at the government offices; +the second, on the gate of the Parián; a third at La Misericordia; +and the fourth at our door. Those lampoons stated distinctly that the +governor for twenty thousand piastres (105,000 livres), had prevented +the archbishop from fulfilling his duty. The secretary was beside +himself at the boldness of the lampoon, and especially at the one +posted at his door. He spoke of it as a crime which deserved the most +severe chastisement. He added that it would be better for him who had +done it, if he were discovered, that he had never lived. In fact, +I am quite sure that Sambouangam [92] (in the island of Mindanao), +which I have before mentioned, would have been his dwelling, and that +he would not have enjoyed himself there very greatly. + +The friars in the Philippines are, as can be seen, absolute in the +provinces. It is quite true that, according to the ordinances, the +governor ought to send the auditors there from time to time in the +quality of visitors. But besides that that scarcely ever happens, these +visitors, although members of the royal Audiencia, are obliged to take +recommendations from the convents of Manila before their departure, +in order to be well received. However, that great authority of the +friars over the people does not prevent the latter from revolting very +often in the provinces; and those revolts are nearly always followed +by the death of some religious. Then there is no means of restoring +order except by sending troops to reduce the Indians to obedience, +for the eloquence of the religious can do nothing. Such an emergency +occurred in my time, at the end of 1767. Several settlements about the +large lake revolted, and carried their boldness even to the point of +killing the friar curas. It was necessary to send a cavalry officer at +the head of a detachment of fifteen men, to make those rebels submit. + +These disorders always happened when the provinces of the Philippines +had at their head, to govern them, only an alcalde and the friars. I +believe that it would be necessary for the court to have four or five +hundred troops (or at least a sufficient number), for the sole purpose +of scattering them through those different provinces, in posts of only +fifteen or twenty men. That number, besides being but inconsiderable +and of little expense, would be sufficient to maintain the Indians +in their duty, since only fifteen men have appeased the disturbance +in a considerable district near the lake. + +[The following, also from Le Gentil (pp. 59-63), treats in part of +the ecclesiastical estate.] + + + +Ninth Article + +Of the genius of the inhabitants of the Philippines, and the peculiar +punishments inflicted by the religious on the women who do not attend +mass on the prescribed days. + + +This article is the fourteenth chapter of the Franciscan religious +from whom I have extracted a portion of my details. But I believe +that it will be important to reproduce here in exact translation the +text of the original. + +[The extract is from San Antonio's _Chronicas_, vol. i, part of chapter +xl of book i; it is not, however, an exact translation, but in part +a synopsis. The meaning is not distorted; but we have preferred to +translate this portion of the chapter, entitled in San Antonio "Of +the characteristics and genius of the Filipino Indians," directly from +the Spanish, reproducing exactly the matter synopsized by Le Gentil.] + +"412. Among the gifts with which man is adorned, those of the +soul are the most noble and most important--for instance, the +characteristics or bent, and the skill or understanding in the +exercise of a man's reasonings and mental operations. And since +the soul is so dependent on the body and on its sensations, the +spiritual operations are tempered by the bodily characteristics. These +characteristics (in the judgment of Galen, Plato, Aristotle, and +Hippocrates), are such or such, according to the varying climate of the +[different] regions. Consequently, the difference of nations in bodily +characteristics, and in disposition, genius, and morals, springs from +the various climates of the regions, and from the difference in air, +water, and food--in accordance with that maxim, _Natura facit habilem_, +[93] in its common interpretation. That makes evident (in distant +regions) the difference between Spaniards and French, Indians and +Germans, Ethiopians and English. It is experienced, within distances +not so great, in the many provinces of España alone. Even in Ubeda +and Baèza, only one legua apart, this diversity of men and women is +found. There are more marked differences of this sort encountered in +Philipinas; for there are certain peoples at the mouth of one river, +while at the source are others very different in complexion, customs, +and languages. In the same province are found stupid and intelligent +peoples; white, black, and brown; and those of distinct degrees of +corpulency, and features according to the various temperatures and +climates. It is a matter which is truly surprising, to see so great +a diversity of temperatures and so great a diversity of men within +so small a space. But that happens in districts here and there, +for usually there is but little differentiation in these islands in +characteristics and genius. If one Indian be known, I believe that +they are all known; but God alone can have this complete knowledge. + +"413. The very reverend father, Gaspar de San Agustin, an Augustinian +and a native of Madrid, with the practical experience of forty years +of life among those people, confesses, in a letter which he wrote +concerning their characteristics--and which although in manuscript, +deserves to be printed, for he understood those natives as far as it +is possible to comprehend them--that it is so difficult to describe +their characteristics that it would be more easy to define the formal +object in logic; more feasible to compute the square of a circle; +more discoverable to assign a fixed rule for the measurement of the +degrees of longitude on the globe; and after the four knowledges of +Solomon could be placed this fifth, as impossible. [94] In fact, after +so many years, he says that he has only been able to understand that +_quadraginta annis proximus fui Generationi huic, & dixi: semper hi +erant corde_. [95] He speaks at length and from experience and with +remarkable detail. Although the letter is worth printing, my lack of +space does not allow me to copy it. [96] + +"414. Granting, then, as true the experiences that he writes, and +reducing them to a brief summary I assert that _the character of +these Indians is a maze of contradictions and oppositions_; and I +believe that this is not the worst of the descriptions. For they +are at once proud and humble; bold in wickedness, and pusillanimous +cowards; compassionate and cruel; negligent and lazy; but for their own +affairs, whether evil or good, careful and watchful; easily credulous, +but incapable of understanding, and fickle, after so oft repeated +sacred teachings. They are very much inclined to attend the church, +and its feasts and solemn rites, but it is necessary to oblige them +by the rigor of the lash to attend mass on the prescribed days, +and confession and communion when holy Church orders; and are very +reverent toward the ministering fathers because of the superiority +that they recognize in them, while at the same time they mock them, +murmur against them, and even deceive them. Consequently, a religious +called them jokingly 'the schoolchildren of St. Casiano;' [97] for it +is a fact that they go astray in all their resolutions without the +government of the fathers, and it is necessary to treat them like +schoolchildren in their instruction." + +[Here we resume the narrative of Le Gentil, who italicises the words, +"It is necessary to employ the lash in order to get them to attend +mass on the prescribed days when holy Church orders it, and to treat +them as schoolchildren," and continues:] + +This is an abuse which reigns in the provinces. The religious give +the lash to women and girls with a cat-o'-nine-tails, even in the +presence of their husbands, and no one dares say a word. That is not +practiced at Manila, and the religious are not so absolute there as +they are in the provinces; and, besides, one is able at times not +to attend mass on Sunday without that act of irreligion reaching the +ears of the religious or the curés. + +I was intimately acquainted at Manila with some army officers, with +whom I had gone from the Île de France to that city on board the +"Bon-conseil." Although Spaniards, they dared to revolt publicly +against that ridiculous custom; others approved it. Sometimes the +religious or fathers have their own executioners, and the church is +the place of the action. In this regard a singular chance procured +me a knowledge of the following. + +A short league [_lieue_] from Manila is a parish called Las Peñas (_les +Roches_) [_i.e._, "the rocks"]. It is under the charge of a secular +priest, and has a very small church, built of bamboo and thatched with +straw. It is a charming place, and pleasure-parties often go there +to dine, or walk there after dinner. I went there quite frequently +with Father Melo. One Sunday, Don Andrés Roxo and Doña Ana Roxo, +his wife, asked me to go there to dine with them. Don Andrés Roxo +had married one of the daughters of the marquis of Villa-Mediana, +a distinguished family of Spain. The marquis, who has died since my +return to France, was then commandant of the troops in Manila, and was +to come to join us in the afternoon. As I was walking with Monsieur +and Madame Roxo in the country quite near the village, about four or +five in the afternoon, we beheld a great concourse of people gathered +about the entrance of that same village. We went in that direction, to +ascertain what could be happening. It was a woman who had not attended +mass that day, whom they were taking to the church to lash. She was +led along by the executioner. He had a heavy cat-o'-nine-tails on +his shoulder, which hung down to the middle of his back. The father, +more black than white, went behind, and a crowd of Indians followed, +especially of Indian women. Doubtless they were those of the village, +who were obliged to witness the ceremony, in order to teach them not +to stay away from mass. Madame Roxo, seeing this sight, was touched +with compassion. She left us, forced her way through the crowd, and +easily succeeded in reaching the father. She asked clemency for that +woman, which was obtained. + +At this juncture the marquis of Villa-Mediana arrived. From as far +as we could see him we went to meet him. When he asked us whence we +came, Madame Roxo told him what had just happened. But the marquis, +far from approving the generosity of his daughter, put on a severe +countenance, and scolded her for it roundly in my presence. He told +her in express terms _that she had performed a very wrong action, +which would be the cause of a greater evil; that that woman would not +fail to commit that sin again, and perhaps several times, and the blame +and sin for it would rebound on her who had asked for the pardon_. + +[Le Gentil concludes this article by a further translation and synopsis +of the same chapter of San Antonio, which relates entirely to the +characteristics of the natives--matter which will, if space permit, +be embodied in this series.] + + + + + + +CHARACTER AND INFLUENCE OF THE FRIARS + + +[The following is taken from volume ii of Sinibaldo de Mas's _Informe +sobre el estado de las islas Filipinas en 1842_ (Madrid, January, +1843).] + + + +The ecclesiastical estate + +Shortly after Legaspi had discovered the islands, came successively +religious of St. Augustine, St. Dominic, and St. Francis, who spread +through the interior and founded convents in Manila. They were the +ones who accomplished most in the spiritual and temporal conquest, +as is attested uniformly by writers, native and foreign, even the +least devout. Some years later, bishoprics were erected; and from +that moment began a struggle between the bishops and the monastic +orders as to whether or no the friar curas should be subject to the +diocesan visit. Innumerable are the treatises, opinions, superior +decrees, and scandalous disputes, which took place on this account, +as we have already seen in the chapter called "History." The arguments +of the religious were founded on the fear of falling into relaxation +of their regular observance, as they believed that they could not +be good ministers without being good religious. The religious of +the Order of St. Dominic, discussing this point in the year 1710, +resolved that, if the lords ordinary [98] attempted to subject them +to the diocesan visit, they would first abandon all their missions; +_for the province regards it as certain and evident that the ruin +of the ministering religious must follow the said visit; and of this +opinion have been, for many years past, grave religious and zealous +and superior prelates whom the province has had_. In the year 1757, +Governor Don Pedro Manuel Arandia claimed, with the greatest firmness, +that the regulars should submit to the laws of the royal patronage in +respect to the appointment of religious for the curacies, and that they +should receive the canonical installation. He first directed himself +to the provincial of the calced Augustinians, even going so far as +to warn him that, if he did not obey his behests and commands in this +matter, the governor would proceed to his exile and the occupation of +his temporalities. To that the provincial replied that he could not +under any circumstances accede to his demands, adding that "he knew +by proof in his establishment the ruin of their regular institute, +with notable harm to souls;" and that "he was at the same time assured +that the piety of the king (whom may God preserve) would not take it +ill at seeing the aforesaid province [of Augustinians] reduced to their +profession and subject to the same laws of the royal patronage. Those +laws, although so just, do not bind the regulars to continue in their +missions, which they obtain precariously, in case that all the royal +patronage is impracticable to them with their institute." In the year +1767, and during the government of Don Simon de Anda, there came +an order from Madrid, together with a bull from Pope Benedict XIV, +requiring the curas to submit to the metropolitan. The religious of +St. Augustine still resisted, which caused Anda to have all the curas +in Pampanga arrested, and to send the provincial and definitors to +España. In the year 1775 arrived a decisive order from the court, +requiring all the regulars to submit to the visit and the royal +patronage, and the restoration of the curacies of Pampanga to the +Augustinians. They submitted, and from that time the regular curas +have been subject to their provincial in matters _de vita et moribus_ +[_i.e._, of conduct and morals], of the bishop in all that pertains to +spiritual administration, and to the captain-general as the viceregal +patron. According to a royal decree of August 1, 1795, it is impossible +to remove a regular cura against his will without formulating a cause +against him and trying him according to law, unless he is appointed to +fill some office in the order; and even in this case it is necessary +that the consent of the ordinary and the royal vice-patron precede, +in accordance with the terms of another royal decree of September +29, 1807. Perhaps this subjection of the curas to the bishops and +vice-patrons will have resulted in great advantages; but there is +no doubt that the relaxation of morals which the regular superiors +foresaw has been verified. There are many, there are numberless faults +which a director recognizes and knows positively, but which cannot +be proved in a judgment, especially when one is conducting a cura of +souls. Further, in a cause, it is necessary to take depositions from +the parishioners, and to make public matters which it would be highly +important to keep secret; for scandal does more harm than the evil +which one is trying to remedy, especially in a colony where the good +man and the prestige of the religious is so important. And, above all, +it ought to be remembered that since the will of three must unite to +punish one cura, it will be very easy for the cura to find a means +of securing favor from some of them. Those evils would probably be +remedied by rigorously obeying the commands of Benedict XIV in his +constitution beginning _Firmandis_, given November 6, 1744, in which +it is ruled that the regular curas may be removed from their curacies +according to the will of one or the other superior, without its being +necessary for either to declare to the other the causes of the removal. + +As a result of these continuous and obstinate quarrels between the +regular curas and the bishops and civil authorities, and as if to +cut the Gordian knot, the government ordered, in 1753, that all +the curacies be handed over to secular priests of the country. The +execution of this decree presented so many difficulties, and raised so +many remonstrances that it was decided in 1757 that, until it should +be ordered otherwise, none of the curacies administered by regulars +should be granted to a secular priest under any circumstances, until +it was really vacant, and that then the viceroy and the diocesan should +agree together whether or no it were advisable to make it secular; and +the opinion of both should be carried into effect, and that in equal +accord they should execute the decree of 1753. By this decision, the +governor-general had the power to deprive the friars of their curacies +at will, since the bishops have almost always desired or solicited +that. Cárlos III, wearied at the obstinacy of the Augustinian religious +in not submitting to the diocesan visit, ordered by decrees of August +5 and November 9, 1774, that all the missions should be secularized +as they fell vacant. The governor, then Don Simon de Anda, in spite +of being at open war with the friars--because they had intrigued in +Madrid against him when the government was conferred on him--and +of his being, perhaps, the governor-general most hated by them, +inveighed so strongly against this order, asserting that it was not +advisable to the service of God and the State, that the same Cárlos +III resolved that the decree of 1774 should not have effect, and that +the curacies and missions which the religious had filled before the +decree, should be returned to them. Nevertheless the government of +Madrid was so annoyed and wearied at the continual strife which the +friars maintained with the bishops and authorities, that it desired +to cut the dispute short, at any risk; and in this same decree it was +recommended that a body of Filipino secular priests be formed, so that +the curacies could be surrendered to these as they became vacant--thus +carrying into effect the decree of 1757, when they should be ready +for it. This same order was confirmed by another decree of December +11, 1776, and another of September 7, 1778--although in this last, +in consideration of a representation of Don Pedro Sarrio, which will +be seen later, it was provided that there should be no innovation in +what was contained in the decree of '76, without the express order of +the Council and of the king. In 1822, in consequence of a decree of +the Córtes, the curacies which fell vacant were presented at a meeting +of opponents. In regard to the first, which was that of the village of +Malate, the superior of the calced Augustinians, Fray Hilarion Diez, +made a representation; but the archbishop, Don Fray Juan Zulaybar, was +interested in complying with the decrees of the Madrid government. In +1826, order was given to return that curacy to the religious, and all +[others] that they had, and what was declared to them by the decree +of 1776; and that the secularization of any curacy should not be +proceeded with except by express order of the king. + +I am going to insert what Don Tomás de Comyn said about the religious +of Filipinas in a book which has not had the appreciation that it +merits, and which is already rare. + +"The valor and constancy with which Legaspi and his worthy companions +conquered these natives would have been of little use, had not +the apostolic zeal of the missionaries aided in consolidating the +undertaking. The latter were the true conquerors--who, without other +weapons than their virtues, attracted the good-will of the natives, +made them love the Spanish name, and gave the king, as by a miracle, +two millions more of submissive and Christian vassals. They were the +legislators of the barbarous hordes who inhabited the islands of this +immense archipelago, thus realizing with their persuasive mildness +the allegorical prodigies of Amphion and Orpheus. + +"As the means, then, which the missionaries employed to reduce and +civilize the Indians, were their preaching and other spiritual +instruments, and as, although they were scattered and working +separately, they were at the same time subject to the authority +of their superiors--who as chiefs, directed the great work of the +conversion--the government primitively established in these provinces +must necessarily have shared much of the nature of the theocratic; +and there is no doubt that it so continued until, the number of the +new colonists, as well the effective force of the royal authority, +increasing with the lapse of time, it was possible to make the +governing system uniform with that which rules in the other ordinary +establishments of España. + +"Further, this same is deduced from the fragments which even yet +remain of that first constitution in the islands of Batanes and +the missions of Cagayan, which are administered spiritually and +temporally by the Dominican fathers; and from what can be noted at +every step in the other provinces, by whoever gives the matter but a +little attention. For although the civil magistracies are regulated +now, and their respective attributes determined with all precision, +it has been as yet impossible to lay aside, however much they have +tried to show the contrary, the personal authority which the parish +priests hold among their parishioners; on the contrary, the government +has indeed seen itself constantly under the necessity of making use +of this same authority, as the most powerful instrument to acquire +respect and due subordination. Consequently, although the parish +priests are not today authorized to intervene by law in the civil +administration, they become in fact the real rulers. + +"It certainly is the case that, since the parish priest is the +consoler of the afflicted, the pacifier of families, the promoter of +useful ideas, the preacher and example of all good; as generosity +is conspicuous in him, and the Indians see him alone among them, +without relatives, without trade, and always engaged in their greater +good--they are accustomed to live contentedly under his paternal +direction, and to give him their whole confidence. Master in this way +of their wills, nothing is done without the counsel--or, to speak more +correctly, without the consent--of the cura. The gobernadorcillo, on +receiving an order from the alcalde, goes first to get the permission +of the father; and it is the latter who, in strict terms, tacitly +sees to its fulfilment, or prevents its course. The father concludes +or directs the suits of the village; makes the writs; goes up to the +capital to plead for his Indians; opposes their petitions, and at +times their threats, to the violences committed by the alcaldes-mayor; +and manages everything by the standard of his own desire. In a word, +it is impossible for there to be any human institution, at once so +simple and so firmly grounded, and from which so many advantages +can be derived for the State, as that (which is admired with reason) +which is firmly established in the ministries of these islands. And +by the same fatality it is very strange that since the true art of +governing a colony like Filipinas, which is different from all others, +consists in the wise use of so powerful an instrument as secrecy, +the superior government has been laboring under an hallucination for +some years past, to the point of pledging itself to the destruction +of a work that it is so advisable to maintain. + +"In this as in other things, one may very plainly see how absurd +or how difficult it is to organize a system of government which is +equally well suited to the genius of all peoples, regardless of what +discordance may exist in their physical and moral make-up. Hence, when +one tries to assimilate _in toto_ the administrative régime of these +provinces to that of the Americas, he meets obstacles at every step +which evidently originate from this erroneous principle. The regime, +however much one may try to assert it, must either make itself obeyed +by fear and force, or respected by means of love and confidence. And +in order to convince one's self that the first is impracticable, +it is quite sufficient to take into consideration the following +circumstances and reflections. + +"The number of the whites in proportion to that of the natives is so +small, that it can scarcely be set at the ratio of 15:25,000. These +provinces, infinitely more populous than those of América, are given +into the care of their alcaldes-mayor, who take there no other troops +than the title of military captains and the royal decree. Besides the +religious, no other whites than their alcalde-mayor generally live +in the whole province. He has the care of the royal possessions; he +attends to the punishment of evildoers; he pacifies riots; he raises +men for the regiments who garrison Manila and Cavite; he orders and +leads his subjects in case of an invasion from the outside; in short, +he alone must do everything, on the word of alcalde-mayor and in +the name of the king. In view, then, of the effective power that the +fulfilment of so great a variety of obligations exacts spontaneously, +and the fact that no one assists him with what is in his charge, who +could deny that it would be to risk the security of these dominions too +greatly to try to rule them by means so insufficient? If the villages +are in disorder or revolt, to whom will the alcalde turn his face for +aid in checking and punishing them? What other recourse is there for +him in such a conflict than to flee or to die in the attempt? And if +it is considered indispensable among cultured nations that authority +always present itself accompanied by force, how can one expect that +bare and unprotected law be respected among Indians? + +"It is clear that it is necessary to appeal to force of another kind, +and to employ means, which although indirect, are without dispute +the most adequate under the peculiar circumstances of these lands; +means which, by influencing the imagination, excite veneration, +subjugate the rude intellect of the inhabitants, and lead them to +endure our dominion without repugnance. And well can one understand, +too, how ready these means are found, and how we are envied for them +and have always been envied by all the other European nations who +have aspired to extend and consolidate their conquests in both Indias. + +"Let one listen to La Perouse, if he would know and wonder at +the arms with which our missionaries captured the natives of the +Californias. Let him read dispassionately the marvelous deeds of the +Jesuits in other parts of América. And above all, let him go to the +Filipinas Islands, where he will be surprised to see those remote +fields strewn with spacious temples and convents wherein divine +worship is celebrated with splendor and pomp; regularity in the +streets; ease and even luxury in dress and house; primary schools +in all the villages, and the inhabitants very skilful in the art +of writing; paved highways disclosed to view; bridges constructed +in good architectural style; and the greater portion of the country, +finally, in strict observance of the provisions of good government and +civilization--all the work of the union of the zeal, apostolic labors, +and fiery patriotism of the ministering fathers. Let him traverse the +provinces, where he will see villages of five, ten, and twenty thousand +Indians, ruled in peace by one weak old man who, with his doors open +at all hours, sleeps secure in his dwelling, without other magic or +other guard than the love and respect with which he has been able to +inspire his parishioners. Can it be possible, on contemplating this, +that by the efforts of foolish zealots, and by the vain endeavor that +only those persons assigned by the general laws in ordinary cases +shall intervene in the government of the natives, there should not +only be a waste of the fruit obtained in so long a time and by so +great constancy; but also that, scorning and repelling for the future +a coöperation as efficacious as economical, the attempt should be +made purposely to destroy the royal regulator, the principal wheel +of this machine. Such is, notwithstanding, the deplorable upheaval +of ideas that has conduced in these latter times to the adoption +of regulations diametrically opposed to the public interest, under +pretext of restraining the excessive authority of the parish priests. + +"The superior government does not content itself with having +despoiled the ministers of the power of themselves prescribing +certain corrective punishments--which although of slight importance, +contributed infinitely, when applied with discretion, to strengthen +their predominance, and consequently that of the sovereign. But, +in order more effectively to exclude them from and deprive them of +all intervention in civil administration, the attempt has been made +directly to destroy their influence, by arousing the distrust of +the Indian, and by separating, when possible, the latter from their +side. In proof of this, and so that my statement may not be taken as +an exaggeration, it is sufficient to cite substantially two notable +measures which, by their tendency, were obviously intended to weaken +the influence and good reputation of the spiritual administrators. + +"By one measure it is decreed that, for the purpose of preventing +the abuses and notorious maladministration of the fund of the saints +(especially attached to the cost of the festivals and the worship +of each parish, formed from the principal and medium parishes--which +are contributed by each individual tributario for that purpose, and +are collected and administered privately by the cura), it should +thereafter be kept in a box with three keys, one of which was to +be in the possession of the alcalde-mayor, another in that of the +gobernadorcillo of the respective village, and the other in that of +the parish priest. By the other measure, it is declared, as a general +point, that the Indian who is or has recently been employed in the +domestic service of the parish priest is disqualified for being chosen +to any office of justice. + +"It is surely superfluous to make comments upon measures of such +a nature, and which so clearly speak for themselves. The only thing +that ought to be said is, that means could not more intemperately have +been chosen, that are more harmful to the state, to the propagation +of religion, and even to the natives themselves. It is, indeed, very +strange that so much effort should have been exercised in impeaching +the purity of the parish priests, by degrading in passing their +respectable character, just at the moment when circumstances would +make it appear natural that because on account of the mortality and +scarcity of religious, the ardor and authority of even the few who +remain ought to be encouraged by new stimulation. [This comes, too,] +at a time when because the sending of missionaries to China has been +suspended, and the spiritual conquest of the Igorrotes and other +infidels who inhabit the interior of the islands has been almost +abandoned the said Spanish laborers can neither give any help to +the ordinary administration, nor prevent the transference of whole +provinces to the hands of secular Indians and Sangley mestizos (as +is happening)--who by their crass ignorance, disgraceful morals, +and utter lack of decency, incur universally the contempt of their +parishioners, making them, because of the tyrannies of these, sigh +for the gentle yoke of their former shepherds. + +"If it is desired, then, to keep this colony subject, and to elevate +it to the lofty grade of prosperity, of which it is susceptible, in my +opinion the first thing that ought to be attempted is the efficient +organization of its spiritual administration. I say again, that we +cannot be blind to the fact that, if the local government is powerless, +because of the lack of military force and the scarcity of Europeans, +to make itself duly obeyed through its own efforts, it is necessary +to call to its aid the powerful influence of religion, and to bring +new reënforcements of missionaries from the peninsula. For the latter +differ essentially by their nature from the rest of public servants; +it is well known that they neither claim nor expect any remuneration +for their labor, aspiring only to obtain in the community the degree +of respect to which they rightfully believe themselves entitled. Let +their jurisdictions, then, be preserved, let them be treated with +decorum, and let the direction of the Indian be entrusted to them; and +instantly, they will be seen, in turn, reconciled, and the supporters +of the legitimate authority. + +"Nothing is more unjust, nor of which the ministering fathers complain +with more reason, than the little discernment with which people have +been accustomed to judge and condemn them, representing as common +to all the body the vices of a few of the members. Consequently, +there is not one who does not read without shame and indignation the +insidious motives and the defamatory expressions lavished against them +in the ordinances of good government drawn up in Filipinas in 1768 +[99]--which, although ordered to be modified by his Majesty, are now +in force for lack of others, and are found, printed, in the hands of +all. For even granting that in any case there can actually have existed +a cause for complaint, what will it matter at the end that this or +that father may have abused the confidence reposed in him, so long as +the spirit that animates the whole body of the religious is in accord +with the sanctity of their estate, and in accordance with the aims +of the government? Why must one forever pursue an ideal perfection, +which cannot be obtained, and which is unnecessary in human society?" + +Even though this be matter which pertains to a chapter on internal +policy rather than to religion, I can do no less than say, succinctly +and in passing, that in my opinion the ideas of Señor Comyn are very +true; and that nothing could better qualify as men weak in affairs of +state the governors or counselors who dictated the present ordinances +and the above-mentioned measures and phrases printed in them against +the religious. Even supposing those sentences to be very just, wise, +and merited, what need would there be, what gain would result from +printing them and placing them in the hands of the Filipinos? + +Those who have no liking for the friars, censure them as egoists +and buffoons; as living in concubinage; as gamblers and usurers; +as arrogant, and ambitious for power. + +In respect to refinement, it is known that the majority [of the friars] +are of obscure birth. They pass from the bosom of the family to their +novitiate; thence in a boat to the convent at Manila, and then to +a village where there are no other Spaniards than themselves. Is +it strange, then, that they are not more in the current of social +forms? On that account one ought to overlook the fact that they do +not know more, as is done with an honored artist or farmer. But other +is the motive for this accusation of guilt. It is said that on the +arrival of a Spaniard at a village the friars do not offer him lodging, +and they often will not drink his health in a glass of water--or, +at least, do not go to receive him; while everything is open for +a Filipino. This is sometimes a fact, and has happened to me more +than once; but everything needs explanation, and one must not pass +judgment without hearing both sides. One must remember that there +are at present many vicious and abandoned swindlers in the islands, +especially of the class of creoles; and that such men very often form +the plan to go to travel through the provinces at the cost of the +curas, either to amuse themselves or to seek their fortunes. But, +for amusement, the silver spoons and other trifles of one [of the +curas] have been carried away. There are various others; especially +among the recently-arrived military men, who, brought up among +disturbances, and accustomed to insult the religious with impunity, +have no scruples about telling them what they call "the truths of +the coxswain." "Who could eat free soup [100] as you do, father, +without working?" "What matters to you the good or poor harvest, so +long as you have fools to impose upon?" "How is the stewardess?" "How +many children have you?"--and innumerable others of the same kind, +and even much worse. Anyone can recognize that it is very natural for +these things to happen, and I myself have been a witness of them. There +are more things--namely, that many of those persons who have been in +the convents take delight immediately in publishing the weaknesses +of the cura, abusing the confidence that the latter reposed in him, +and (what is worse) exaggerating, and even mentioning things that +never occurred. If the friar, carried away by the good humor born +of the company of a compatriot, drank a little and became jolly, +then he relates that the friar was drunk. If he saw a woman with a +child in her arms who had come to speak to the friar on any of the +innumerable matters that arise in the village, then he says that +he knew the sweetheart and a child of the friar. If some curas of +neighboring villages assembled, and engaged in playing _brisca_, or +"thirty-one," [101] in order to pass the time, then it is said that +they engaged in gambling. On that account the curas are so cautious of +giving the freedom of their houses and their friendship to transient +Spaniards, that they will now scarcely receive anyone who does not +bring a letter of recommendation; and, considering this sensibly, it +does not seem that they are to be censured for this caution toward +people whom they do not know, in consideration of the fact that in +Manila there is no police office, and a passport is easily given +to whomever asks for it. In spite of all this, some curas--as for +instance, Father Lorieri of Paniqui--without having any notice of +me, received me with gratifying and ready hospitality. For the rest, +the convents are usually the lodging-houses and inns of the village. + +The friars in Filipinas are quite different from those in España. They +are very glad to see a Spaniard arrive, when they know that he is not +a malicious person. They have traveled, and they have escaped from the +conversations and meetings of the convent; they are more tolerant, +because they have rubbed against many Spaniards of liberal ideas; +they have found that the lion is not so fierce as it is painted, and +that there are respectable people in all parties, and men with good +hearts--especially in that which takes for its goal the good of the +country. How often would we abhor people less if we approached them +and became acquainted with them! We must confess also that the hate +cherished by the religious in España toward the liberals proceeds +in great measure from the personal insults which they have endured; +while in Filipinas these are very few and are neutralized by the +tokens of veneration and respect which others pay them, because of +circumstances which are entirely distinct from those of España. A +man without prejudice and with a suitable standard of judgment, who +lives in the metropolis [_i.e._, Madrid], sees in a friar the enemy +of reforms, of progress, and of public prosperity; but, when he is in +Filipinas, he sees in this same friar the benefactor of the public, +and the preserver of tranquillity and of the colony. Consequently +he considers and treats the friar differently than in España, and +is repaid in the like coin. From this it happens that many who come +from España with very exaggerated and preconceived ideas against +the religious--even to the point of never having had relations or +speech with a friar--and here have to come in contact with them, are +surprised to find some (and even very many) of them very sociable, +serviceable, tolerant, and worthy of all appreciation; and this has +happened to me myself, both in Filipinas and in Palestina. + +In regard to their being gamblers, I can say that when several curas +of the neighboring villages assemble on the feast-day of a village, +they sometimes play to pass the hot hours of the day; but I have +never seen in the houses of Spanish religious what can be called +play for gaining and losing money, and, in the convents of Manila, +cards are not even played for amusement. I know this positively. + +As for some of them leading licentious lives with women, I will +not say that it is false, although I could not say that I know of +such. I believe, indeed, that there is much exaggeration in this as +in other things, and that not one quarter of it is to be believed. An +official, not at all partial to the friars, and who lived several +years in Pangasinan, told me that he never could discover that any +of the Dominicans who minister there had a sweetheart; and that, if +perchance any of them had one, he concealed it very carefully, since +he himself had never known any trace of it. Concerning that point, +I will say, although it appears evil to many, that that offense is +the most excusable, especially in young and healthy men, placed in the +torrid zone. Nature must struggle continually with duty. The garb of +the Filipina women is very seductive; and it is known that the girls, +far from being untractable to the cura, consider themselves lucky to +attract his attention, and their mother, father, and relatives share +that sentiment with them. What virtue and stoicism does not the friar +need to possess! Let those who criticise them on this point imagine +themselves to be living in a village without relatives or friends, +or any other fellow-countrymen, at least with whom they can converse; +and then let them be candid. Don Iñigo Azaola told me that, meditating +on the reason why so many Spanish religious went mad, he thought +that it had its origin in the continual struggle between nature and +devotion. [102] + +In regard to usurers, there may be some among them who are addicted +to trade, since the business carried on in the provinces consists +chiefly in advancing money at seed-time, in order to receive the +fruits at harvest time at a much lower price than is current in the +market. Surely the cura who embarks in these speculations not only +fails in his most sacred duty, [103] but even gnaws at and gives +a deathblow to the principal base upon which rests the prestige and +veneration enjoyed by the religious of Filipinas. Nothing infuses these +weak and greedy islanders with so much love, surprise, and respect as +does contempt for gold and for earthly goods. The generous minister, +he who gives, will be considered as good, most good, and will obtain +whatever he wants from his parishioners. The greedy and avaricious, +he who does what common and vile men do, will, notwithstanding the +habit in which he is clad, notwithstanding the sermons he preaches, +be considered as mean, if he does not end by being despised and +abhorred. Nevertheless, I can affirm that the religious who trade +are very few, and among the Dominicans, not any. And this, and their +anxiety for saving their stipends and for making money, proceeds +in great measure from the information which they receive concerning +the wretched condition of the religious in España, and their fear of +falling into the same condition. + +In respect to their pride and ambition to govern, all men have that, +for this is our most powerful instinct; and the priests of all times +and countries have had it. The royal decrees and the articles of +which we have spoken demonstrate quite clearly that those of Filipinas +have not escaped from falling into this sin. Up to a certain point, +one can affirm that the civil government itself--or, to speak more +accurately, circumstances--have placed them in a position where they +must take part in the temporal administration. In a whole province, +there is no other Spaniard in authority except the alcalde-mayor, and +he never knows a word of the idiom of the country (see my remarks on +the administration of justice). Hence it necessarily arises that the +alcalde-mayor does not know more than the natives allow him to know; +and that the gobernadorcillos of the villages are masters, inasmuch +as in everything they do whatever they think proper. In order to +obviate these inconveniences, scarcely is any document asked in +which the government does not require the supervision of the cura; +and in this way it obliges him to be acquainted with matters quite +at variance with his ministry. The cura possesses the language, +resides in the village, has the means of the confessional, [104] +and when he wishes there are but few matters, even the most trivial, +that can be hidden from him. On the contrary the alcalde, not having +any of these advantages, can have knowledge of but few things, if +the parish priest does not communicate them. I shall quote here what +father Fray Manuel del Rio says on this point. "Although the temporal +government of the village that he administers does not belong to the +obligation of the minister of souls, but it may, on the contrary, +be prejudicial to his obligation and ministry for him to meddle +too much in this; yet on certain occasions it is necessary for the +minister to put his shoulder to the wheel so that the village may be +well governed--now by directing the gobernadorcillos in its employ, +now by encouraging them and giving them zeal and energy and courage in +certain decisions which they, through their cowardice, do not dare to +make unless an order or command proceed from the minister; now also by +restraining the audacity of the greater against the less, in order to +prevent the annoyances that the chiefs practice upon their _cailianes_ +[105]--thereby protecting the cause of the wretched, which is one +of the duties that the council of Trent (in the place cited at the +beginning of this work), commits to those who are ministers of souls. + +"There are two kinds or modes of annoyances which the Indians who are +more influential practice on those of lower rank. Some are peculiar +to the cabezas de barangay, with their cailianes; others are common +to every kind of rich Indian toward the poor. I shall first treat of +those of the first class, and next, of those of the second. + +"First, the cabezas are accustomed to impose on their cailianes certain +taxes of silver, rice, and other products, under pretexts that they +there feign, of service to the church or to the village. Perhaps, +they cast the blame on the alcalde, who is most often unaware of such +taxes and is not told of them. The remedy is that, when the minister +learns of it, he causes the cabezas to be punished, and the silver +to be returned to the cailianes. + +"Second, when the father or some passenger pays the Indian rowers +or carriers, or tanores, through the medium of the cabeza or of the +government, the silver generally does not reach the hands of the +Indians; but the cabezas keep it, under pretexts which they advance +that the Indians owe a certain polo or tribute, long overdue, or +similar things. The same thing happens with the money which the father +or passengers give them with which to buy provisions, and, with the +_opas_ of those who perform personal duty for others. The remedy for +all this is for the minister to solicit him to pay the money to all +[the Indians] into their own hands; and especially should he do that in +what he buys [from them] or when he makes the Indians perform any work. + +"Third, that in the polos the cabezas exempt whomever they wish, +without other justification than that they choose to do so; and +because those persons contribute silver, tobacco, or rice to the +cabeza, thereby exempting themselves from personal service throughout +the year. In that way the yoke of the polos and personal service is +loaded on those of less influence. Consequently the personal service +comes upon the Indians more frequently; _e.g._, although the village +can have two months of rest (if there is order and harmony), it is +usual for lack of that to have a return [of the personal service] +every month, or every six weeks, if the minister does not attend +to it, or intervene in the distribution of the personal service, +by investigating and showing up these frauds of the cabezas. + +"Fourth, in the tree-cuttings that arise for the king or for the +village, all those who are cited do not go, many redeeming themselves +with money which they give to their cabeza or to the petty officer +[who exacts the work], thus burdening with all the work those who +go--from which it follows that the felling of the timber is extended +in time, and lasts longer than is necessary; and also that the petty +officers or the cabezas make the Indians work for their own private +interests. All of the above cannot be remedied unless the minister +undertake to station secret spies, to advise him of the number of +those who go, and also of those who work there more than is necessary +for the king or for the village--so that those who shall be involved +in such frauds may be punished, and so that they may be made to pay +what they have usurped. + +"Fifth, the gobernadorcillos of the villages appoint the officials +whom they wish to help in their government. Many of them buy off +their personal attention to it with money, which they give to the +gobernadorcillo, and only help on Sundays with their authority, +remaining the rest of the time in their houses. Consequently, +the personal service of the village falls on very few, because of +these and other like exemptions by the gobernadorcillos and cabezas +for money, by which they themselves alone profit. For this reason, +one must assign a definite number of bilangos or constables, outside +of which number the gobernadorcillo cannot assign others. It appears +sufficient that in villages of five hundred tributes twelve bilangos +be appointed, so that each week four may aid, together with their +constable-in-chief and lieutenant. In smaller villages nine are +sufficient, so that three may aid every week. In very large villages +there may be fifteen or eighteen, so that five or six may assist every +week. Thus in all the villages the bilangos would rest two weeks, which +is sufficient relaxation, since their personal duty is not very heavy. + +"Sixth, in the collection of tributes, the cabezas perform many acts +of injustice; for some are accustomed to collect the entire tribute +of rice, and then to collect separately what they call 'the stipend +of the father,' as if that were not included in the tribute. Some +collect from each person six gantas more than they ought to give; +for in many villages they receive fifty-eight cates as a kind of half +tribute, and in others they receive from one house sixty cates from +one and fifty-five from another, and it amounts to the same. There +is generally an inequality in the balances used for weighing there +in the field, where only God is witness, and the cabeza or collector, +who weighs according to his pleasure. Not less is the deceit existing +in the collection of oil, for double the amount asked from them by +the king is usually taken, and the cabezas keep it; because they +assess it among all the cailianes, although often half the barangay +would be sufficient to obtain the assessment, and thus they could +alternate between the two halves each year. All these troubles are +usually encountered, and the worst is that they are often concealed +so skilfully that the minister can learn of them but seldom; and for +that reason I write them here, so that warning may be taken and the +remedy procured--not only in respect to the charge on the consciences +of those who occasion them, but in the matter of restitution to the +sufferers, not neglecting to check these abuses, and to solicit that +they be condignly punished by the civil authority. + +"Seventh, others make their cailianes serve the entire year in their +house or field, under pretext of paying their tribute for them. Some +deliver them to mestizos or to other Indians, as if they were their +slaves. In this way there are cabezas who hold many cailianes in +slavery, making them serve in their houses for many years--without +allowing them sometimes to hear mass or to go to the village, so that +the father may not see them. + +"All public works, both great and small, ought to be consulted over +with the village itself which has to construct and pay for them. But +it is to be noted that the village does not settle upon them, but +the cabezas only. Rather they are a suspicious party, in this point, +for if there is any work in the village, the cabezas are wont to have +the greatest advantage from it. Consequently, they are generally the +first to encourage the government officials to undertake any work; +for not only do they not have to work at it, but they hope to get +some benefit from it by the methods which they know how to use." + +The reading of these instructions can give an idea of the internal +government of a Filipino settlement, and the impossibility that +impartiality and efficient justice can rule, if there is no +intervention by the cura. I will add that the latter regards the +village in a certain manner as his own. He enjoys seeing its prosperity +and its advancement, as he thinks that this is his work. He takes an +interest in its having good roads, harvests, tools, irrigation, and +everything that can enrich and beautify it. Many curas spend all their +money in public works, and on their churches. They rival one another, +each striving to have in his own village the richest altars, the best +houses, musicians, schools, and finely-dressed people. It is a sight +worth seeing, a friar constituting himself overseer and director of a +wooden bridge or of a causeway--administering a buffet to this one, +a shove to another; praising that one, or calling this other a lazy +fellow; giving a bunch of cigars to the one who stays an hour longer +to work, or carries most bricks up to the scaffold; promising to +kill a cow for the food of next day; and making them offers, often +without any intention of fulfilling them, only with the object of +encouraging them, and deceiving them like children. [106] But whoever +knows the country can do no less than confess that this is the only +means to get any advantage out of the lazy and childish Filipinos, +who have no needs; and that the cura has infinite advantages over +the governor, for his buffets do not offend, his requests oblige, +and his love to the village and his disinterestedness captivate +and interest these people, and make them as wax. Thus indeed can it +be said that the cura is the soul of the village. In any province +where its ruler is united with the curas, where the latter honor the +alcalde and instruct him of all that happens, and he gives them the +aid that is necessary to preserve their prestige--in that province, +I say, there are no thefts, no disorders, no complaints, no tears, no +insurrections, nor any other thing but a complete and durable peace, +[107] and great submission and reverence to the Spaniards. At the +present time that may be seen in the provinces where the governor has +the right desires and a clear understanding, and recognizes the error +into which the government has fallen during the last few years, in +trying to deprive the curas of the civil administration, by forcing +them to reduce themselves to spiritual matters, and to tolerate +irreligious acts. The province of Pangasinan, for example, finds +itself in this case under the orders of the worthy alcalde-mayor, +Don Francisco de Lila, a volunteer of the militia of Manila and +a very decided liberal: I have traveled through this province by +night, with only one servant, without arms, and quite without fear, +although there was not a soldier in the whole province. The horses +and buffaloes were feeding in the meadows without herders; and, on my +arrival at the capital, I went out with him in his carriage. In all +the streets and from all the windows, we were saluted with great show +of affection, and the children began to jump for joy, and to cry out, +"Good afternoon, father." The tears started to my eyes, and I said: +"Ah, simple people, how little do you know the blessing that you +enjoy! Neither hunger, nor nakedness, nor inclemency of the weather +troubles you. With the payment of seven reals per year, you remain free +of contributions. You do not have to close your houses with bolts. You +do not fear that the district troopers will come in to lay waste your +fields, and trample you under foot at your own firesides. You call +'father' the one who is in command over you. Perhaps there will come +a time when you will be more civilized, and you will break out in +revolution; and you will awake terrified at the tumult of the riots, +and will see blood flowing through these quiet fields, and gallows +and guillotines erected in these squares, which never yet have seen +an execution." "But is it not true also," I reflected later, "that +this present happiness may be transitory up to a certain point, and +that a changing of the captain-general or of the alcalde can cause +great evils, and change the aspect of so pleasing a picture? Yes, +it is a lamentable truth; and I shall do what is in my power so that +your lot may be less precarious, and so that the government which +rules you may be so organized that you may be as little as possible +subject to the injustice and avarice of men; and so that, wherever +you see a Spaniard, you may salute him with love and call him father." + +But returning from our digressions to our matter in hand, I believe +that if it is useful and indispensable for the parish priest to +know, directly or indirectly, the particular affairs of the village, +it is evident that far from undermining his authority, it ought to +strengthen it as much as possible. From the time of the conquest, +the curas have availed themselves of the expedient of applying some +lashes to the natives, when the fathers have believed it necessary +in order to correct faults, whether religious or those of another +kind; and it is known that this has contributed not a little to the +preservation of devotion. It is also known that they have not been +hated for this by the islanders; but, on the contrary, the friars +have constantly merited their love and have enjoyed a prestige which +no one doubts. Everyone knows that if the friars have shown themselves +exaggerated and unreasonable in anything, it has been in the protection +of the Filipinos--more, indeed, than they deserved and than healthy +justice demanded. Let us listen to the following words of Fray Casimiro +Diaz: "The old laws in regard to the execution of the tributes were +harsh, even to the point of making slaves of the debtors, and even +killing them with lashes, or mutilating them. And although these laws +were abolished from the time of Constantine as wicked, and have with +the law of Christ been moderated within judicious limits, this benefit +has not been obtained by the Indians. The Indian is beaten for his +tribute. The goods of the Indian are sold for the tribute, and he is +left destitute all his life. The Indian is enslaved for the tribute; +for the cabeza de barangay, under pretext that he is getting back +what the Indian owes, takes his house away from him, and, for the five +reals that the Indian owes, makes him serve one whole year. In short, +the wrongs which the tribute brings upon the poor wretch are so many, +that the greatest charity which the parish priest can show him is to +pay it himself." The above shows how this good father grieves because +the Indian has to pay five reals per year--five reals, which a Filipino +can get by simply planting a cocoa or cacao tree at the door of his +hut. How happy would be the Spaniards, or the French and English, and +any other Europeans, if they had no more to pay than that! But it is +not credible that Father Diaz was unacquainted with the people who so +broke his heart, and that he did not know the measures resorted to in +the country. A few pages farther on the same father says: "The poverty +of these Indians is not their curse, but it is their own idleness +and laziness, and they content themselves with little. They are not +ruled by covetousness; and, although there is some covetousness, +their fondness for doing nothing tempers it, and they wish to live +rather by providence than to dedicate themselves to work." What, then, +would the good Father Diaz wish? that the Filipinos should not be +made to contribute even the little amount that they now contribute, +and that the government of España should send money there from the +mother country in order to meet all the expenses of state, at the cost +of increasing the heavy taxes which the Spaniards already pay? And +all this, for what motive? Because the Filipinos are very "fond of +doing nothing, desiring rather to live under the care of providence +than to dedicate themselves to work." For thus are the fathers all, +often carrying this enthusiasm or mania for protection to a ridiculous +extreme--for it is the same to touch one of their parishioners and the +apple of their eye. At times they make use of unjust and compromising +expressions: Thus the tobacco monopoly is "an imposition" or "a bit of +knavery." The impost for elections of gobernadorcillos, the signing +of a passport, or any other accidental expense which is incurred [by +the Indian], is "a theft." The services for the repairing of roads +and bridges are "annoyances" or "tyrannies." And so on all in this +tenor. Many would wish that the Filipino be left stretched out at ease +all day long, and that afterward the manna should fall, and he have +no other work than to open his mouth. Whoever has known the country, +especially in former years, can do no less than say that there is not +the least exaggeration in the picture which I draw; that the letters +and remonstrances of the religious are what have been influential +in dictating the laws of the Indias--which breathe out in every one +of their lines, so great piety and mildness that one would believe +that they treat only of innocent and tender lambs which are found +among wolves. These know, too, that this same spirit has always led +the religious to support the quarrels that have arisen against the +civil and military government, which have, for the greater part, +given origin to royal orders against them, and to the indiscreet +articles of the ordinances which we have cited. Notwithstanding +all this, during the last years certain new arrivals from España, +especially those of the class of auditors and governors-general, +have been feverish on hearing that the curas of the villages have +whippings administered; and decrees have been fulminated against +many provinces, in order to check this. In fact, they have attained +that object; but the result of this most fatal error has been the +increase of impiety in an astonishing manner, and there are a great +number of villages where few go to mass, and more than the third part +refuse to take the communion--which is probably also the cause of the +increase in criminality which has been noted. But a short time ago, +during the government of General Lardizabal, the religious presented +a petition through the archbishop, asking that they be allowed to +administer corrective punishment at the door of the church, as had +always been their custom with those who were remiss in complying with +the duties of religion. The government replied that the curas should +avail themselves in such cases of advice and admonition, but that +they should under no circumstances punish anyone corporally; and to +complete matters, this ruling was circulated and communicated to the +natives themselves, a measure that caused the greatest grief to the +parish priests. The good Señor Lardizabal, who had an excellent heart, +himself told me this incident, very well satisfied at the manner in +which it had worked. We shall discuss this matter more at length in +the chapter on "Internal policy." + +There are regular and secular clergy in Filipinas. The latter are more +numerous, and include some mestizos, Chinese, and many full-blooded +Filipinos. The bishops, in spite of being Spanish, have almost +always shown themselves hostile to the friars and patrons to the +seculars. The origin of this partiality must be found in the old-time +fight between the bishops and the regular curas--who defend their +rights with tenacity; while the natives are submissive and most humble +to the prelates and flatter them. Notwithstanding the protection of +the bishops, the seculars have generally had a very bad reputation; +and many private persons, of every class and in every epoch, have +openly declared against them. + +The religious now living in Filipinas, excepting those of the +Order of St. Francis, are not able to fill the curacies in their +charge--although there are curas who take under their charge an +extension which they are unable, notwithstanding all their efforts, to +administer well. The cura of Surigao has twelve visitas or dependent +towns. From this condition there results, among other evils, this: +that when there is any cura who is unruly or of evil conduct, there +is no method of summoning him to the convent and replacing him with +another. Hence proceeds the laxity which is consequent on impunity. + +I have been not a little surprised to see that there is a lack of +religious in Filipinas, where they enjoy the thorough protection of +the government, and great consideration in the villages; where all +have at least what is necessary to live with ease, [108] since they +are able to command more from their domestic servants, and from all +the singers, sacristans, and other dependents of the Church--and this +while in España there is such an oversupply of them, and they live so +uncomfortably. The curacy is generally worth to the parish priest one +peso fuerte [109] to each tribute. The ministers of villages which +contain more than one thousand five hundred or two thousand tributes +usually have one or more assistants, according to their wish, with the +consent of the bishop. The parish priest generally gives the assistant +a house, his board, and ten or twelve pesos fuertes per month; and +leaves to him the fees for the masses, which are worth to him in +excess of one peso fuerte every day--so that, besides his lodging +and support, the assistant can count upon thirty-five or forty pesos +fuertes per month. The administrative ecclesiastical division follows: + +There is one archbishop in the capital, and three suffragans--to wit, +the bishop of Nueva Segovia, he of Nueva Cáceres, and he of Zebú. + +The archbishopric includes the provinces of Tondo, Bulacan, Pampanga, +Batangas, Cavíte, Laguna, Bataan, Zambales, and Mindoro. It contains +one hundred and sixty-seven curacies, of which ninety-five are served +by religious, and seventy-two by secular priests. + +The bishopric of Nueva Segovia comprises the provinces of Pangasinan, +Ilocos Sur, Ilocos Norte, Cagayan, and the missions of Ituy, of +Pangui, of Abra, and of Batanes. It contains ninety-two curacies, +of which eighty are served by religious, and twelve by seculars. + +The bishopric of Nueva Cáceres comprises the provinces of Tayabas, +part of Nueva Ecija, Camarines Sur, Camarines Norte, and Albay. It +contains eighty-four curacies, of which twenty-seven are served by +religious, and fifty-seven by seculars. + +The bishopric of Zebú comprises the provinces of Zebú, Iloilo, +Capis, Antique, Negros, Caraga, Misamis, Zamboanga, Samar, Leyte, +and Marianas (three hundred leguas distant). It contains one hundred +and forty-three curacies, of which eighty-six are served by regulars +and fifty-seven by seculars. + +At present there are four hundred and fifty Spanish religious +in Filipinas, and seven hundred Filipino secular priests, or +thereabouts. More than three per cent of the Spaniards die annually; +so that, in order that their present number may not diminish, it is +necessary for fifteen to go there annually. + +As a conclusion to this chapter, I cannot resist the desire to insert +the words of a wise religious of Filipinas of former days, Father +Pedro Murillo Velarde, as it may be useful to the ministers of the +present time who may read these pages. + +"To take the mean of the proportion in the administration of the +Indians is one of the most difficult matters of the prudence. The +parish priest must be in the village the loving father, the hospitable +tutor, the master and diligent teacher of his parishioners; and as +such he must not treat them as if he were a seignior of vassals. He +must be dignified, but without affecting majesty. He should always +strive to be loved, rather than feared. He must be affable, but not +vulgar. He must not separate himself far from intercourse with his +parishioners, nor be too familiar. He should visit them in charity +rather than in affection. He should listen to their complaints, but +not to their malicious reports. He should settle their controversies, +but not in a partial manner. He should not be altogether credulous, +nor despise everything. If one Indian accuses another, he should +ascertain, before all else, whether they have quarreled. He must not +be all honey, nor all gall. He should punish, but not flay off the +skin. If the Indian knows that there is no whip near, the village +will be quickly lost. A good beating at the proper time is the best +antidote for all sorts of poisons; for, in the end, fear guards the +vineyard. In punishments, let him show himself a father, not a hangman; +and, in case of doubt, let him incline rather to mildness than to +severity. Let him hear quarrels and discussions with the alcaldes, +but let him not allow them to fleece his sheep. Let him defend his +own jurisdiction, but not usurp that of another. Let him not become +an alcalde unless the alcalde tries to become a cura. If he is unable +to settle the quarrels of the Indians satisfactorily, he shall allow +them to go to the alcalde, who will quickly render them harmonious by +laughing at the matter of the quarrel. Let him handle books, but not +cards. [110] Let him [not] direct the Indians in the government of +his village, but let him leave them to those who govern them; for the +wish to command is a sort of itch in Filipinas. Consequently, let him +leave to each one the care of what God has given him. Let him check +sins, but not lawful games and amusements, since thereby other and +illicit amusements will be prevented. Let him eradicate drunkenness, +but not prohibit all use of wine to all; for, if the cura drinks wine, +why should not the Indian drink it in moderation? Let him not pour out +the wine or break the wine-jars; for who has given him any authority +for that? Because of some of these acts of imprudence, certain foolish +laymen say that the ministers who come from Europa to become martyrs, +become more than kings in their villages. + +"Let him attend to the affairs of God, and not obstruct those of +Caesar. Let him be the mirror of the village, so that all may imitate +him; but not a telescope, to register foolish trifles. Let him get +from the Indian what the latter is able to give; for he who tries to +get everything loses everything. If the Indians learn that their sins +are unpardonable, many will take to the hills. If the father is very +harsh in the confessional, many sacrileges may be feared. In assigning +penance, let him incline to mildness rather than to rigor, if he wishes +the penance to be observed. Let his diligence when he preaches be not +long, but fervid; for one onza of gold is worth more than an arroba +of straw. Let him explain to the Indians what is necessary for their +salvation, and let him not play the discreet among them. Let him use +similes and examples in his sermons that they can understand, and +not plunge into depths of abstract ideas, for that is a jargon which +they do not understand; and they especially detest Latin phrases. The +statement that the Indians have no faith is a pretext of the devil, +to discourage the gospel ministers. Let him do with fervor whatever +he finds to do, that the corresponding fruit may not be lacking; and +even when there should be no fruit, God will reward his zeal. Let +him not raise difficulties in taking the sacraments to the fields, +but let it be with the reverence due. Let him insist on the presence +of the boys at the school, for the good that follows from that is +great; but let him not urge them so much that he wearies them. Let +him receive the fees of the Church, but let him not collect with +the severity of a warrant-holder. Let the Indians know that the +cura is looking after their souls, not their purses; and let him +remember that he came from Europa to remove disease from the sheep, +not to take their wool. Let him give alms, but let him not scatter the +patrimony of Christ uselessly. It will be a suitable alms to provide +his parishioners with medals, rosaries, catechisms, and bulls [of +the crusade]. [111] Let him not permit idle spongers in the village, +who are goblins of cursed consequences; and the whiter they are, the +worse. Let the cura be found more often in the houses of the sick and +dying, than in weddings, games, and dances. He should let the customs +of the villages alone, when they involve no grave disadvantages, +for innovations alter men's dispositions; and more than anything +else must he shun causing innovation in the prayer, and in matters +pertaining to the Church and the method of administration. Let him +encourage congregations, devotions, and novenas, frequent confession, +daily mass, and the rosary, but let him warn the Indians that these are +not for obligation but for devotion, since perhaps they sin through +ignorance, when there is no guilt. The soul of the missionary or +parish priest has a thousand dangers in the solitude of a village; +but with prayer and mortification he can overcome all. Chastity is +a flower so delicate that it takes but little to make it wither: +the heart of man, the opportunity for temptations, the frequency of +errors, and the ease with which men stumble, are as tinder and fire, +which are kindled, whoever blows. Do not believe that in this regard +there is any caution that is too great in the Indias. In the external +encounters that may arise with alcaldes or with others, let the cura +endeavor to conquer them by patience rather than by arrogance. Let +him remember that Jesus Christ says we should offer the other cheek +to him who smites us; and let him reflect that in the tribunal of +God, and even that of men, more is to be gained by humility than by +valor. Let him reflect that he is a secular or a religious; and that +the weapons of such are tears, prayer, and penance." + + + + + + +ECCLESIASTICAL SYSTEM IN THE PHILIPPINES + +[Buzeta and Bravo (_Diccionario_, i, pp. 542-545; ii, pp. 271-275, +363-367) thus describe the ecclesiastical estate of the Philippines:] + + + +Archbishopric of Manila + +Manila is in this regard, as in all other departments, the metropolitan +city of the Spanish countries in the Orient. Its see is archiepiscopal, +and has as suffragans the bishoprics of Nueva Cáceres, Nueva Segovia, +and Cebú, descriptions of which can be found in their respective +articles. The territory over which it presides, as proper to itself, +includes the ten civil provinces nearest to Manila--namely, Tondo, +Bulacan, Pampanga, Nueva-Ecija, Batangas, Laguna, Cavite, Bataan, +Zambales, and Mindoro--in addition to the small island of Corregidor, +which is found outside the said province, and which forms a military +police commandancy. It is not so extensive, with these provinces, +as are its suffragan sees; but it is the one that unites the greatest +number of souls. + +The territory included in it extends about 100 leguas north and south +and 29 more in breadth toward the west, the villages most distant from +its capital being some 40 leguas to the north, and about 60 to the +south. It is bounded on the north by the diocese of Nueva Segovia, and +on the south by that of Cebú. Its western boundaries are maritime. The +number of parishes of this diocese, the secular and regular curas who +have charge of them, and the number of villages that they contain, +will be seen in chart number 8. [112] + +For the more efficient ecclesiastical administration of the territory +included in this archbishopric, the parish curas of certain villages +also extend their jurisdiction to eighteen vicariates or outside +districts, namely: in the province of Tondo, that of Mariquina; in +the province of Bataan, that of Balanga; in the province of Cavite, +that of Bacor; in the province of Mindoro, those of Calayan and +Santa Cruz; in the province of Batangas, those of Taal, San Pablo, +and Rosario; in the province of Laguna, those of Limban, Calauan, +and Cabuyas; in the province of Bulacan, those of Quingua and Marilao; +in the province of Zambales, that of Iba; in the province of Pampanga, +those of San Fernando and Candaba; in the province of Nueva-Ecija, +those of Puncan and Baler. The curas of the above-mentioned villages +are the outside vicars of their respective districts. They receive +orders and instructions indiscriminately from the vicar-general and +from the diocesan, from each one in accordance with the attributes +of his office. It must be noted that this division into districts +is subject to continual variations at the will of the bishop who +wears the miter--now in relation to the number, and again with +respect to the village. When it is said that the outside vicars +depend immediately on the vicars-general or provisors, one must not, +under any consideration, understand that the latter constitute an +authority or jurisdiction intermediate between the outside vicar and +the archbishop; but that they are the means by which communication +with the said archbishop ought to be held. The present prelate of +this metropolitan church is his Excellency the most illustrious and +reverend Don Fray José Aranguren, member of his Majesty's Council, +knight of the grand cross of Isabel the Catholic, senator of the +kingdom, and deputy vicar-general of the royal land and naval armies +of all our eastern possessions. He was consecrated on January 31, +1847. The cabildo of this holy and metropolitan church, the only such +church in Filipinas, is composed of five dignitaries, three canons, +two racioneros, two medio-racioneros, and the suitable number of +ministers, whose salaries may be seen in the following chart. + + + Chart of the revenues of the clergy of the cathedral of Manila + + Personal Pesos Reals of + fuertes silver + + The archbishop, 5,000 + The dean, 2,000 + 4 dignitaries, at 1,450 pesos each, 5,800 + 3 canons, at 1,250 pesos each, 2,690 [sic] + 2 racioneros, at 1,100 pesos each, 2,200 + 2 medio-racioneros, at 915 pesos each, 1,830 + 1 master of ceremonies, 400 + 2 cura-rectors, at 500 pesos each, 1,000 + 1 sacristan, 250 + Another sacristan, 150 + 1 verger, 190 + + Material + + For the archbishop's mail, 14 6 + To the cabildo, for the music, church + repair, wine, wax, and oil, 2,860 + To the cura of the cathedral for oil + and wine, 26 + + Total, 25,410 [sic] 6 + + +The ecclesiastical court is composed of the most excellent +and illustrious archbishop, the provisor and vicar-general, the +ecclesiastical fiscal, a recording secretary, a vice-secretary, an +archivist, and two notarial treasurers of the secular class. The +provisorial court is formed by the provisor, who is at the same +time vicar-general and judge of the chaplains. He is charged with +the performance of judicial acts in ecclesiastical matters, and is +accompanied by notaries. This unctionary did not formerly have the +investiture as licentiate of laws, and was assisted by a matriculated +lawyer of the royal Audiencia. The creation of the ecclesiastical +fiscal was posterior to that of the ecclesiastical courts; and +his institution is due to the authority of the pontiffs, who have +especially charged said functionaries with the defense of the integrity +of marriages, and other duties peculiar to their employments. The +charge of provisor was at first exercised constantly by the Augustinian +fathers, by virtue of the _amnimodo_ authority granted by the popes; +later, their attributes passed to the Franciscan fathers, by agreement +with them. But the archbishop of Méjico, considering himself empowered +to appoint ecclesiastical judges (who were to be the vicars and +provisors of these dominions), sent two clerics with authorization to +exercise the said offices. The governor, [113] however, with his rank +as royal vice-patron, protected the regulars in their privileges, and +ordered Father Alfaro to exercise the said office alone. Afterward, +when the suffragan bishoprics were created, and that of Manila was +erected to the dignity of a metropolitan, with the archiepiscopal +hierarchy, the appointment of provisors was regulated. + +The spiritual administration of any of the bishoprics that fall +vacant devolves upon the metropolitan archbishop, and the latter is +the one empowered to appoint a provisor or capitular vicar. In case +that the archiepiscopal metropolitan see should become vacant also, +the government devolves upon the nearest bishop; and if there be two +bishops at equal distances, it devolves upon the senior of these. In +accordance with the terms of a royal decree dated April 22, 1705, +it is ordered that the expenses incurred by the prelates on their +episcopal visits are to be met by the royal treasury. The manner in +which the _espolios_, [114] are collected was determined by a royal +decree, dated June 24, 1821. + +The secular clergy is divided into parochial and non-parochial. In the +latter class are included the persons employed in the metropolitan +cathedral; to the same class belong the four provisors of the other +dioceses. + +The provisor or vicar-general of this diocese holds the title of +judge of chaplains, but that title is not held by the provisors of +the other bishoprics. + +By a general rule, the provisors of the respective dioceses are +directors of the conciliar seminaries; but that is not the case with +the provisor of this archbishopric, who is at present dean of the +cathedral. The presidents of the said establishments are, as a rule, +also procurators of the same. The commissary of the crusade and the +attorney-general of the ecclesiastical court are at present members +of the choir of the cathedral of Manila--as are also the rector of +the college of San José, and the secretary and the vice-secretary of +the archbishop. But this circumstance does not constitute a general +rule, as it is a purely personal favor. Among the employees of the +ecclesiastical court of Manila are five chief notaries--of whom one +is pensioned [_jubilado_], another despatches the business relative to +the tribunal of the crusade, and the three remaining ones form part of +the ecclesiastical courts suffragan to this archbishopric. There are, +further, two secretaries of the diocesan courts of Manila and Cebu--the +latter being a modern creation, as are also a vice-secretary of the +archbishop, and a vice-secretary of the bishop of Nueva Cáceres; +also an archivist of the archbishop, a commissary-general of the +crusade, eight royal chaplains (inclusive of the chaplain-in-chief), +one supernumerary, and the father sacristan; and twelve employees in +the seminaries of the four bishoprics, with the name of directors, +presidents, rectors, vice-rectors, lecturers, and sacristans. To this +number one must add ten more who proceed from the three colleges and +the university--who bear the titles of rector, professors, readers, +secretary, and master of ceremonies--and thirty chaplains. In the +latter number are included those who serve in the detachments of the +army; those assigned for the colleges, hospitals, and hospitiums; and +those who are paid by certain corporations, such as the Audiencia, +etc. In this number those of the royal chapel are not included; for +their institution is to provide their divisions, and the boats of the +fleet, with priests when those of the former class are lacking. Their +total amounts to ninety-three. + +Coming now to the seminarists, their number cannot be determined, for +it varies every year. But by adopting an average for the students in +the conciliar seminary of Manila in 1842 and 48 [_sic_; 43?]--namely, +some twenty-five, counting priests, deacons, subdeacons, those who have +taken the lesser orders, and those who have taken the tonsure--one may +calculate that the four seminaries will contain about one hundred +students; so that, adding these to the ninety-three preceding, +belonging also to the secular clergy, the number increases to one +hundred and ninety-three. There are also in each one of the bishoprics +some secular ecclesiastics employed under the immediate orders of the +diocesans, who bear the name of pages, cross-bearers, etc., whose +number cannot be determined. One is also unable to calculate the +number of those who have been ordained under the title of patrimony, +[115] and chaplaincies [116] of blood or of class, etc. By a royal +decree of June 1, 1799, order was given for the curas to pay the +three per cent for the sustenance of the seminaries. + +Before concluding this review, we must also show that there are some +arrangements that are common to both secular and regular clergy--those +which make it indifferent, for the discharge of certain duties or +commissions, whether they are secular or regular priests. Such are +outside vicariates, and the chaplaincies of presidios, fortresses, etc. + +From the founding of Manila until it obtained its first bishop there +was a space of ten years. Its first prelate was suffragan to the +metropolitan see of Méjico. But seventeen years after, and twenty-seven +from the foundation of the city, in the year 1596, and by means of the +bull of Clement VIII, despatched at the proposal of King Don Felipe II, +it was separated from that see, and was erected into a metropolitan, +with the three suffragan sees which it has at present. + + + +Bishopric of Cebú + +Cebú, formerly called Sogbu, is a suffragan bishopric of the +archbishopric of Manila, which bounds it on the north. This diocese was +created in 1595, at the same time as those of Nueva Segovia and Nueva +Cáceres, at the request of the monarch, Felipe II, by brief of his +Holiness Clement VIII. Its first bishop was Don Fray Pedro de Agurto, +who took possession of this bishopric on October 14, 1598. He who at +present occupies the see is his Excellency Don Romualdo Gimeno, who +is governing the diocese worthily to the honor and glory of God, and +the gain of the metropolitan see, having begun his office February 27, +1847. This diocese includes at present the civil provinces of Cebú, +Negros, Leyte, Samar, Capiz, Antique, Misamis, Caraga, Nueva-Guipúzcoa, +Zamboanga, Calamianes, and the Marianas. Among those provinces are +counted one hundred and seventy-nine curacies, of which one hundred and +twelve are held by regular missionaries, and fifty-five by seculars +(either Indian or mestizo clergy), as will be seen from chart number +6. [117] + +The ecclesiastical court is composed of a provisor and vicar-general, +who is at present the priest Don Esteban Meneses; of a secretary of +the exchequer and of government, which office is filled by Doctor Don +Marcos del Rosario; and of a notary, who is Don Pedro Magno, a priest. + +In the following chart can be seen the revenues assigned to the parish +clergy of the cathedral of Cebú, and the expenses for worship assigned +to the same. + + + Chart showing the revenues of the clerical cathedral of Cebú, and + their distribution for the services of divine worship + + Classes Pesos Reals of Maravedis + fuertes silver + + One reverend bishop, 4,000 0 0 + Two assistant chaplains + for the throne, at 100 + pesos apiece, 200 0 0 + Two sacristans of the + cathedral and curacy, at + 91 pesos, 7 reals, and + 6 maravedís each, 183 6 12 + One chaplain of the fort, 96 0 0 + + Expenses + + For the wine, oil, wax, etc., + which are allowed to the + chaplain of the fort or + fortress, 52 2 0 + For the alms assigned to the + cathedral for divine worship, 438 4 17 + _Idem_ to the chapel del + Pilar of Zamboanga for the + festivities, 41 4 17 + + Total, 5,012 0 46 + + +The college seminary of San Carlos, which is located in the city of +Santo Niño de Cebú--the capital of the island of its name and of +those called Visayas, and the residence of the most excellent and +illustrious bishop, to whose authority and vigilance are submitted all +matters relating to the spiritual part--has about eighteen or twenty +pupils, counting seminarists and collegiates. In that institution +are taught grammatical studies [_minimos_], syntax, philosophy, and +moral theology, whose respective chairs are in charge of learned and +industrious professors. The territory of the civil provinces which +form this bishopric is divided into twenty-four outside districts +for its better ecclesiastical administration, eighteen of which are +in charge of the parish priests of the following villages: in the +province of Negros, those of Jimamailan and Siquijor; in the island of +Cebú, there is one in the city of that name, and the rest in Danao, +Barilis, Siquijor, and Dimiao; in Caraga, that of Bacuag; in the +island of Leyte, that of Jilongos or Hilongos, and that of Burauen or +Buraven--the first on the western coast, and the second on the eastern; +in the province of Iloilo, that of Tigbauan (which also belongs to +the province of Antique), and that of Mandurreao in the province of +Capiz, that of Manga or Banga, and that of Mandalay or Mandalag; in +the province of Nisamis, that of Cagayan; and in the Marianas Islands, +some three hundred leguas distant, those of Agaña, Agat, and Rota. In +this number are lacking those of the provinces of Nueva-Guipúzcoa, +Calamianes, and Samar, which can all be thus calculated: at one +parish in the first province, as it is of modern creation and thinly +populated; three in the second, as it is composed of various islands; +and some two in the last. This is a total of twenty-four vicariates +or outside districts. The ecclesiastics, both secular and regular, +appointed to discharge these duties, exercise, in addition to the +functions peculiar to their ministry, the ecclesiastical jurisdiction +in the villages assigned to their respective outside districts, +which are immediately subordinate to the vicar-general of the diocese, +who is the provisor of the same. It is to be noted, in regard to this +ecclesiastical division, that it is found to be subject to continual +alterations, in regard both to the number of ecclesiastical vicariates, +and to the curas who discharge these duties. + +The considerable extent of this bishopric, which is the largest in +the Filipinas Islands--whose provinces are widely separated from +one another, some of those provinces even being composed of numerous +islets as its separate parts--has given occasion for various petitions +proposing the division of this bishopric into two parts, as a matter of +greater advantage to the Church and to the State. Apropos of this, the +bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Santos Gomez Marañon, declared in a respectful +representation which he addressed to his Majesty, King Don Fernando +VII, under date of Cebú, August 25, 1831, the following, which we copy: + + +"Sire: + +"The bishop of Cebú, in order to relieve his conscience, finds it +necessary to relate to your Majesty with the greatest frankness, that +it appears necessary for the greater service of God, the welfare of +souls, and [the service] of your royal person, to divide into two +bishoprics this so extensive and scattered diocese of Visayas--in +whose innumerable islands there are, in his judgment, more than one +million of Christian souls, notwithstanding that the census of the past +year shows no more than 858,510 souls. In addition to this there are +a multitude of infidels, whom it would not be difficult to civilize +and convert, were there two bishops among them who could take care of +their conversion in an efficient manner; for one bishop alone has too +much to look after in the conservation of so many Christians, without +other duties. There are three provinces in the island of Panay alone, +in which there are 54 parishes and many annexed villages, who have at +least 378,970 souls, besides the heathen. If there were a permanent +bishop in that island, their number would quickly be duplicated. + +"The prelate could easily visit and confirm the distant provinces of +Calamianes and Zamboanga (whither no bishop has as yet gone, because +of their great distance from Cebú, and because it is necessary to +consume several months [in such a trip] by reason of the monsoons, +thus neglecting other things which require attention) from his +see, which could be established in the well-populated village of +Jaro. [118] The islands of Tablas, Sibuyan, Romblon, and Banton, and +the western part of the island of Negros, would belong also to this +new bishopric, and Christianity would be considerably increased. The +bishop of Cebú would not on that account remain with nothing to do; +for besides the island of this name, those of Bojol or Bohol, Leyte, +Samar, the laborious island of Surigao, Misamis, and the eastern part +of the island of Negros (where a mission is already established), +and various other smaller islands remain. Thus he retains charge of +at least 434,846 souls, besides an infinite number of heathen. + +"The bishop of Cebú is addressing his king and sovereign with all +sincerity and frankness; and he can say no less to your Majesty +than that it is impossible for one bishop alone to visit and confirm +his people, and to discharge his other pastoral duties, in all the +numerous and intricate islands of Visayas, which have been in his +charge until the present--especially in the so distant Marianas +Islands, which have no communication with Cebú. Those islands ought +to be assigned to the archbishopric of Manila, with which capital is +their only communication. Even in this case, authority ought to be +conceded to their ecclesiastical superior, with chrism consecrated +by the archbishop, over all the Christians who live there. + +"As soon as the writer was consecrated in Manila, he set out to +visit his bishopric. I visited the island of Romblon, and the three +provinces of the island of Panay, confirming in those islands 102,636 +persons; the island of Negros and half of Cebú, in which two districts +1 confirmed 23,800, as I inform your Majesty by a separate letter. I +have employed one-half year in this first visit, without the loss of +a second of time, taking advantage of the good season. + +"I am intending to conclude the visit for the half of this island +during the monsoon of the coming year; and to continue my visit +to the islands of Bojol, Leyte, Samar, Surigao, and Misamis. But +notwithstanding the efforts of the bishop, and his desire to fulfil +his obligations, he cannot visit Zamboanga or Calamianes, and much less +the Marianas islands--so many souls remaining without the sacrament of +the confirmation and benediction of their bishop, as it is impossible +to visit them. + +"With what conscience, Sire, will you abandon him who dares to +call out before your Majesty's throne, asking you, as so Catholic +[a sovereign], and as the patron of all the churches of the Indias, +to remedy this evil? The bishop of Cebú finds no other remedy than +the creation of another bishopric, and the division into two parts of +this most extensive diocese, as he has already declared. Consequently +he proposes it, in order to lay the burden of his conscience on that +of your Majesty; and so that he may not have to give account for his +negligence to the Supreme Judge. If your Majesty considers it fitting +to approve this so useful and even so necessary proposition, your +bishop is of the opinion, as he has already intimated, that the see +of the new bishopric can be determined, and that it may be entitled +the bishopric of Panay or of Jaro--which is a well-populated village, +as I have said above. Its foundation and administration belongs to the +calced Augustinian fathers, as does that of almost all the villages +of that so fierce and fertile island. Your Majesty might show it the +favor to allow it to be entitled hereafter 'the Christian city.' + +"Since the Augustinian fathers have been the first conquistadors and +founders of the greater part of the villages of Visayas, and even of +those of the island of Luzon, it appears to be the most natural thing +that the first bishop be a calced Augustinian; and that he should know +the language of the country, so that he can sooner establish this new +bishopric in better order, civilization, and increase of Christianity, +and tributes. + +"Accordingly, this aged bishop expects this, Sire, from the pure +Catholicity of your Majesty, and from your ardent zeal for the increase +of the Christian church and of prosperity in these your so distant +dominions--which have always shown themselves so loyal and constant, +even in the midst of so many revolutions, to their beloved king and +sovereign; and he even dares, knowing your Majesty's goodness of heart, +to propose three Augustinian fathers who have accomplished much for +the happiness of these Visayas Islands, so that your Majesty may +choose one of the three; for any one of them would completely fulfil +your royal desires. + +"The proposal is sent under other covers, and I am sending it to +his Excellency, the vice-patron, for his approval. But the decision +of your Majesty, on whose delicate conscience your bishop of Cebú +places this whole matter, and [thus] relieves his own conscience, +will always be the most suitable one. May God, etc." + + + +If the creation of a new bishopric was considered as an absolute +necessity at that time, in order that the Christian church in the so +numerous islands might be better attended to, with how much more reason +cannot the present bishop and his successors solicit this grace from +his Majesty, since the population has increased to about double what +it was then--and especially since new provinces have been created, +and most of their wandering tribes, scattered throughout most of the +islands in the jurisdiction of this diocese, conquered for God. We +believe also, with that venerable bishop, that the division of this +extensive bishopric into two parts is highly advisable (_for_ it is +wellnigh impossible for any diocesan to visit his so numerous and +scattered flock)--not only in the interests of religion, but also +in those of the State, inasmuch as the former is preserved by their +vigilance and authority purer and more incorruptible from the vices +that have invaded it on more than one occasion; and the country will +increase in wealth and prosperity, in proportion as the numerous +nomadic tribes, who are yet wandering through the rough thickets, +are reduced to the social life. [A list of the bishops of Cebú to +1847 follows.] + + + +Nueva Cáceres + +Nueva Cáceres, or Camarines, is one of the three of the present +ecclesiastical divisions of the island of Luzón. It includes all the +eastern part of that island, and the adjacent islands, as we shall +presently see. It extends from the sea on the west, at the mouth of +the strait of Mindoro, where it is bounded by the archbishopric of +Manila--as likewise in the interior, where pass its northern limits, +the only boundaries that it has within the land--to the eastern +sea in the extreme southeast of the province of Caraga, [119] also +the boundaries of the archbishopric. However, it has jurisdiction +in the village of Baler and in that of Casiguran, in the province +of Nueva Ecija; and those of Polillo and Binangoñan de Lampon, in +Laguna. For the rest, it is surrounded by the sea and indented with +numerous bays. Beginning at the mouth of the above-mentioned strait +(where it is bounded by the archbishopric), the first part of the +ecclesiastical jurisdiction of Nueva Cáceres is the bay formed +by the point of Galban, belonging to the province of Batangas, +and the headland of Boudol. [120] It follows the bay of Peris as +far as Guinayangan, which lies in the same angle of the bay, where +the province of Tayabas ends. Then follows the village of Bañgsa, +which belongs to the province of Camarines, next to which is found the +province of Albay. The bishopric follows the coast until it meets the +bay of Sorsogon. Beyond that bay is seen that of Bulsnan and then that +of Albay (which is beyond the Embocadero of San Bernardino), which is +formed by the islet called Baga Rey and the point of Montufar. Then +follow the bay of Malinao and the point of Tigbi, where the province of +Camarines begins again. This point and that of Lognoy form the mouth +of the bay of Bala. Past the point of San Miguel is seen the bay of +Naga, where the city of Nueva Cáceres was located. That great bay +is formed by the point of Siroma, and is seventy-six leguas round to +the point of Talisay. Six leguas from that point is the bay of Daét, +into which flows a river of great volume, which comes down from the +highlands. Following this coast there is a small bay into which empties +a river which flows from the mountain of Paracale, well known for its +gold mines. About six leguas from that river is seen Punta del Diablo +[_i.e._, "Devil's Point"], so called because of the shoals that run +out into the sea, which are very dangerous. Past that point is the +river of Capalonga, [121] where the province of Camarines ends and +that of Tayabas begins again. At this point the sea runs inland and +forms an isthmus only five leguas [wide] with the sea of Visayas. That +small gulf is found in the sea of Gumaca; it is very rough, and along +its coast are found the villages of Gumaca, Atimonan, and Mambau +[_sc._ Maubán]. Going north, one meets the island of Polo [_i.e._, +Polillo?], the bay of Lampon, and the villages of Baler and Casiguran, +the last ones of this ecclesiastical jurisdiction--which, as we said, +are situated in the province of Nueva-Ecija. Then is encountered the +point of San Ildefonso, the boundary at which meet the bishoprics of +Nueva Cáceres and Nueva Segovia. + +This bishopric was founded by a bull of Clement VIII, dated August +14, 1595. Four thousand pesos' salary was assigned to the bishopric +annually, payable from the royal treasury of Méjico, as there were +no tithes in Filipinas because the Indians did not pay them, and +the Spaniards cared but little for the cultivation of the lands. A +salary of one hundred and eighty pesos was assigned to the cura of +the cathedral, and ninety-two to the sacristan. Two honorary chaplains +were also created, to assist in the pontifical celebration; and they +were assigned salaries of one hundred pesos apiece. The bishop resided +in Nueva Cáceres, in the province of Camarines, which was founded by +the governor Francisco de Sande; but no other trace of that city has +remained than the Indian village called Naga, which is the capital of +the province and where the see is also located. It has a cathedral +and episcopal palace of stone, and a conciliar seminary for the +secular clergy of the country. Its jurisdiction extends throughout +the provinces of Camarines (Norte and Sur), Tayabas, and Albay; +the politico-military commandancy of Masbate and Ticao; the islands +of Burias and Catanduanes; and the villages of Baler and Casiguran +in Nueva Ecija, and Polillo and Binongonan de Lampon in Laguna. In +this vast territory, the ecclesiastical jurisdiction of Nueva Cáceres +includes the following provinces, curacies, and villages. [122] + +Besides the assignments which were made from the beginning, as we have +said, to this bishopric, and which are at present paid from the royal +treasuries of the colony, there is allowed to the miter 500 pesos +for the relief of poor curas; 400 pesos to expend on the building +of the cathedral and other objects; 135 pesos 2 reals for wax, oil, +etc.--the total amount being equal to 5,516 pesos, 7 silver reals, +and 37 maravedís. + +The name of this bishopric is preserved solely in official documents, +that of Camarines prevailing, as it is the name of the province where +the bishop lives. [The names of the bishops of this bishopric until +1848 follow.] + +The diocesan visits are to be made at the account of the royal +treasury, in accordance with the royal decree of April 22, 1705. When +the episcopal see becomes vacant, inasmuch as it has no cabildo its +government belongs to his Excellency the metropolitan archbishop, +who appoints a provisor or capitular vicar. If the archiepiscopal see +should be vacant at the same time also, the government would pertain +to the nearest suffragan; and if distances be equal, to the senior +of these. + +The form of administering and collecting the income was prescribed +in a royal decree dated June 24, 1712, as has been stated elsewhere +in this work. + + + +Nueva Segovia + +This is one of the three bishoprics of the island of Luzon. It includes +the provinces of Cagayan, Nueva Vizcaya, Pangasinan, Union, Ilocos +Sur, Ilocos Norte, Abra, and the Batanes Islands. This diocese extends +throughout the northern part of the island, from longitude 123° 21' +on the western coast, where the point called Pedregales is located, +to 126° 5' on the eastern or opposite coast, where the point Maamo +projects; and from latitude 16° 17 to 18° 38'. It is bounded on the +south by the archbishopric of Manila, to which belong the provinces +of Zambales and Pampanga, on the extreme west and northeast. On the +southeast it descends to latitude 15° 30', to point of Dicapinisan and +to Nueva Ecija, with that of Nueva Cáceres or Camarines in the upper +limits of the province of Tayabas. It is also bounded on the east by +the archbishopric [of Manila] in the above-mentioned province of Nueva +Ecija. Its boundaries on the west and north are maritime. Beginning +where this last province ends (which may be considered as the point +of Dicapinisan), the opposite coast offers nothing more noteworthy +than the bays of Dibut and Baler until one reaches that of Casiguran; +and there is nothing worthy of mention. When one leaves this last +bay, he must double the cape of San Ildefonso, where the ancient +ecclesiastical jurisdiction of this bishopric began. Continuing north +for a matter of some sixteen nautical leguas, one meets the port of +Tumango, the safest and most capacious of all this rough coast. A +short distance from that port are found the village of Palanan and +the missions of Dicalayon, and Dauilican or Divilican. Thence, until +one reaches the cape of Engaño, [123] one finds nothing more than +some small anchoring-places, which offer but scant refuge to the +vessels, as they are all exposed to the vendavals. On the northern +coast as well, which begins at the said cape of Engaño (so called +because of the deceitfulness of its currents), one does not meet bay +or port until he reaches the village of Aparri, some fifteen leguas +away. This village is located a short distance from the ancient city +of Nueva Segovia, which is known to the natives under the name of +Laen [sc. Lal-ló]. A matter of fifteen leguas more from the above +village of Aparri, is encountered the beginning of the Caraballos +mountains, whose point, called Balaynacira, or Pata, projects into +the northern sea and is the most northern point of the island. At this +point ends the province of Cagayan, and begins that of Ilocos Norte, +in the village of Pancian which is nine hours' distance from that of +Bangui. Then one doubles the cape of Bojeador, where the western coast +of the island begins, and passes the provinces of Ilocos (Norte and +Sur), Union, and Pangasinan, which abound with many villages, until +the cape of Bolinao is reached--where this bishopric is bounded by +the archbishopric, to which belongs the province of Zambales. + +This see suffragan to the metropolitan of Manila was erected by brief +of his Holiness Clement VIII, August 14, 1595. The bishop formerly +resided in Nueva Segovia, the capital of the province of Cagayan; +but now he resides at Vigan, the capital of Ilocos Sur, where the town +called Fernandina formerly stood. The endowment for this miter is four +thousand pesos fuertes for the diocesan, one hundred and eighty-four +pesos for the cura of the cathedral, ninety-two pesos to the sacristan, +and one hundred pesos to each one of the chaplains of the choir. Its +jurisdiction extends, as we have said, through the eight provinces of +Cagayan, Nueva Vizcaya, Pangasinan, Union, Ilocos Sur, Ilocos Norte, +Abra, and the Batanes Islands. [124]... + +[The name Nueva Segovia is preserved only in official documents, +and it is more frequently called the bishopric of Ilocos, from the +name of the province where the bishop lives. The names of the bishops +until 1849 follow, and the article ends with information identical +with that concluding the article on the bishopric of Nueva Cáceres.] + + + + + + +CHARACTER AND INFLUENCE OF THE FRIARS + +[From Feodor Jagor's _Reisen in den Philippinen_ (Berlin, 1873), +pp. 95-100.] + + +Chapter Twelve + +Travels in Camarines Sur. Description of the province. Spanish +priests. Alcaldes and mandarins. [125] + + +The convents are large, magnificent buildings, whose curas at that +time--for the most part, elderly men--were most hospitable and +amiable. It was necessary to stop at each convent, and the father in +charge of it had his horses harnessed and drove his guest to his next +colleague. I wished to hire a boat at Polángui to go to the lake of +Batu; [126] but there was none to be had. Only two large, eighty-foot +_barotos_, each hollowed from a single tree-trunk and laden with rice +from Camarines, lay there. In order that I might not be detained, +the father bought the cargo of one of the boats, on condition that +it be immediately unladed; thus I was able to proceed on my journey +in the afternoon. + +If the traveler is on good terms with the cura, he will seldom have +any trouble. I was once about to take a little journey with a parish +priest directly after lunch. All the preparations were completed at +a quarter after eleven. I declared that it was too bad to wait the +three-quarters of an hour for the repast. Immediately after, it struck +twelve, and all work in the village ceased. We, as well as our porters, +sat down to table; it was noon. The [following] message had been sent +to the bellringer: "The father ordered him to be told that he must +surely be sleeping again; it must have been twelve o'clock long ago, +for the father is hungry." _Il est l'heure que votre Majesté désire._ +[127] + +Most of the priests in the eastern provinces of Luzon and Samar +consist of Franciscan friars, [128] who are trained in special +seminaries in Spain for the missions in the colonies. Formerly, +they were at liberty to return to their fatherland after ten years' +residence in the Philippines. But since the convents have been +suppressed in Spain, [129] this is no longer allowed them; for there +they would be compelled to renounce the rules of their order, and +live as private persons. [130] They know that they must end their +days in the colonies, and regulate themselves accordingly. At their +arrival they are usually sent to a priest in the province, so that +they may study the native language. Then they first receive a small +and later a profitable curacy, in which they generally remain for the +rest of their life. Most of these men spring from the lowest rank +of the people. Numerous existing pious foundations in Spain make +it possible for the poor man, who cannot pay for schooling for his +son, to send him to the seminary, where he learns nothing outside +of the special service for which he is trained. Were the friars of a +finer culture, as are a part of the English missionaries, they would, +for that reason, have but little inclination to mix with the people, +and consequently would not obtain over them the influence that they +generally have. The early habits of life of the Spanish friars, and +their narrow horizon, quite peculiarly fit them to live among the +natives. It is exactly for the above reason that they have so well +established their power over those people. + +When the above-mentioned young men come quite fresh from their +seminaries, they are incredibly narrow, ignorant, and at times +ill-mannered, full of conceit, hatred for heretics, and desire +to proselyte. Gradually this rough exterior wears away; and their +estimable position, and the abundant emoluments which they enjoy, +make them kindly disposed. The sound insight into human nature and +the self-reliance which are peculiar to the lower classes of the +Spanish people, and which are so amusingly revealed by Sancho Panza as +governor, have full opportunity to assert themselves in the influential +and responsible post which the cura occupies. Very frequently the +cura is the only white man in the place, and no other European lives +for miles around. Therefore, not only is he the curator of souls, +but also the representative of the government. He is the oracle of the +Indians, and his special decision in anything that concerns Europe and +civilization is without appeal. His advice is asked in all important +affairs, and he has no one from whom he himself can seek advice. Under +such circumstances all their intellectual abilities come into full +play. The same man, who would have followed the plow in Spain, here +[_i.e._, in the Philippines] carries out great undertakings. Without +technical instruction and without scientific help, he constructs +churches, roads, and bridges. However, although these circumstances +are so favorable for the development of the ability of the priest, +yet it would be better for the buildings themselves if they were +executed by professionals; for the bridges collapse readily, the +churches often resemble sheep-folds, the more pretentious have at +times most extravagant façades, and the roads quickly deteriorate +again. However, each one does as well as he can. Almost all of them +have the good of their village at heart, although their zeal, and the +course followed by those who pursue this aim, differ widely according +to their personality. In Camarínes and Albáy, I have had considerable +intercourse with the curas, and they have, without exception, won my +esteem. As a rule, they have no self-conceit; and in the remote places +they are so happy whenever they receive a visit, that they exert all +their efforts to make their guest's stay as pleasant as possible. Life +in a large convent very much resembles that of the lord of the manor +in eastern Europe. Nothing can be more unconstrained. One lives as +independently as in an inn, and many guests act just as if they were +in one. I have seen a subaltern arrive, who, without waiting until +the steward assigned him a room of his own accord, took one himself, +ordered his dinner, and only casually asked whether the priest, +with whom he was only very slightly acquainted, was at home. + +Frequently the priests in the Philippines are upbraided about their +gross licentiousness. [It is said that] the convent is full of +beautiful girls, with whom the cura lives like a sultan. This might +often be so of the native priests; but at the houses of numerous +Spanish priests whose guest I have been, I have never once happened +to see anything objectionable in this regard. Their servants were +only men, and perhaps an old woman or two. Ribabeneyra asserts: [131] +"The Indians, who observe how the discalced friars maintain their +chastity, have come in their thoughts to the conclusion that they are +not men ... and although the devil has endeavored to corrupt many +chaste priests now deceased, and also those who still live, making +use of the shamelessness of some Indian women for that purpose, yet +the friars remained victorious, to the great shame of the Indian women +and of Satan." However, this author is very unreliable. He says further +(chapter iii, page 13), that the island of Cebu is known under another +name as Luzon! At any rate, his description does not fit the present +conditions. The young priest lives in his parish as did the lord of the +manor in earlier times. The girls consider it an honor for themselves +to associate with him. The opportunity is very favorable for him, for +he is watched over by no jealous wife; and, as the father confessor +and priestly adviser, he has opportunity at discretion to be alone +with the women. [132] The confessional must especially be a perilous +rock for them. In the appendix to a Tagál grammar (which is lacking +in those copies intended for public sale), is a list of questions +for the young priest who is not yet conversant with the language, +which he must propound to the persons confessing. Several pages of +those questions relate to sexual intercourse. + +As the alcaldes are allowed to stay in a province only three years, +they never understand the language of the country; for they are very +much in demand because of their official business, and have no time +(and usually no desire) to study the peculiarities of the province +which they administer. The cura, on the other hand, lives in the +midst of his parishioners, whom he knows thoroughly, and whom he also +represents against the government. Consequently, it happens that he +is the real authority in his district. The position of the priests, in +contradistinction to that of the government officials, is bespoken also +in their dwellings. The _casas reales_ [_i.e._, royal buildings]--for +the most part small, plain, and often dilapidated--are not in keeping +with the rank of the first officials of the province. The convent, +however, is usually a very large, imposing, and well-furnished +building. Formerly, when the governorships were sold to adventurers, +whose only thoughts were to enrich themselves from that office, the +influence of the priests was even much greater than at present. [133] +The following ordinances point out their former position better than +long descriptions. + +"Although certain outrageous offenses have given fitting reason +for chapter x of the ordinances, wherein Governor Don Pedro de +Arandia orders that the alcaldes and justices shall have no other +communication with the missionaries than in writing, and shall not +visit them except in company, it is also nevertheless ordered that +they shall not do the latter ... on the assumption that the prelates +of the church shall employ all their energies in restraining their +subordinates within the bounds of moderation.... The alcaldes shall +therefore see to it that the priests and ministers of the above order +shall treat the gobernadorcillos and officers of justice with the +proper respect; and they shall not permit the latter to be beaten, +chastised, or illtreated by the missionaries, ... nor shall they be +compelled to serve them at table." [134] + +The former alcaldes who bought their posts, or obtained them through +favor, and who had no previous training in official business, and often +no education and intelligence, and who did not possess the necessary +mental and moral qualities for so responsible and influential an +office, received a nominal salary from the State, to which they +paid a commission for the right to engage in trade. According to +Arenas (p. 444), [135] this commission was regarded as a fine on the +alcaldes for transgressing the law; "for since all kinds of trading +were forbidden to them by various laws, [136] yet also his Majesty was +pleased to grant a dispensation for it." [137] This irregularity was +first suppressed by royal decrees of September 10 and October 30, 1844. + +The alcaldes were governors and judges, commanders of the +troops, and at the same time the only traders in their respective +provinces. [138] They bought in Manila the goods that were needed +in their provinces--usually with the money of the charities [_obras +pias_] (see p. 14, note 17); [139] for they themselves came to the +Philippines without any property. The Indians were compelled to sell +their products to the alcalde, and to buy his wares at the prices which +the latter established. [140] In such circumstances, the priests were +the only ones who protected the Indians against these bloodsuckers, +when they did not (as sometimes happened) also make common cause with +the alcaldes. + +At present the government sends men who know the law to act as alcaldes +in the Philippines, who are somewhat better paid and are not allowed +to trade. + +On the whole, the government is endeavoring to lessen the influence +of the curas, in order to strengthen the civil authorities; but +that will be only very imperfectly accomplished, however, unless the +tenure of office of the alcaldes be lengthened, and the office be so +assigned that the alcaldes will have no temptation to make money on +the side. [141] + + + + + + +THE AUGUSTINIAN RECOLLECTS IN THE PHILIPPINES + +[The following is translated and condensed from _Provincia de San +Nicolás de Tolentino de Agustinos descalzos de la congregacion de +España é Indias_ (Manila, 1879).] + + + +Archbishopric of Manila + +In this archbishopric the Recollect fathers have charges in the +provinces of Manila, Cavite, Laguna, the district of Morong, Bataan, +Pampanga, Zambales, and Mindoro. + +[In the province of Manila, they have (1878) charges in the following +villages: La Hermita, with 1,767 1/2 tributes, and 6,747 souls; +Las-Piñas, with 1,149 1/2 tributes, and 4,771 souls; and Caloocan, +with 2,166 tributes, and 7,511 souls.] + + + +District of Morong + +This district, which is governed by a political and military commander +(who is at the same time administrator of the public funds), takes +its name from its capital village, which is located on the shore of +the lake of Bay. This district was created in the year one thousand +eight hundred and fifty-three. The villages of this district which +are located on the lake are under the care of Franciscan fathers; +Angono, Cainta, Jalajala, and Bosoboso of seculars; and we ourselves +possess the two following. [These are the villages of Antipolo, with +1,074 tributes, and 3,547 souls; and Taytay, with 2,479 tributes, +and 8,435 souls.] + + + +Province of Bataan + +This province is located in the island of Luzón, and is bounded on the +north by the provinces of Pampanga and Zambales, on the east by the +bay of Manila, and on the south and west by the sea of China. It is +governed by an alcalde, and is in charge of the Dominican fathers, +with the exception of Mariveles, Bagac, and Morong, which are in +charge of the Recollect fathers. + +The missionaries of our corporation performed their first labors of +conquest in this territory. Here were founded the oldest villages +on our list; and here took place the first persecutions of our +long-suffering predecessors, who had the glory of watering with their +blood the country that they were evangelizing, the one that furnished +to the province of San Nicolás their protomartyr. + +Fray Miguel de Santa Maria, accompanied by Father Pedro de San José +(who, although he had been a calced Augustinian, had become a Recollect +in Manila), and by brother Fray Francisco de Santa Mónica, were the +first to leave the convent of San Juan de Bagumbayan; and prepared +by prayer and penance, and full of the spirit of God, set forth to +announce His mysteries to the idolaters and heathen, sent legitimately +to the mountains of Mariveles to illumine its inhabitants with the +light of the Catholic faith. They found those natives enveloped in +the most barbarous idolatry, adoring the sun, the moon, the cayman, +and other filthy animals. These people regarded certain old men, +as corrupt and as deceived as the divinities whom they were serving, +as the ministers of those deceitful gods. The customs of those people +were very analogous to the doctrines that directed them. Every kind of +superstition was practiced; homicide was a praiseworthy and meritorious +action; and their sacrifices on some occasions were human lives. In +that vineyard so filled with wickedness the above-mentioned fathers +announced the triune and one God, the mystery of the incarnation, +and the eternal duration of the future life. The missionaries suffered +more than one can tell from the inhabitants, who were opposed to and +stubborn toward their teaching. In their bodies did they submit to +hunger, and to the intemperance and inclemency of the elements; and +in their truly apostolic spirit they suffered mortal anguish because +of the blindness of their neighbors, which was in proportion to the +great love of God and the zeal for His glory which glowed brightly +in their hearts. + +[The Recollects have charge of the villages of Mariveles, with 588 +tributes, and 1,852 souls; Morong, with 870 tributes, and 3,154 souls; +and Bagac, with 496 1/2 tributes, and 1,743 souls.] + + + +Province of Zambales + +This province is located in the island of Luzón, north of Manila. It +is bounded on the north by the gulf of Lingayen and the province of +Pangasinan, on the east by the chain of mountains called Mariveles, +on the south by Bataan, and on the west by the Chinese Sea; and is more +than thirty leguas long in a north and south direction, and seven wide. + +The preaching of the Recollects in this territory is mingled with the +beginnings of that religious family in the Filipino archipelago. One +may say that this was the region where the first discalced missionaries +and the parishes established by them tasted the first-fruits of their +evangelizing zeal, those first-fruits being offered to the Catholic +church as a testimony of the purity of their doctrine, and submitted +to the crown of España as its most faithful and disinterested vassals, +Although they arrived at these shores in the year one thousand six +hundred and six, in the following year they had already overrun +this province--to whose inhabitants they taught the mysteries of +our religion, and gave helpful instructions in the social life, +in contradistinction to their barbarous state. + +The first who sowed the seed of the gospel in the province of Zambales +were the calced Augustinian fathers. Because of the lack of the above +religious, the captain-general of these islands and their metropolitan +cabildo entreated the vicar-provincial of the Recollects to assign +religious for the spiritual cultivation of that unfilled vineyard. In +the year one thousand six hundred and nine, our laborers went to +Zambales, although visits had been made two years previously by those +who were laboring in the province of Bataan, in order to increase the +gospel seed. The meekness and resignation of the fathers in the midst +of so much wretchedness and hardship arrested the attention of those +barbarians; and the fathers succeeded in catechizing and converting +many through their gentleness and kind treatment, and reduced them +to settlements. + +The Recollect fathers were charged with the spiritual administration +of this province until the year one thousand six hundred and +seventy-nine. In that year, being obliged to go to take charge of the +province of Mindoro, and to preach the holy gospel there, they were +forced to hand over the missions of Zambales--eleven in number--to +the Dominican fathers, who assumed charge of them. + +After the lapse of some years, and without explanation of the causes +which could induce the above-mentioned Dominican fathers to cease +to give spiritual food to those Christian communities with their +accustomed zeal, it is a fact that the discalced Augustinians +again took charge of that province, by the month of October, one +thousand seven hundred and twelve; and again undertook the direction +and continuation of their spiritual conquests until the year one +thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, when they were compelled +once more to leave it, for lack of religious. The secular priests +assumed the missions, with the exception of the mission of Botolan, +which was retained by the Recollects until one thousand eight hundred +and fourteen. There was a residence for the missionaries in each +of the villages, and even in various visitas there were suitable +churches and convents of cut stone, when we left this province in +the last century. On assuming it anew in the year one thousand eight +hundred and thirty-six, the father provincial of the Recollects, +Fray Blás de las Mercedes, attested that only ruins and desolation +were found. Since that time they have labored without ceasing in the +beautifying and adorning of the house of God, restoring the old ruins +and building anew; until they have succeeded in making the churches +worthy the majesty of the Catholic worship--already having, besides, +suitable edifices for the residences of their missionaries. + +[The order has the spiritual charge of the following villages: Subic, +with 761 1/2 tributes, and 2,749 souls; Castillejos, with 917 1/2 +tributes, and 4,013 souls; San Marcelino, with 1,165 1/2 tributes, +and 4,847 souls; San Antonio, with 1,053 tributes, and 4,722 souls; +San Narciso, with 1,564 1/2 tributes, and 7,597 souls; San Felipe, +with 1,262 tributes, and 5,063 souls; Cabangaan, with 685 tributes, +and 2,584. souls; Iba, with 1,007 tributes, and 3,896 souls; Palauig, +with 761 tributes, and 3,380 souls; Botolan, with 1,374 tributes, and +5,200 souls; Masinloc, with 1,647 tributes, and 6,541 souls; Bolinao, +with 1,795 tributes, and 5,971 souls; Bani, with 1,036 1/2 tributes, +and 4,288 souls; Santa Cruz, with 1,753 1/2 tributes, and 7,366 souls; +Balincaguin, with 1,122 1/2 tributes, and 4,138 souls; Alaminos, +with 1,669 tributes, and 7,436 souls; Agno, with 1,271 tributes, and +4,971 souls; Dasol, with 781 tributes, and 2,697 souls; San Isidro, +with 597 tributes, and 2,337 souls; and Anda, with 833 tributes, +and 3,180 souls.] + + + +Province of Cavite + +Coincident with the time of their arrival at Manila, the discalced +Augustinians began to labor in the conversion of the infidels who +inhabit the provinces conterminous to the capital. They dedicated +themselves with apostolic zeal to the preaching of the gospel and +the administration of the sacraments, with their gaze directed +to the needs of the future. They paid attention to what would be +found by experience, in succeeding times, to be a convenience and +a necessity--namely, to have convents of the Observance in the most +important settlements of the archipelago, in order to give shelter to +the religious worn out in the tasks of preaching; while at the same +time those houses were to serve as the base for their premeditated +plan, to establish in these islands the corporation of which they +were members, in a perfectly organized condition. + +They founded the convent of Cavite, by apostolic and royal authority, +in the year one thousand six hundred and sixteen. It was dedicated +to St. Nicholas of Tolentino, was constructed solidly, and was +spacious, with a church which was suitable for the functions of +worship. Cavite was a suitable point, because of its great commerce +and the foreigners who go there in throngs. Thus, with their good +example and indefatigable zeal, they could do much good to needy souls. + +This convent was at first supported by the alms of the faithful; +and afterward it acquired some incomes of its own through the gifts +of various devout persons, in houses, shops, and plots of ground. + +In the year one thousand seven hundred and nine, Don Pascual Bautista +and other inhabitants of that port founded the brotherhood of our +father Jesus in this church. + +The first prior of this convent was Father Andrés del Espiritu Santo, +who was born in Valladolid, in January, one thousand five hundred and +eighty-five, his parents being Don Hernando Fanego and Doña Elena de +Toro. He studied philosophy there, and asked for the religious habit +in our convent of Portillo in the year one thousand six hundred, and +professed in that convent the following year. He devoted himself to +the study of the Holy Scriptures in the convent of Nava until the year +one thousand six hundred and five, when he determined to offer himself +for the conversion of the Indians, in the mission that was about to +go to Filipinas. Having been assigned to the province of Zambales, +he uttered the first words of his apostolic preaching at Masinloc in +the year one thousand six hundred and seven, where he succeeded in +converting and baptizing two thousand people, in founding a village, +and in erecting a dwelling and a church with the advocacy of St. Andrew +the apostle, November eighteen, one thousand six hundred and seven. In +the year one thousand six hundred and nine, without abandoning his +parish, he had to aid Father Jerónimo de Cristo in the reduction of +Bolinao; and when after a short time the latter died, he was appointed +vicar-provincial, although continuing to care for and to increase +his flock at Bolinao, where he succeeded in converting one thousand +six hundred souls. He concluded his charge in the year one thousand +six hundred and twelve; and in the year one thousand six hundred +and fifteen he was elected vicar-provincial for the second time. In +that term he finished the establishment of the convent of Cavite, +constructing an edifice of stone with a dwelling to accommodate +ten religious. In the year one thousand six hundred and eighteen, +at the completion of his term as superior, he was chosen commissary +to the court of Madrid. There he accomplished, with great success, +not only the negotiations for despatches suitable for the mission, +but the selection of the men whom he conducted [to Filipinas] in the +year one thousand six hundred and twenty-two. As soon as he reached +Manila he was again elected superior [and held that position] until +the celebration of the first provincial chapter, on February six, +one thousand six hundred and twenty-four, when he was elected first +definitor. In the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-six he +was elected provincial; he visited the ministries during his term, +and began the missions of Japon. He made great improvements and +additions in the churches and convents of Manila and Calumpang; and +labored greatly in repairing the church and convent of Cebu, which had +suffered from a fire. He was elected provincial for the second time, +in the year one thousand six hundred and thirty-two, and definitor +in the chapter of thirty-five. In the year thirty-eight he asked to +be allowed to retire to a cell, but was elected prior of Manila. + +After the conclusion of that office, he was retired to the convent +of Cavite and then to that of Manila, where he died holily at +the beginning of one thousand six hundred and fifty-eight. He was +seventy-eight years of age, and fifty-seven in the religious life, +fifty-two of which he employed in the Filipinas Islands, establishing +this province on a solid basis of religion. + +[The villages in charge of the Recollects in this province are as +follows: Cavite, with 412 1/2 tributes, and 2,319 souls; Imus, with +3,830 tributes, and 14,439 souls; Cavite-Viejo [_i.e._, "Old Cavite"], +with 2,658 tributes, and 8,265 souls; Rosario, with 2,005 tributes, +and 6,906 souls; Bacoor, with 3,959 tributes, and 13,827 souls; +Perez-Dasmariñas, with 1,124 tributes, and 3,785 souls; Silang, +with 2,701 1/2 tributes, and 9,369 souls; Bailen, with 931 tributes, +and 3,697 souls; and Carmona, with 904 1/2 tributes, and 3,101 souls.] + + + +Province of Batangas + +In this rich province of the island of Luzón, flourishing through +its products and its active trade with the capital, of extensive +territory and densely populated, the discalced Augustinians were not +assigned with the intention of a permanent stay, in the olden times, +to preach the gospel to those natives. + +However, present legislation regarding the service of parish churches +in this archipelago has, at the same time while it has varied in a +certain manner our traditional method of support, introduced us into +some of the parishes of the province of Batangas; and at the same +time when we have been obliged to cede villages in Visayas--which +were our offspring, and had been converted by our predecessors, +and whose history was identical with the ancient glories of our +corporation--in exchange we have received parishes organized by the +sweat and apostolic fatigues of ministers of the religion of Jesus +Christ, who were not members of our religious family. + +[The villages administered by the Recollects are as follows: Rosario, +with 4,259 1/2 tributes, and 17,040 souls; Santo Tomás, with 2,832 +tributes, and 9,748 souls; Lobo, with 805 1/2 tributes, and 3,200 +souls; and Balayan, with 5,434 tributes, and 24,154 souls.] + + + +Province of Laguna + +The territory of this province, whose coasts enclose the great lake of +Bay, had been administered by the Franciscan fathers, in most of its +extent, from the times of its reduction. But in the year one thousand +six hundred and sixty-two, they invited us to share in the ministries +on the opposite coast, in the neighborhood of the port of Lampon; +and although those missions were not very desirable, on account of +the wretchedness of the country and the small number of tributes, +they were received as very meritorious for heaven, although but little +profitable when looked at from a worldly standpoint. + +The Recollect fathers Fray Benito de San José, Fray Francisco de San +José, and Fray Clemente de San Nicolás having been assigned, with +three other companions, to the village of Binangonan, established +the first house and church, with the title of San Guillermo; and two +religious remained there. Afterward they went to the village of Baler +and established a convent, under the patronage of St. Nicholas of +Tolentino. The third was the village of Casiguran, with the advocacy +of our father St. Augustine. The fourth was established in Palanan, +with the title of Santa María Magdalena. The discalced Augustinians +resided for forty years in those convents founded on the coasts of +the Pacific, exclusively consecrated to the service of God, and the +sanctification of their neighbors, and they attained both objects +with great spiritual advantages. + +We had religious there of pure virtue, who were imitating the virtues +of the dwellers in the desert. From those missions went forth our +father Fray Bartolomé de la Santísima Trinidad, son of the convent +of Madrid. He lived much retired from intercourse with men; and when +he was elected provincial, in the year one thousand seven hundred +and one--at which time all said that he was a person unknown in +Manila--Archbishop Camacho uttered these words: "The election of the +discalced Augustinians has been and is, properly, an election by God +and by the Holy Spirit." While so great advance did the missionaries +on the opposite coast make in their own sanctification, not less +was the gain in the vineyard entrusted to their care. They made many +Aetas and heathen children of the Catholic church, and directed those +souls along the paths of eternal life. They had the special glory +of numbering, among those whom they directed, some privileged women +endowed with the gifts of heaven, and raised by the spirit of God to +a height of Christian perfection which confounds our lukewarmness in +His service. One of these was Sister Juana de Jesus, a native of the +village of Binangonan de Lampon, [142] an oblate nun of our order, +who elevated herself with the steps of a giant, even to the greatest +and most complete purification of her spirit, by her abstraction +from worldly affairs, by her heroic practice of all the virtues, +by her fervent daily communion, and by the most lofty contemplation +and the most clear vision that God vouchsafed her of the mysteries +of our holy religion. + +In the lamentable period of the missions between the years one +thousand six hundred and ninety-two and one thousand seven hundred +and ten, when no religious came to us from España, our Recollect +family was obliged to abandon this territory which it had in trust, +for the lack of evangelical laborers. That action was taken in the +provincial chapter of one thousand seven hundred and four, and the +missions above mentioned, which we had served for more than forty +years, were returned to the Franciscans. + +At present we have only the following village in the province of +Laguna: [Calauan, with 957 1/2 tributes, and 2,734 souls.] + + + +Province of Pampanga + +This province, lying north of Manila--including the district of Tarlac, +which was separated from the province in the year one thousand eight +hundred and seventy-three--is bounded on the north by Pangasinan, +on the south by the bay of Manila, on the east by Nueva Ecija and +Bulacan, and on the west by Zambales and Bataan. In this province, +which was begun by the Augustinian Observantine fathers (who still +have it in charge), permission to found missions in the mountains +of its territory which are on the Zambales side was granted to the +Recollect fathers, by virtue of certain acts that were drawn up in +the superior government without summoning the father provincial, +because of the reports of certain persons and the instance of other +private individuals. By those acts the conde de Lizárraga, governor +of Filipinas, charged the father provincial, Fray José de San Nicolás, +to assign missionaries to the localities of Bamban and Mabalacat. The +said father, because of his great experience of these islands and +their inhabitants, explained to the vice-patron the impossibility of +those missions living, and the little result that could be expected +from them on account of the fierce and untamable nature of the +mountaineers. His petition had no effect, and three missionaries +of great merit and learning were sent. By dint of great hardships, +and, by living in the same manner as the Indians, they succeeded in +baptizing many; but when they learned the fickleness of the Indian +nature, and that it was as easy for them to become baptized as it +was to take to the mountains to continue their former mode of life, +the missionaries proceeded more cautiously in giving them the benefit +of the regeneration. + +[In this province the Recollects minister to the following villages: +Mabalacat, with 2,627 tributes, and 11,163 souls; Capas, with 564 +tributes, and 1,923 souls; O'Donnel, with 308 1/2 tributes, and 1,159 +souls; and Bolso, with 144 tributes, and 749 souls.] + + + +Province of Mindoro + +This province, directed by an alcalde-mayor, includes the island of +the same name, that of Marinduque, that of Luban, and others less +densely populated. Its boundaries are: on the north, the strait of +Mindoro; on the east and south, the sea of Visayas; and on the west, +the Chinese Sea. + +In its extent, it is one of the foremost islands of the +archipelago. Its land is mountainous, its climate hot; and during +the rainy season it also exceeds other provinces in humidity, whence +results the richness of the soil. There are found all the products +of the country in grains and foodstuffs. However, that most fertile +country fails of cultivation in its vast areas because of the scarcity +of laborers, and has not been touched by the hand of man. Its conquest +was begun in the year one thousand five hundred and seventy, in the +district of Mamburao, by Juan de Salcedo; and it was completed the +following year, along the coasts from the cape of Burruncan to that of +Calavite, by Miguel Lopez de Legaspi. The rest, with the exception of +the mountains in its center, has been gradually subdued by the zeal +of the regular missionaries. The calced Augustinian fathers began to +diffuse the teaching of the gospel in this island, and founded the +village of Baco, from whose convent the religious went forth to the +spiritual ministry of the converted Indians, who were then very few. + +By cession of the Augustinians, the Franciscan fathers entered +this island. The said fathers were not satisfied with preserving +that already reduced, but extended the light of the faith through +the districts of Pola and Calavite, until they were transferred to +Camarines and Ilocos by the orders of their superiors. + +The fathers of the Society of Jesus came in to fill the breach left by +the Franciscans. They founded the village of Naujan, which was governed +to the great gain of those Christians by Father Luis de San Vitores, +who left behind in that point a reputation for virtue and holiness +which was retained for many years among the Indians. That father +was withdrawn, to begin the conversion of the Marianas Islands. His +associates followed him, and the Christian souls of Mindoro remained +under the direction of the secular priests who were placed there by +the archbishop for their direction. + +When the Recollect fathers had to leave the ministries of Zambales +which they had conquered and established at the cost of their blood +and by heroic labors, an order came at that same time from the court +of España, decreeing that the island of Mindoro be entrusted to a +religious family chosen from those existing in this country. The +governor of Filipinas, by the advice of the archbishop, thought to +compensate the Recollects for the loss of their primitive religious +conquests in the province of Zambales, by conferring on them the +parishes of Mindoro. + +The Recollects resigned themselves to this disproportionate change, +since the exertions made to avoid it availed nothing. By virtue of +the order issued by his Excellency, the captain-general, Don Juan de +Vargas, directed to the province of San Nicolás (decreeing that it +should take charge of the missions of Mindoro), the then provincial, +Fray José de San Nicolás, assigning laborers for that new acquisition. + +Father Diego de la Madre de Dios was assigned to the district of +Baco, which belonged to the bachelor Don José de Rojas; Father Diego +de la Resureccion, to the curacy of Calavite, taking the place of +Licentiate Don Juan Pedrosa; Father Blas de la Concepcion, to the +parish of Naujan, replacing the priest Don Martin Diaz. All the above +was effected in the year one thousand six hundred and seventy-nine. + +The Recollects entered upon the preaching in Mindoro, in obedience +to the orders of the government. That was their reason for believing +that their stay in that territory was not to be transitory, but +that they could contemplate the organization of that territory upon +foundations intended for its increase and the greater welfare of its +inhabitants. For that purpose they planned to make the best division +possible of mother missions and those annexed, assigning for each of +the regular missionaries the barrios and visitas which were nearest +his residence, in order that he might aid all of them in their needs. + +The apostolate of the Recollects in this island continued without +interruption until the year one thousand seven hundred and eighty-four, +when the scarcity of men in the province of San Nicolás forced them +to renounce it. They reassumed their missions there in the year one +thousand eight hundred and five, when the cause that occasioned their +cession ceased to exist. + +[The villages and missions in charge in this province are as follows: +Calapan, with 1,335 1/2, tributes, and 4,495 souls; Naujan, with 1,687 +1/2 tributes, and 5,408 souls; Puerto-Galera, with 544 tributes, +and 1,655 souls; Sablayan, with 756 1/2 tributes, and 2,520 souls; +Mangarin, with 366 tributes, and 859 souls; and Boac, with 3,117 +tributes, and 13,562 souls.] + + + +Bishopric of Jaro + +The provinces of Romblon, Calamianes, and Negros, which are +administered by the Recollect fathers, were formerly included in the +spiritual jurisdiction of the bishopric of Santísimo Niño de Cebú. At +present they are comprehended in the bishopric of Santa Isabel de +Jaro, which was created by apostolic bull dated May twenty-seven, +one thousand eight hundred and sixty-five. That bull was issued by his +Holiness Pius IX; it dismembered several provinces of the archipelago +from the bishopric of Cebú, and constituted the fourth bishopric of +Filipinas, which is suffragan to the metropolitan of Manila. + + + +District of Romblon + +This district, which is composed of a group of islands, today forms one +politico-military commandancy, which includes the villages of Romblon, +Banton, Badajoz, Cajidiocan, Odiongan, Looc, and Magallanes. All +those villages can be called the creation of the Recollects, who, when +they touched this territory, encountered a small number of Christians +scattered through the mountains of what is now the chief district. By +exposing their lives (and also losing them when the honor of God, +or the interest of the monarchy of España, demanded it), they have +succeeded in establishing many important villages from the wild +settlements that they received. + +The few Christians of those islands composed the annexed village or +visita of the curacy of Ajuy in the island of Panay; and as it was +very troublesome for the cura charged with their spiritual nurture +to visit them, because of the risk that he ran in crossing over, and +the strength of the currents, he maintained there a secular assistant +who administered the sacraments. + +The priest Don Francisco Rodriguez, charged with the unquiet and +uncomfortable life in that benefice, being worn out, discussed with +the father-provincial of the Recollects, Fray José de la Anunciación, +a satisfactory exchange. He also renounced his right to the +proprietary curacy, whereupon the bishop of Cebú, Don Pedro de Arce, +with the consent of this superior government, gave us the spiritual +administration of Romblon, Sibuyan, Usigan (or the island of Tablas), +Simara, Banton, and Sibali [143] (which is called Maestro de Campo by +the Spaniards). The province of San Nicolás received those places, +for they considered them as the entrance into the Visayas Islands, +and a good stepping-stone for their religious to go to the lands of +Cebú and Caraga. Consequently, the Recollects began to increase and +organize what had until then been useless, in the year one thousand +six hundred and thirty-five. + +[The villages and missions in the Recollects' charge are the +following: Romblon, with 1,341 tributes, and 5,858 souls; Badajoz, +with 711 tributes, and 3,356 souls; Banton, with 1,181 1/2 tributes, +and 4,717 souls; Cajidiocan, with 1,304 tributes, and 7,132 souls; +Odiongan, with 5,705 souls; Looc, with 5,449 souls; and Magallanes, +with 283 1/2 tributes, and 859 souls.] + + + +Island and province of Negros + +This island, located to the south of Manila, is bounded on the north +by the Visayan Sea, on the south by the sea which separates it from +Mindanao, on the east by the channel which separates it from Cebú, +and on the west by the sea that separates it from Paragua. It is one +hundred and twelve leguas from Manila; its length north and south is +forty leguas, and its breadth from east to west eleven. + +The centuries of the conquest tell us that already was the religious +habit of the discalced Augustinians known in this most fertile +province; for in the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-two, +brother Fray Francisco de San Nicolás, a native of Cádiz, made a +voyage from Negros to Manila. During that voyage he suffered terrible +storms, escaping as by a miracle. That voyage was on business for +the service of the church, which proves that, in its beginnings, the +Recollects had sown the seeds of the gospel in that territory. In the +year one thousand six hundred and twenty-two, father Fray Jacinto +de San Fulgencio founded the convent which was called Binalgaban, +and which exercised spiritual care over one thousand five hundred +families. The said mission passed to the Society of Jesus. The divine +Goodness wrought some wonderful events for the conversion of this +island of Negros. [One of these is mentioned.] + +But that germ was to produce its abundant and wonderful fruits in the +nineteenth century. The observation of the prodigious improvements +which four religious who entered this island with the rich treasure +of religion, to promote the spiritual and material welfare of their +fellows, have been able to produce, was reserved, in the designs of +Providence, for our epoch. By the force of their preaching the Catholic +worship is receiving an increase of a hundredfold; the villages are +dividing, and the parishes are multiplying; the population is assuming +a new character of culture and civilization; those Indians are becoming +affable, industrious, and enterprising; and they are very rapidly +attaining the moral and material recompenses due to their labor. + +His Excellency, the most illustrious Don Fray Romualdo Jimeno, bishop +of Cebú, under date of April fifteen, one thousand eight hundred and +forty-eight, represented to the superior government the scarcity +of native priests for supplying the curacies in this province, +petitioning at the same time that the spiritual administration of +the said province be entrusted to one of the excellent orders in +Filipinas. The governor and captain-general, Don Narciso Clavería, +conde de Manila, assented to the proposition of the diocesan, +and entrusted the island of Negros to the province of the Recollect +fathers, by his decree of June twenty, one thousand eight hundred and +forty-eight. The very reverend father-provincial, Fray Joaquin Soriano, +received such an arrangement with due thanks; and immediately sent the +vice-patron his nominations for the curacies of Siaton, Cabancalan, +and Amblan--of which those chosen assumed possession in the following +year, one thousand eight hundred and forty-nine. + +From that date the population has increased greatly. The barrios +have risen to be settled villages, and what were visitas have +become canonically-erected parishes. Agriculture has received a +rapid and enormous impetus; and the uncultivated lands, which +were full of brambles, have been transformed into productive +fields. That most fertile soil yields the rich products of sugar, +abacá, and coffee, and that with an abundance unknown in other +regions of this archipelago. Churches have been built, and convents +for the decent housing of the Spanish priest and the holy functions +of our order. Roads have been built, which have made communication +easy. Solid bridges of great beauty have been constructed; the waters +of the rivers have been taken to fertilize the fields; and in the +neighborhood of the rivers a number of hydraulic machines and steam +engines have been set up, the natural sciences being called in to +adapt their most powerful aid to the work. The natives of this island, +instructed and continually stimulated by their parish priests, have +proved by experience the value of agriculture, when it is favored by +nature and when they coöperate with their labor; and what labor can +do when aided with intelligence that does not become weakened before +troubles, but is directed with untiring constancy and endurance. + +[The villages and missions of this province in charge of the Recollects +are as follows: Cagayan, with 1,251 1/2 tributes, and 4,521 souls; +Siaton, with 1,806 tributes, and 8,512 souls; Zamboanguita, with +1,060 tributes, and 4,0150 souls; Dauin, with 1,261 1/2 tributes, +and 5,855 souls; Bacong, with 1,816 1/2 tributes, and 8,020 souls; +Nueva-Valencia, with 1,400 1/2 tributes, and 5,387 souls; Dumaguete, +with 2,806 tributes, and 12,824 souls; Sibulan, with 1,222 1/2 +tributes, and 4,817 souls; Amblang, with 1,436 tributes, and 5,744 +souls; Tanjay, with 1,941 1/2 tributes, and 9,698 souls; Bais, with +752 1/2 tributes, and 3,204 souls; Manjuyod, with 841 tributes, +and 4,063 souls; Tayasan, with 987 1/2 tributes, and 4,009 souls; +Guijulngan, with 331 tributes and 1,441 souls; Tolong, with 353 +tributes; Bayauan, with 51 tributes, and 291 souls; Inayauan, with +95 1/2 tributes, and 316 souls; San Sebastian, with 148 tributes, +and 436 souls; Escalante, with 2,133 1/2 tributes, and 5,429 souls; +Cádiz, with 1,187 1/2 tributes, and 3,842 souls; Saravia, with 2,140 +tributes, and 9,825 souls; Minuluan, with 1,854 1/2 tributes, and 9,637 +souls; Bacolod, with 1,905 1/2 tributes, and 8,059 souls; Murcia, with +1,400 tributes, and 6,500 souls; Sumag, with 1,179 1/2 tributes, and +3,772 souls; Valladolid, with 2,567 1/2 tributes, and 9,430 souls; +San Enrique, with 1,155 tributes, and 4,463 souls; La-Carlota, +with 1,131 tributes, and 3,068 souls; Pontevedra, with 1,451 1/2 +tributes, and 4,683 souls; Ginigaran, with 2,185 1/2 tributes, and +9,728 souls; Isabela, with 832 tributes, and 3,171 souls; Gimamaylan, +with 1,641 tributes, and 6,402 souls; and Cabancalan, with 1,550 1/2 +tributes, and 6,449 souls. The missions of Inagauan, San Sebastian, +and Bayauan, were established in 1868, while that of Tolon had been +established in 1855. In the twenty-eight villages above mentioned, +there are about forty Recollect missionaries, who are in charge of +two hundred thousand souls. The fertility of the island of Negros and +the opening up of the country in modern times have caused a great +increase in population from the near-by provinces of Cebú, Bohol, +Iloilo, Antique, and Cápiz. Agriculture has been greatly advanced +and other improvements brought in by the Recollects.] + + + +Province of Calamianes + +These islands, located to the south of Manila, form in their multitude +an archipelago. Many of them of small extent, are inhabited; others +are the temporary habitation of the natives, who go thither to sow +their fields, because those lands are suitable for farming; and others +form a civil village and are religiously organized. The northern +boundary of this archipelago is the Chinese Sea; the eastern, that +of Visayas; the southern, the island of Paragua, which is included +in this province; and the western, the Chinese Sea. The capital is +about one hundred leguas from Manila. It has a military government +and an alcalde-mayor for its judicial business. As regards religion, +all the parishes existing in Calamianes belonged to the bishopric +of Cebú from the time of their reduction until the bishopric of Jaro +was erected, when all these parishes passed to its jurisdiction. + +In the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-two, the numbers +of the discalced Augustinians were increased by the second and third +missions who had come from España, and by certain men who had taken +the habit in the convent of Manila. Consequently, they were prepared +to undertake new enterprises for the increase of the faith, and to go +to points distant from the metropolis in order to spread the knowledge +of the Christian name to those people who were living in heathendom. + +[The early details of this mission have been fully given in previous +volumes. The villages and missions of this province (a number of +which are islands) in charge of the Recollects are as follows: Cuyo, +with 2,392 tributes, and 9,475 souls; Agutaya, with 519 1/2 tributes, +and 2,258 souls; Paragua, with 618 1/2 tributes, and 3,219 souls; +Dumaran, with 785 tributes, and 1,416 souls; Puerto-Princesa, with 573 +souls; Culion or Calamian, with 871 1/2 tributes, and 2,438 souls; +and Balabac, with 581 souls. The Recollect martyrs of the province +of Calamianes are as follows: Francisco de Jesus María; Juan de San +Nicolás, 1638; Alonso de San Agustin; Francisco de Santa Mónica, +1638; Juan de San Antonio; Martin de la Ascension; Antonio de San +Agustin, 1658; Manuel de Jesus y María, 1720; Antonio de Santa Ana, +1736. The fathers of this province held in captivity were Onofre de +la Madre de Dios, Juan de San José, Francisco de San Juan Bautista, +and Pedro Gibert de Santa Eulalia.] + + + + +Bishopric of Cebu + + +Province of Cebú + +[The Recollects land at Cebú on their first arrival from Spain, and +are later conceded a chapel by Bishop Pedro de Arce near the city, +where they found a convent. We translate:] + +... In later times, the edifice has been improved and modified; +the most notable of these changes was that of a few years ago, +which has made the convent larger and more beautiful, thus making it +possible for it to attain its object--namely, the entertainment of +the religious who go to Visayas, and of the sick, who are compelled +to go to Cebú to be cured of their ailments. The church is also very +large, and suitable for the celebration of religious functions with +the solemnity and splendor of the Catholic worship. The faithful of +Cebú and of the immediate village of San Nicolás attend that church, in +order to fulfil the Christian precepts and receive the sacraments. As +there are always religious instructed in the Visayan language, many +devout persons daily frequent the church of the Recollects.... + +In the beginning of its foundation, this convent had in charge the +spiritual administration of the souls in the island of Maripipi, +by concession of the above-mentioned bishop; but later, through the +force of various circumstances that occurred, the natives of the said +island went to the curacy of Bantayan, and the convent remained free +and without any obligation so far as they were concerned. At present +the religious of the community labor as far as possible in the welfare +of the souls of those near by, moved only by reasons of charity, +and by the greater glory of God, which they seek in its entirety. + +[The Recollect villages in this province are as follows: Danao, with +2,797 1/2 tributes, and 13,012 souls; Mandaue, with 2,408 tributes, +and 11,034 souls; Liloan, with 1,385 1/2 tributes, and 6,962 souls; +Consolación, with 982 1/2 tributes, and 4,277 souls; Compostela, +with 3,830 tributes, and 4,856 souls; Catmon, with 965 1/2 tributes, +and 4,988 souls; Carmen, with 4,259 1/2 tributes, and 5,588 souls; +Camotes Islands, with 1,158 tributes, and 5,660 souls; Pilar, with +1,145 1/2 tributes, and 5,600 souls; and San Francisco, with 1,304 +tributes, and 5,831 souls.] + + + +Island of Bohol + +Situated in the center of the Visayas Islands, and bordered on +its eastern part by the island of Leyte, having the great island of +Mindanao on its southern side, and being very near the island of Cebú +on the north, Bohol formed an integral part of the territory of that +province until the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, +when a royal order dated July twenty-two was received in which the +creation of the new province of Bohol was decreed. + +The true beliefs of our holy order were received in that territory from +the first time of the preaching of the gospel in this archipelago. The +people of Bohol believed in the God of the Christians as quickly as He +was announced to them, and became docile sons of the Catholic church +without opposing that obstinate resistance to the good news which +was experienced in the other islands, and which cost the life of one +of its first apostles. If they remained in their first heathendom, +it had not come to take the gross forms of a corrupted idolatry, +applying the great idea of the divinity to despicable objects. Free +of this inconvenience, when the majesty and grandeur of our God was +manifest to them, they revered His adorable perfections. Even though +there were perverse inclinations in the hearts of those natives, +they were not given to polygamy; and when the holy law of God was +explained to them, and the respect that the sanctity of marriage +(which was elevated by Jesus Christ to the dignity of a sacrament) +merits among Christians, they received these doctrines without any +repugnance, since they were already free from the great obstacles which +perversity and corruption, elevated to their highest power--namely, +to have polytheism and idolatry as their foundation and support--can +present against those doctrines. In the year one thousand five +hundred and ninety-five, the Jesuit fathers, Torres and Sanchez, +[144] came to this island, and very soon established the Catholic +religion in Baclayon. Later, they founded a church and convent in +Loboc; and then went to a site called Talibon, and overran the rest +of the island, where they were able to conquer the difficulties which +presented themselves in the way of submitting to their rule--born +rather of repugnance to the Spaniards than of systematic opposition +to the Christian faith. When Legaspi passed by Bohol and anchored at +Jagna [145] in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-four, he +already had occasion to observe that same thing; and the explanation +given him by a Moro from Borneo whom he had found there trading, was, +that two years before eight vessels from the Molucas had committed +great outrages, and those pirates had said that they were Castilians; +and since they were of the same color and bore the same arms [as the +Spaniards], the people of Bohol imagined that the Spaniards would +do the same thing to them as the men of the eight Portuguese boats +had done. [146] When Christianity had acquired a great increase in +that island, hell, angered by those spiritual improvements, availed +itself of the instrumentality of certain Moros of Mindanao, in order, +if possible, to choke the seed of the gospel. Knowing that the best +means of attaining that object was to make them rebel against the +Spaniards, who had brought to them the happiness of their souls, hell +stirred up a rebellion which had the same causes, and was invested +with the same forms as the insurrection of Caraga, and was of more +lasting effect. The missionaries having absented themselves in order +to celebrate in Cebú the beatification of St. Francis Javier, which +was celebrated in the year one thousand six hundred and twenty-one, +two or three criminals who were wandering through the mountains seduced +the tribes, as the messengers of the _diguata_ [_i.e._, divinity], to +refuse obedience to the Spaniards, to abandon their settlements, and to +unite together on the heights in groups, to make themselves feared. Of +six villages formed by the Jesuit fathers, only two remained faithful +[147] to the king of España; while the rest took arms against the +constituted authorities, and formed bands which displayed a hostile +attitude in the hills and high places--so that it was necessary to +employ force and violent measures, in order to make them return to +the fulfilment of their duty. Exemplary punishments were inflicted, +which procured a partial result. But that subversive idea was one of +fatal consequences, and produced some pernicious fruits so lasting +that they have come down almost to our own days. + + + +Entrance of the Recollect fathers into the island of Bohol + +If in the seventeenth century a rebel voice--which emancipated from +their obedience and respect to the authorities many unthinking +persons, who adhered to the sedition--sounded in the mountains +of Bohol, in the eighteenth century that voice, instead of having +been completely extinguished, had continued to increase. We have +admitted the valiant character of those natives, and granted their +natural aptitude in the use of weapons; concurrent with these were +various other causes which aroused and increased their disaffection, +which had been extended to a very considerable number. Captained by +intrepid leaders--as for example, Dagahoy, Ignacio Arañez, Pedro +Bagio, and Bernardo Sanote--they had formed a body of insurgents +in the mountains of Inabangan and Talibon. That gave the superior +government plenty to think about, because of the many years that +the insurrection was in existence; and because it always continued +to increase until Fathers Lamberti (the missionary of Jagna) and +Morales [148] (of Inabangan) were sacrificed by them, a little +after the middle of the past century. In such condition, then, was +public order in the province of Bohol; and the Spanish name enjoyed +so little respect in that restless and disorganized island when, +inasmuch as the Jesuit fathers had left all the Spanish dominions, +their administration was adjudged to us, in the year one thousand +seven hundred and sixty-eight. Father Pedro de Santa Bárbara was +assigned as cura of Baclayon, and other Recollect religious to the +villages of Loon, Maribohoc, Tagbilaran, Dauis, Jagna, Dimiao, Loboc, +and Inabangan, which are the eight missions existing in that island in +the above-mentioned epoch. A most difficult undertaking was offered +to the zeal and loyalty of the first Recollects who entered Bohol. A +great prudence united with the greatest zeal, great valor with a +knowledge of all the difficulties, and a foresight of all the results, +were necessary to rise superior to that so difficult situation, and to +fulfil their social and religious trust in so delicate circumstances, +as was advisable to the service of religion and the greater dignity of +our country. When the father vicar-provincial of our new ministries, +who was then the cura of Baclayon--a religious of great energy, +of proved zeal, and of not common daring--found himself in peaceful +possession of the spiritual administration of all the reduced villages, +he thought seriously of probing to the bottom the beginning and +progress of the rebellion, its actual condition, and the disposition +of their minds. He established correspondence with the leaders, held +several conferences with them, acquired their utmost confidence, +and succeeded in obtaining the submission of Dagahoy; and the other +leader, Bernardo Sanote, also returned to the service of God and +of his Majesty. The Recollects proceeded with so fine tact to make +themselves masters of the wills of those untamable mountaineers, that, +in a short time after their arrival, they no longer needed an armed +force for the security of their persons--although until then pickets +of soldiers were maintained in nearly all the villages for the defense +of the ministers. Consequently, the soldiers were able to retire from +Loay, Maribohoc, and Loon, but always remained in Inabangan, Jagna, +and Tagbilaran--not for the purpose of protecting the ministering +fathers, but to prevent all devastation and disorder on the part +of those who were not subdued. A general amnesty was granted to all +the delinquents who had taken to the mountains. That produced many +submissions, although it did not wholly extinguish an evil whose roots +were so old, and which responded to so many causes as had contributed +to its growth. Its final consequences lasted until the beginning of +the present century; and when it was believed necessary to obtain +the complete tranquillity of the island and the entire extinction of +the rebels, an expedition was formed in the time of General Ricafort, +composed of one thousand one hundred men--who were enrolled in Cebú, +and were embarked to fulfil their destiny on May eight, in the year +one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven. The governor of Cebú, +Don José Lázaro Cairo, commanded those forces. He was accompanied +by the ex-father-provincial, Fray Miguel de Jesus, parish priest of +Danao; and by father Fray Julian Bermejo, ex-provincial of the calced +Augustinians, parish priest of Boljoon. The outcome of the expedition +was all that could be desired; insubordination ceased to exist in the +interior of Bohol, and the last remnants of the emancipated came to an +end in all parts of the island. The fruits of peace began to appear; +and from that time all the inhabitants, at the same time while they +acquired the habits of obedience and respect, began to experience a +new era of prosperity, and the satisfaction consequent on the social +life. From that time the population has greatly increased; and all +the inhabitants remain faithful to their duties, very respectful to +all authority, and faithful vassals to the king of España. + +For more than one century all this island has been under the spiritual +direction of our province. During that time the number of the Catholics +has increased in so prodigious a manner that it has been raised to +a number almost triple what it was when we received it. At that time +it was an integral part of the province of Cebú. At present it forms a +province by itself, and is one of the most populous of the archipelago; +and its people are closely settled and compact, active and industrious, +diligent and laborious. + +We received eight missions in this province, which were the eight +regularly organized villages which then existed. Their spiritual +direction occasioned great sorrows to the ministers of that time, +some of these even succumbing as victims to the insolence and +obstinacy of their own children. Today we count one hundred and ten +years of our existence in that district, and we cannot write of those +natives a single page like those of their old history, which was full +of disagreeable, and some horrible, relations--whether because the +Recollects had an understanding of the peculiar dispositions of those +Indians, and the means suitable to gain their respect and obedience; +or whether, perchance, one might say that the people of Bohol have had +sufficient penetration to observe in their conduct certain manners +so considerate and so full of demonstrations of benevolence, which +sentiments of compassion and interest in the adversities and lack of +resources of their parishioners, would cause in the minds of their new +parish priests. Whichever of these may be accepted to explain the long +period of our stay in Bohol, exempt from all trouble, and the steady +increase in our enjoyment of the consideration and confidence of our +protegés, we shall always make known the facts--very surprising and +very gratifying to our corporation--that were already begun to be +observed from the year one thousand seven hundred and sixty-eight, +when the first Recollects went to that island. They were received +without any opposition, obeyed without repugnance, and were loved +and respected; and these mutual relations have continued without any +lapse until the present time. + +[The towns of this Recollect province are the following: Loon, with +3,097 1/2 tributes, and 17,202 souls; Calape, with 2,627 tributes, +and 8,187 souls; Tubigon, with 2,109 1/2 tributes, and 10,008 souls; +Inabangan, with 1,568 tributes, and 7,024 souls; Getafe, with 144 +tributes, and 3,912 souls; Talibon, with 1,089 tributes, and 8,558 +souls; Ubay, with 669 tributes, and 2,844 souls; Candijay, with +738 tributes, and 5,030 souls; Guindulman, with 1,994 1/2 tributes, +and 9,600 souls; Sierra-Bullones, with 541 1/2 tributes, and 2,235 +souls; Duero, with 1,175 1/2 tributes, and 5,352 souls; Jagna, +with 2,431 tributes, and 11,829 souls; García-Hernandez, with 1,225 +1/2 tributes, and 6,847 souls; Valencia, with 1,307 1/2 tributes, +and 7,099 souls; Dimiao, with 1,717 1/2 tributes, and 8,280 souls; +Lila, with 879 tributes, and 4,023 souls; Carmen, with 749 tributes, +and 3,575 souls; Bilar, with 1,281 1/2 tributes, and 5,669 souls; +Balilijan, with 1,051 1/2 tributes, and 5,998 souls; Catigbian, +with 651 1/2 tributes, and 2,759 souls; Loboc, with 2,469 tributes, +and 11,430 souls; Sevilla, with 996 1/2 tributes, and 4,835 souls; +Loay, with 1,759 tributes, and 8,171 souls; Alburquerque, with 1,191 +tributes, and 5,319 souls; Baclayon, with 2,609 tributes, and 11,142 +souls; Tagbilaran, with 1,954 tributes, and 11,081 souls; Paminguitan, +with 5,705 souls; island and village of Dauis, with 1,889 tributes, and +9,090 souls; Panglao, with 1,457 tributes, and 6,543 souls; Maribojoc, +with 3,372 tributes, and 18,200 souls; island and village of Siquijor, +with 1,740 tributes, and 7,800 souls; Canoan, with 1,465 tributes, +and 7,082 souls; Laci, with 1,180 1/2 tributes, and 5,403 souls; +and San Juan, with 1,143 tributes, and 5,280 souls.] + + + +The province of Bohol at the present time + +After having mentioned in rapid survey the villages of which this +province is at present composed, which are otherwise so many quiet +groups of honest and industrious natives--who form, in the religious +estate, the same number of parishes canonically established, each +one with its own pastor, who is charged to watch over them through +the functions of religion, and to dispense the sacraments and other +benefits of religion to the souls of his respective parish--and +having enumerated the communities that make up the general total of +the population of what is now one of the most populous provinces of +the archipelago: a meditative mind goes back about one century with +the desire of ascertaining the state of the province in that time, +since now we are seeing its condition in our own time. It has been +stated above, in the introduction, that the villages having regular +ministers were eight in number. In regard to canonical legislation +then in force, those ministers had the character of missionaries, +and not of parish priests. They labored in the salvation of souls +with the apostolic zeal generally recognized (and denied by no one), +which is characteristic of the fathers of the Society of Jesus. But +the social state of those natives was a hindrance to the abundant +fruit that ought to be expected from the fervent devotion and charity +of so distinguished missionaries. + +The insurrections which took place in Bohol in the seventeenth and +eighteenth centuries had succeeded in forming a considerable body of +malcontents who raised the banner of rebellion and disorder; and the +disorder at the same time when it destroyed the obedience of most +of their subjects to the authorities, also influenced very directly +the advancement of Catholicism, and gave as a result that all those +who took to the mountains, thus being separated from the immediate +neighborhood of the eight churches then existing, returned to the +habits of heathenism at the same time when they passed to the camp of +freedom. Other things also were added to the causes which diminished +the abundant fruits of the priestly ministry. That coldness of the +people of Bohol toward the Spanish name, observed long before by +Legaspi at the time of the discovery, and certain opposition inspired +by some captious natives who favored but little the very zealous +ministers of Jesus Christ (who were sacrificing their own existence +for the eternal salvation of those souls), placed this territory in +an abnormal condition, taking from it the forces necessary for its +advancement and prosperity. Above all, peacefulness had left those +shores, a loss which made it impossible to give signs of life and +social and religious increase. One hundred and ten years have elapsed +since the discalced Augustinians first entered Bohol. They did not go +there as conquistadors; they did not go to preach the name of Christ +to heathenism and idolatry; they did not go to make new vassals for +the king of España of a people who had not sworn their obedience. The +mission of the Recollect fathers to the island of Bohol was to continue +the tasks of the Jesuit fathers; to preach the divinity of our Lord +Jesus Christ, just as the Jesuits did; and to present themselves to +the observation of those natives in their apostolic and religious +bearing, as worthy imitators of so zealous priests. They also had +the thorny task of inculcating habits of gratitude and obedience in +discontented minds; and of reducing a considerable number of rebels +to the payment of the royal tribute, who had already begun a struggle, +with some pretensions to triumph. The hope of religion and society in +the discalced Augustinians, in the difficult circumstances through +which the island of Bohol was passing when they took charge of its +administration, was that peace would be extended to the remotest +corners of its territory, so that the religious beginnings would have +an efficacious influence on the misguided multitude, and Spanish +authority would completely dominate men and things which had been +separated from its beneficent influence. Facts are demonstrating with +the greatest clearness that the Recollects attained abundantly the +end of all their aspirations. At present we are experiencing that the +reality exceeds the hopes that could animate them when they entered +on their task. The universal harmony that this province enjoys in +the present century, and the state of prosperity in which all the +natives live, as well as the growth of population, and the increase +of culture, religious fervor, and instruction that they enjoy--all +this speaks very loudly in favor of the preaching of the Recollects +in Bohol. These considerations also demonstrate with the greatest +clearness that, even if the Recollects were not its conquistadors, +they are without dispute the instruments employed by Providence for +its political and religious advancement; and that they are with all +propriety the pacifiers and restorers of the beginnings of Christian +society in that island, which was in confusion until that time. As +soon as they entered, a relation of sympathy was established between +them and their protegés, as hidden as it was intimate, by virtue of +which they were enabled to direct all their individual forces to the +attempt at perfection and the improvements that they had planned. As +they always directed these successfully, and were always obeyed with +promptness, they were enabled to realize the material and intellectual +transformation of that district newly entrusted to their care. There +are at present thirty-three parishes in this province, according to +the preceding relation. In each one of them has been erected a Catholic +temple, sufficient in itself alone to give glory to the hand that has +directed it. In all of those parishes there is a parish house--more +or less elegant, but always sufficiently solid and suitable--which +is teaching to the present generation (and the future one also) +the fatigues that the Recollect must have endured who placed the +first stone and finished the work, in each of those parishes (which +are a like number of villages), public halls have been constructed +under the direction of the parish priests. In all of them schools for +both sexes have been erected, where religious instruction is given +to them. Since this exercises its proper influence on the minds of +the youth, it has succeeded in forming the present generation--who +are established in all the beliefs of our true religion, exactly +observant of the practices which it imposes upon them, thankful and +respectful to the ministers of Jesus Christ, and very diligent in +the fulfilment of their social duties, all those who pay tribute to +his Majesty being comprehended in this obligation. + +The number of those who paid tribute in this island could not have been +very large in the eight missions that existed when the island came +into our possession, when one considers the state of insubordination +in which that multitude were living, most of whom were separated from +organized society and in revolt in the interior of the territory. In +proportion as it continued to assume its normal state, and commenced +to enjoy the peace that it has at the present time, its population +continued to increase, and in the year one thousand eight hundred +and thirty-eight was more than one hundred thousand souls; in one +thousand eight hundred and fifty-two, the total of its population was +increased to one hundred and fifty thousand; at present the island +of Bohol, which is a province, has a population of two hundred and +sixty thousand souls. [149] + +This prodigious increase of inhabitants in an area so small, and +amid conditions so little advantageous for agriculture, has no other +explanation than the conscientious and constant labor of the regular +parish priests, each of whom notes in his respective parish register +with scrupulous niceness the heights and depths of his district, +without any of the alterations that can modify the statistics of +his village escaping his eye; and who assigns to their respective +dwellings men and women, and youths and old people, with the correct +date of their birth. From this patriotic labor it results that the +obligations of the royal treasury are satisfied by all the people of +Bohol at the moment when they become of proper age. + +Reflecting upon the advantageous conditions by which the character +of those peoples has been modified, and how they have been completely +withdrawn from those untamable and savage forms of life which lasted +until the last century, and that they have at present become fond +of work, respectful to authority, and grateful in their social +intercourse, we can infer that the ministers of the order who +are at present watching over the necessities of their souls are +laboring tirelessly in the confessional, are preaching the word +of God without cessation, and are consoling the sick in their most +remote dwellings. In the midst of so many lofty occupations of the +religious ministry, the Recollects have been able to study even the +physical necessities of their protegés, and the ingenious manner +of making these lighter. To their direction is owing the different +industries proceeding from the products of the earth, which, prepared +and elaborated with due intelligence, furnish other kinds of business, +permitted and honorable, which afford abundant means for the life +and support of those natives. If agriculture does not furnish most +abundant products, because of the nature of the soil in Bohol, those +natives do not for that reason sleep in inactivity; they go to seek +their living where they can find it. They do not abhor work, which +is the true fount of all means of subsistence. They undertake voyages +by land and sea, with the praiseworthy purpose of making their living +by virtue of their fatigues and labors. This is the exact description +of the inhabitants of Bohol; and this is what has been obtained from +those people (from whom religion and the country expected so little) +by the province of San Nicolás de Tolentino, by means of the worthy +children of its bosom whom it sent to that land, and through those +who have continued, furthered, and perfected the arduous attempt at +the culture and civilization of those natives.... + + + +The Recollects of Mindanao + +[The entrance of the Recollects into Mindanao, and the earlier years +of their preaching there, have been already given in preceding volumes +of this series.] + + + +Division of parishes in Mindanao + +Although it is clear that the fathers of the Society of Jesus entered +this land in the year one thousand five hundred and ninety-six to +procure its spiritual conquest, by permission of the cabildo governing +the vacant see of Manila, and that the call of the gospel resounded in +the site Tampacan [misprinted Jampacan], when our soldiers retired the +fathers of the Society had to do the same. In the year one thousand +five hundred and ninety-nine, the Observantine Augustinians took +this vineyard in their charge, and father Fray Francisco Xaraba [150] +went to cultivate it with a companion; but undeceived, [and seeing] +that only war could open the way for their preaching, because of +the exceeding ferocity of the people, they abandoned the undertaking +and returned to Cebú. The missionaries of the Society returned [to +Mindanao], and preached on the river of Butuan; and those who were +then converted by them formed a visita of a village in Bohol. + +After the deed of arms above mentioned, the Recollect missionaries, +with the necessary permits from the bishop and the royal vice-patron, +founded the first convent and village of Tandag, and then the convent +and village of Jigaquit; a third village and convent on the river of +Butuan, whence they continued their conquests and went up the river +of Butuan to the interior of the island, to a lake called Linao; and +the fourth village and convent, fifty leguas from Butuan. Then they +went to Cagayan, [151] where they also founded a church and convent; +whence they crossed to the island of Camiguin, where they did the same; +and lastly in the island of Surigao and Bislig. Eight settlements, +perfectly organized in the social order, with churches suitable for the +public worship of our true religion, with convenient buildings for the +habitation of their ministers--where they could practice the exercises +of the monastic life, and whence issued the splendors of their edifying +holiness to illumine the dark shades of idolatry and paganism, served +as the original basis for the spread of the faith. After that, they +continued to found many other villages dependent on the first, which +were then considered as visitas or subject villages. Some of those +villages came in later times to be the residences of our Recollect +ministers, according to the available number of religious that the +corporation possessed, or according as the necessities or growth of +population in the said subject villages demanded. + +Our predecessors also succeeded in getting to the lake of Malanao, +and the village of Iligan, and Bayug. As there were certain questions +regarding the spiritual jurisdiction, his Majesty defined them, +marking out the limits of religious zeal between the two families +(who were equally inflamed with the desire for the salvation of +souls), by drawing a line from the point of Suloguan to the cape of +San Agustin, and assigning the administration on its western side +to the most religious fathers of the Society of Jesus, while our +peaceful possession was marked on the eastern side. Lastly, when +the reverend Jesuit fathers left the islands, the administration of +Zamboanga was adjudged to us in the year one thousand seven hundred +and sixty-eight, as well as the villages of Lubungan, Dapitan, and +Misamis (and consequently their barrios--some of which, as time went +on, came to be villages). + + + +Present administration of the Recollects + +Her Majesty Doña Isabel II decreed the establishment of the house of +Loyola on October nineteen, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-two, +with permission to go to the missions of Mindanao and Joló. September +ten, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-one, another royal order +was issued, declaring that the missionaries of the Society of Jesus +have exclusive rights in the planting and successive development of +the effective missions in Mindanao; and that the same were to take +charge of the administration of the curacies and missions already +reduced by the Recollect Augustinian religious as fast as these were +vacated by the death or transfer of those who serve them with canonical +collation or under title of temporary incumbent. Her Majesty, desiring +at the same time to concede an indemnification, and to give proof of +the appreciation with which she views the services bestowed on the +Church and on the state by the above-mentioned Augustinian religious, +has been pleased to grant to the province of San Nicolás de Tolentino +the administration of the curacies of the province of Cavite or of +the diocese of Manila which are served by the native clergy. + +May nineteen, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-four, another +royal order was issued, dictating instructions for the compensation +of curacies accorded to the province of San Nicolás de Tolentino +in return for those in Mindanao which they were to surrender to +the Jesuit missionaries. In that order it was decided that in every +certified instance of a vacancy in Mindanao, and its surrender to and +occupation by the Jesuit fathers, indemnification therefor was to be +made to the Recollect fathers, in Cavite and the diocese of Manila, +with the curacy which might be vacant at that time, even if it were +in charge of a temporary incumbent; and if there were more than one +curacy vacant, then the wishes of the vice-patron were to be followed, +after first hearing the very reverend archbishop, the provincial of +the order, and the council of administration. Should there not be any +curacy vacant, then [indemnification was to be made] with the first +which should become vacant. As obedient subjects to the orders of her +Majesty, from that date we relinquished, in the same order in which +they fell vacant, the ministries that we held in Mindanao; and we +handed over Zamboanga, Tetuan, Lubungan, Dapitan, Butuan, Surigao, +Jigaquit, Davao, Bislig, Cattabato, Mainit, Dinagat, Balingasag, +Alubijid. In exchange we received the curacies in the district of +Morong--namely, Antipolo and Taytay; the village of La Hermita, in +the province of Manila; Calauan, in Laguna; Cavite port, and Rosario, +in the province of Cavite; Boac, in the island of Marinduque; and the +villages of Rosario, Santo Tomás, Balayan, and Lobo, in the province +of Batangas. The sacrifice made by the Recollect corporation by ceding +parishes created by it and watered with the sweat and blood of its +most eminent members, nourished by the doctrine of apostolic men to +be revered by us, and very worthy of our imitation, is equal to the +respect with which the Recollects have always received the orders of +their august monarchs, and to the obedience and adhesion with which +they have always served in this archipelago as Catholic priests, +and in the shade of our Spanish banner. + +[The Recollect villages still in Mindanao are as follows: Tandag, +with 1,783 1/2 tributes, and 3,957 souls; Cantilan, with 189 1/2 +tributes, and 7,366 souls; Cabuntog, with 990 tributes, and 3,731 +souls; Numancia, with 862 1/2 tributes, and 3,366 souls; Cagayan, +with 2,585 1/2 tributes, and 11,499 souls; Jasaan, with 1,2821 +1/2 tributes, and 5,878 souls; Iponan, with 1,078 1/2 tributes, +and 5,570 souls; Alubijid, with 1,210 tributes, and 4,989 souls; +Iligan, with 1,098 tributes, and 4,577 souls; Misamis, with 1,561 +1/2 tributes, and 6,419 souls; Jimenez, with 2,178 1/2 tributes, and +8,616 souls; Catarman, with 1,202 tributes, and 5,105 souls; Sagay, +with 1,218 tributes, and 5,482 souls; Mambajao, with 1,684 tributes, +and 5,246 souls; and Mahinog, with 1,037 tributes, and 4,382 souls. In +the time of La Concepción (_ca._ 1750), the Recollects had charge +of thirty-six villages in Mindanao and dependent islands; in 1852, +they had charge of eighteen, and were showing rapid increase when +they were ordered to transfer them to the Jesuits. The martyrs and +captives of the Recollects in Mindanao are as follows: Juan de la +Madre de Dios, killed 1723; Brother Juan de San Nicolás, martyred; +Jacinto de Jesus y Maria, martyred; Alonso de San José, killed 1631; +Juan de Santo Tomás, killed 1631; Pedro de San Antonio, killed July +21, 1631; Agustín de Santa María, killed May 16, 1651; Lorenzo de +San Facundo, captured 1635; Hipólito de San Agustin, captured May 20, +1740; Antonio del Santo Cristo, captured 1754; Estéban de San José, +killed by Moros, March 28, 1764; José de Santa Teresa, killed in combat +with Moros in 1770; and José de la Santísima Trinidad, captured 1774.] + + + +Marianas Islands + +[These islands were in charge of the Jesuits, but after the expulsion +of the Society were given to the Recollects, who had them in charge +during 1768-1814, when they abandoned them because of their few +laborers. The Recollects reassumed that field in 1819, and in 1879 +had there seven priests.] + +_Tables showing tributes and number of souls in Recollect provinces +and villages, at various times_ + +_In 1751, as published by father Fray Juan de la Concepción_ + + + Regular + Villages and provinces Tributes Souls ministers + + San Sebastian 96 366 1 + Mariveles 643 2,005 3 + Pampanga 74 783 2 + Zambales 1,851 7,678 8 + Mindoro 1,540 10,912 5 + Calamianes 1,717 5,148 5 + Romblon 1,220 1/2 5,808 3 + Masbate 619 2,950 2 + Ticao 367 1,550 1 + Cebú 330 1,500 3 + Caraga 3,340 14,995 5 + Curregidorship of Iligan 1,167 4,970 4 + + Total 12,955 1/2 58,665 42 + + +_In 1839, by the prior provincial, father Fray Blás de las Mercedes_ + + Regular + Provinces Tributes Souls ministers + + Tondo 1,777 1/2 8,498 2 + Cavite 2,277 1/2 12,228 1 + Pampanga 744 5,781 2 + Zambales 4,171 1/2 19,997 6 + Mindoro 1,400 1/2 6,675 3 + Capiz 1,793 9,544 2 + Calamianes 2,959 1/2 15,342 5 + Cebú 22,285 123,503 20 + Misamis 5,046 36,591 7 + Caraga 6,140 29,292 5 + Zamboanga -- 5,704 1 + Marianas -- 6,982 3 + + Total 48,594 1/2 278,137 57 + + +_In 1851, by the prior provincial, father Fray Juan Félix de la +Encarnacion_ + + + Regular + Provinces Tributes Souls ministers + + Tondo 2,397 1/2 11,906 2 + Cavite 2,858 15,271 1 + Bataan 1,099 1/2 4,424 1 + + Zambales 10,204 1/2 44,558 10 + Pampanga 1,289 1/2 6,087 1 + Mindoro 1,972 1/2 8,346 5 + Capiz 2,640 12,519 3 + Calamianes 3,251 1/2 16,031 4 + Cebú 34,299 186,028 24 + Island of Negros 6,571 1/2 30,391 8 + Zamboanga 1,552 8,220 2 + Misamis 6,936 42,334 10 + Caraga 6,012 23,480 5 + Nueva-Guipúzcoa 1,696 1/2 7,330 2 + Marianas -- 8,435 2 + + Total 82,762 430,360 80 + + +_In 1878, by the prior provincial, father Fray Aquilino Bon de San +Sebastian_ + + + Regular + Provinces Tributes Souls ministers + + Archbishop of Manila + + Manila 5,083 19,029 3 + District of Morong 3,553 1/2 11,982 2 + Cavite 18,525 1/2 65,558 9 + Laguna 957 1/2 2,734 1 + Batangas 13,331 54,142 4 + Pampanga and Tarlac 3,644 15,004 4 + Bataan 1,955 6,749 3 + Zambales 23,058 1/2 92,975 19 + Mindoro 7,806 1/2 28,592 6 + + Bishopric of Jaro + + Romblon 7,136 32,661 7 + Island of Negros 43,870 178,937 34 + Calamianes 5,186 1/2 21,861 7 + + Bishopric of Cebú + + Cebú 14,214 1/2 67,808 10 + Bohol 52,600 1/2 255,706 35 + Misamis 14,925 62,746 10 + Surigao 3,744 14,463 3 + Bislig 1,783 1/2 7,571 1 + Marianas -- 8,125 6 + + Total 221,375 946,643 164 + + +[A note at the end of the volume states that the Recollects of the +province of San Nicolás of the Philippine Islands numbered, in 1879, +1,004 deceased friars who had labored there.] + + + + + + +PRESENT CONDITION OF THE CATHOLIC RELIGION IN FILIPINAS + + +[The following account is obtained from _Archipiélago filipino_ +(prepared by the Jesuit fathers at Manila; Washington, 1900), ii, +pp. 258-267.] + + + +The progressive increase of Catholics in Filipinas until 1898 + + +In order to understand the present condition of the Catholic +religion in Filipinas (we refer to the year 1896, before the Tagál +insurrection), it will be advisable to place before the eyes of the +reader the growth of the Christian population and the increase of +the faithful from the coming of the Spaniards until the present time. + +The number of inhabitants whom the Spaniards encountered at their +arrival in these islands is not known with exactness, but it is +calculated by some historians as below two millions; and it will not +be imprudent to affirm that they all scarcely reached one and one-half +millions--whether idolaters, who admitted the plurality of gods; or +Moros, who although they professed (as they still profess) the unity +of God, did not believe (as they still do not believe) the divinity +of Jesus Christ, but who have, on the contrary, been instructed from +their earliest years by their parents and pandits to hate Christianity. + +The Spanish missionaries arrived, then, and began the work of +evangelization at the same time as the humanitarian undertaking to +reduce them to a civilized life; for most of the Indians and Moros +were living in scattered groups along the coasts, and in the fields +and thickets in small settlements. + +What was the result of their apostolic labors? Let us see. Father +Fray Juan Francisco de San Antonio, [152] chronicler of the Franciscan +missionaries, gives us the following data: + + +_General summary of souls, reckoning only the natives that were reduced +to Christianity throughout the archipelago of Filipinas in 1735_ + + + In 142 villages in charge of the seculars + throughout this archipelago 131,279 + Calced Augustinians (in more than 150 villages) 241,806 + Order of St. Dominic (in 51 villages) 89,752 + The Society of Jesus (in 80 villages) 170,000 + Augustinian Recollects (in 105 villages) 63,149 + Discalced Franciscans (in 63 villages) 141,196 + + Total 837,182 + + +Father Delgado, who wrote in the year 1750, gives almost the same +statistics, but adds the following: + +"I do not doubt that the souls that are ministered to, throughout the +islands of this archipelago, by secular and regular priests, exceed +one million and many thousands in addition; for, in the lists made by +the ministers, the children still below the age of seven years are +neither entered nor enumerated. Accordingly, I shall base my count +on the enumeration made a few years ago." + +In the work entitled _Estado de las Islas Filipinas_, written by Don +Tomás de Comyn in 1820, and translated into English by William Walton +in 1821, the following is contained as an appendix: + + + Recapitulation of population in Filipinas + + Total number of Indians of both + sexes (Catholics) 2,395,687 + Total number of Sangley mestizos + (Catholics) 119,719 + Total number of Sangleys or Chinese 7,000 + Total number of whites 4,000 + + Total population 2,526,406 + + +Comparison of the population in 1791 and 1810, exclusive + + + 1791 1810 Difference + + Number of Indians 1,582,761 2,395,687 812,926 + Number of mestizos 66,917 119,719 52,802 + + Total 1,649,678 2,515,406 865,728 + + +He concludes by saying: + +"The resultant difference of the foregoing comparison, founded on +public documents, shows an excess of fifty-two per cent of increase +in each eighteen years; and if a like proportion continues, the +population of the Filipinas Islands will be doubled in thirty-four +years--an increase which could be judged incredible if we did not +have an extraordinary example in Filadelfia [_i.e._, Philadelphia], +which has doubled its population in twenty-eight years, as Buffon, +supported by the authority of Doctor Franklin, affirms." + +The above assertion of Comyn has been realized now in all exactness, +if we are to judge by the assertions, in his published works, of Don +Felipe de Pan, a studious newspaper man of Manila; for, according to +that writer, the population of Filipinas exceeded 9,000,000 in 1876. + +Ferreiro, secretary of the Sociedad Geográfica de Madrid [_i.e._, +"Geographical Society of Madrid"], also calculated the population of +Filipinas in 1887 at 9,000,000 approximately, a number which seems +to be somewhat above actual fact. + +In an investigation finished in the last quarter of 1894, the +population of the archipelagoes which composed the general government +of Filipinas appears in the following form: + + + Christian parish population 6,414,373 + In concealment [_i.e._, refugees] 128,287 + Regular and secular clergy 2,651 + Indian and Spanish military 21,513 + Those in asylums [_asilados_] 689 + Criminals [_penados_] 702 + Chinese foreigners 74,504 + White foreigners 1,000 + Moros 309,000 + Heathen 880,000 + + Total 7,832,719 + + +Finally, the secretary's office of the archbishopric of Manila offers +us the following enumeration with respect to the Catholics existing +in the archipelagoes of Filipinas, Marianas, and Carolinas, in the +year 1898, according to the following lists: + + + Number of souls by dioceses + + In the archbishopric of Manila 1,811,445 + In the bishopric of Cebú 1,748,872 + In the bishopric of Jaro 1,310,754 + In the bishopric of Nueva Segovia 997,629 + In the bishopric of Nueva Cáceres 691,298 + + Total number of Catholics 6,559,998 + + +To whom is due this increase of Catholicism, and this growth of the +population of Filipinas in general, from the time of the conquest by +the Spaniards? It is due to the regular and secular clergy. One can +scarcely ascribe any importance to the immigration into Filipinas +during the lapse of years. The Chinese, and the Europeans (including +the Spaniards themselves), can be considered, as a general rule, +as birds of passage, who come to live here for a few years and then +return to their own country. The Filipino population has increased, +thanks to the organization and good government at the centers [of +population], which were established chiefly by missionary action, +at the time when the natives of the evangelized territories became +Christians. The secular power, even when aided by arms, has not even +attempted to form villages of the heathen; neither have the military +posts become well populated or stable settlements. The center of +attraction and of coherence in Filipino villages has always been, +and is still, the church and the convent. The parish priest (who is +not a bird of passage) is, as a rule, the most respected authority, +the chief guarantee of order and peace, and the most careful guardian +of morality--an indubitable and most important cause of increase in the +population of every country. The numerous and important settlements, +which have now other powerful roots and elements of cohesion, began and +were formed thus. If the center of union of which we are speaking be +removed from them, especially if they are recent and young, one will +see how families break up, and how the new citizens easily return to +the life of the mountain. + + + +Present state of the archbishopric of Manila, and of the bishoprics +of Cebú, Jaro, Nueva Cáceres, and Nueva Segovia + +In order to feed this flock of six and one-half millions of Catholics, +the church of Filipinas relies on one archbishop and four bishops. + +The present archbishop of Manila is Don Fray Bernardino Nozaleda, +of the Order of St. Dominic, a wise and prudent prelate, who took +possession of his see October 29, 1890. This archdiocese has a +magnificent cathedral, and possesses a considerable cabildo, which was +composed of twenty-four prebends in the time of Spanish domination. The +ecclesiastical court has its offices in the archiepiscopal palace. The +conciliar seminary is a fine edifice, and is in charge of the +fathers of the congregation of St. Vincent de Paul; [153] but it is +at present closed, because of the condition of war prevailing in the +country. The _obras pias_ of the miter amounted before the revolution +to a considerable fund, and are in charge of an administrator. The +archbishopric of Manila has 219 parishes, 24 mission parishes, 16 +active missions, 259 parish priests or missionaries, and 198 native +secular priests for the aid of the parish priests. + +Don Fray Martín de García de Alcocer, of the Order of St. Francis, +governs the diocese of Cebú. He is a very worthy prelate, and is +greatly beloved by all his diocesans. He took possession of his +diocese December 11, 1886. There is an old cathedral in Cebú, and +another new one was erected when the revolution was begun. That city +has, also, a conciliar seminary in charge of the Paulist fathers, +and two hospitals subordinate to the miter. The diocese numbers 166 +parishes, 15 mission parishes, 32 active missions, 213 parish priests +or missionaries, and 125 native clergy. + +By the death of Don Fray Leandro Arrué, which happened in 1897, +Don Fray Mauricio Ferrero, an ex-provincial of the religious of the +Order of the Augustinian Recollects, has just been appointed bishop +of Jaro. The bishopric of Jaro possesses a cathedral church, which +is also the parish church of the city of Jaro; and it has a court +corresponding to it, and a seminary under the management of the +Paulist fathers. In the diocese there are 144 parishes, 23 mission +parishes, 33 active missions, 200 parish priests or missionaries, +and 73 native clergy employed in the parish ministry. + +The diocese of Nueva Cáceres has as Bishop Don Fray Arsenio del Campo, +of the Order of St. Augustine, who took possession of his see June 3, +1888. Although it, like the dioceses of Cebú, Jaro, and Nueva Segovia, +has no cabildo, nevertheless there is a cathedral church in Nueva +Cáceres, an ecclesiastical court, a conciliar seminary in charge of +the Paulist fathers, and a leper hospital. The bishopric of Nueva +Cáceres has 107 parishes, 17 parish missions, 124 parish priests or +missionaries, and 148 native priests. + +The present bishop of Nueva Segovia is Don Fray José Hevia Campomanes, +a religious of the Order of St. Dominic--who is most fluent in the +Tagál language, and had been, for many years before, parish priest +of Binondo, which parish he enriched with a fine cemetery. He took +possession of his see June 19, 1890, but was made a prisoner at the +outbreak of the revolution; and he still lies, as these lines are +penned, under the heavy chains of captivity, and not always treated +as his holy character, his authority, and his personal qualities +merit. [154] The diocese of Nueva Segovia has 110 parishes, 26 parish +missions, 35 active missions, 171 parish priests or missionaries, and +131 native priests. The ecclesiastical court resides in Vigan, where +there is also a cathedral church; and a conciliar seminary which has +been, until the present, directed by the religious of St. Augustine. + + + +Condition of the religious corporations + +The corporation of calced Augustinian fathers owned, before the +revolutionary movement, the magnificent convent and church of San +Agustín in Manila, and those of Cebú and Guadalupe, and the orphan +asylums of Tambóbong and Mandaloyan; and in España the colleges +of Valladolid, Palma de Mallorca, and Santa María de la Vid, +with the royal monastery of the Escorial, and the hospitium of +Barcelona--besides a mission in China. Its total number of religious +was 644. + +The corporation of Augustinian Recollect fathers owned (also before +the war) in Filipinas their convent and church of Manila, together with +those of Cavite, San Sebastián, and Cebú, and the house and estate of +Imus; and in España the colleges of Monteagudo, of Marcilla, and of San +Millán de la Cogulla--the total number of their religious being 522. + +The religious of the Order of St. Francis possess in the Filipinas +their convent and church of Manila, that of San Francisco del Monte, +the hospital of San Lázaro, the church of the venerable tertiary order +at Sampáloc, the hospitium of San Pascual Bailón, the infirmary of +Santa Cruz of Laguna, a leper hospital in Camarines, the college +of Guinobatan, and the monastery of Santa Clara; and in España, +the colleges of Pastrana, Consuegra, Arenas de San Pedro, Puebla de +Montalbán, Almagro, and Belmonte, with the residence of Madrid; also a +college in Roma--and a total of 475 religious, and 34 religious women. + +The religious of the Order of St. Dominic, besides their missions of +China and Formosa, own in Manila the convent and church of St. Dominic, +the university of Santo Tomás, the college of Santo Tomás, that of San +José, and that of San Juan de Letran; the college of San Alberto Magno +in Dagupan, the vicariate of San Juan del Monte, and that of San Telmo +in Cavite; the beaterio of Santa Catalina de Sena in Manila, for girls; +that of Nuestra Señora del Rosario in Lingayén, that of Santa Imelda in +Tuguegarao, and that of Nuestra Señora del Rosario in Vigan, also for +the education of girls; and in España the two colleges of Santo Domingo +de Ocaña and Santo Tomás de Avila--with a total of 528 religious. + +The missionaries of the Society of Jesus own in Manila a central +mission house, the Ateneo [_i.e._, Athenæum] Municipal, the normal +school, and a meteorological observatory. They administer 37 missions, +with 265 visitas or reductions, in Mindanao, Basilan, and Joló. The +total number of Jesuits resident in Filipinas was only 164; but the +province of Aragón, of which the mission forms a part, owns several +training-houses, colleges, and residences in España, besides those +which it maintains in South America. + +The fathers of the Mission, or those of St. Vincent de Paul, own the +house of San Marcelino in Manila, and the conciliar seminary of that +city, with those of Cebú, Jaro, and Nueva Cáceres. + +The Capuchin missionaries have the church and mission-house of Manila, +the mission of Yap in the western Carolinas, that of Palaos, that of +Ponapé in the eastern Carolinas, and the procuratorial house of Madrid +[155]--the total number of their religious being 36. + +The Benedictine missionaries occupy the central mission house of +Manila; the missions of Taganaán, Cantilan, Gigáquit, Cabúntog, +Numancia, and Dinágit, in Mindanao; and a college for missionaries +in Monserrat (España). There are 14 of them resident in these islands. + +Lastly, there are, besides the religious who live in Filipinas, +several houses of religious women, some of whom are dedicated to a +contemplative life, as those of St. Clare; others to teaching, as those +of the Asunción [_i.e._, "Assumption"], the Dominicans, and the Beatas +of the Society; and others, finally, in the exercise of benevolence, +as the Sisters of Charity or of St. Vincent de Paul, who have charge +of the hospitals--although the latter also dedicate themselves, with +great benefit, to the teaching of young women in the seminaries of +Concordia, Santa Isabel, Santa Rosa, the municipal school, Loban, +the hospitium of San José of Jaro, and Santa Isabel of Nueva Cáceres. + + + +Religious spirit of the country + +After this statistical religious summary, we cannot resist our desire +to explain, although briefly, what is at present and definitively +the character or qualities of the religious spirit reigning in this +country--which owes everything that it is, aside from the purely +natural elements, to the Catholic civilization of España. This point +is, on another side, very pertinent to the whole subject. + +It is not to be doubted, then, that the mass of the natives who have +received the direct influence of Spanish civilization are entirely +Catholic. The heathen natives are yet barbarous or semi-barbarous; +and the Moros, besides being without the civilization of the Christian +Indians, do not retain either, from the merely external Mahometanism, +more than their innate pride and treachery, and some few formalities, +known and practiced by a very few of their race. Those in Filipinas +who profess, or say that they profess, any other positive religion +(and more especially any other Christian religion), distinct from +the Catholic, will be found absolutely only among the foreign +element. Therefore, Catholicism is the religion, not only of the +majority, but of all the civilized Filipinos. + +It is also certain that the Filipinos are sincere Catholics. Their +religion suits them, and is congenial to their nature. They practice +it spontaneously, and profess it openly and publicly, without any +objection. Far from all their minds is the most remote suspicion that +Catholicism is not the true and only religion capable of bringing +about their temporal and eternal happiness. All of these Indians are by +nature docile to the teachings and admonitions of their parish priests +and spiritual fathers. Many good people approach the holy sacraments +easily and frequently; and the fact that many others do not approach or +frequent them so often must be attributed to neglect, to heedlessness, +or to real difficulties, but never to aversion. The ceremonies and the +solemnity of the worship attract them very powerfully, and so do the +popular Catholic exhibitions of great feasts and processions. They +display without any objection, but rather with great pleasure, the +pious objects and insignia of any devotion or pious association to +which they belong; and in many places the women wear the scapular or +rosary around the neck as a part or complement of their dress. It may +be said that there is no house or family, however poor it be, that +does not have a domestic altar or oratory. There are some careless +Christians among the Filipino people, vicious and scandalous because +of their evil habits; there are even some who are ignorant of the most +necessary things of their religion: but there are no unbelievers or +impious ones among them--unless some few, relatively insignificant in +number, who have become vitiated and corrupted in foreign countries, +and afterward have returned to their country. Even these latter have +hitherto, because of a certain feeling of shame that they retain, +taken care not to let that change be seen, except among irreligious +associates or those of another form of worship. Finally, the tertiary +orders, brotherhoods, and pious and devotional associations, old and +new, have always had a great number of individuals enrolled in the +Filipinas, and even constant and fervent affiliated members. + +The Catholic religion, always holy and sanctifying, works in those +who adopt it, according to the natural or acquired disposition of +the same. Thus it is that the defects of character in the Indians, +if they are frequently moderated, thanks to the religion that they +profess, wholly disappear but with difficulty, and generally even +have some influence on the private life and religious character of +the natives. Since they are, therefore, more superficial and more +impressionable to new things than those of other races, they would +perhaps be less constant in their Catholic practices, sentiments, +and convictions, and would feel more easily than do others the evil +influences of false doctrines and worships, if they had experience with +these. They are readily inclined to superstitions, now by their former +bad habits, now by their nearness to and communication with those +who are yet heathen, now by their exceedingly puerile imagination, +and by their nature, which is influenced by their surroundings. + +This we believe is, in broad lines, the religious character of the +Indians of Filipinas. Let us now see what has been said recently +also in regard to this same point by another contemporaneous witness, +with whom we almost entirely agree. Mr. Peyton, a Protestant bishop, +said, when speaking of Catholicism in the Filipinas, at a meeting +of the Protestant bishops of the Episcopal church held at St. Louis +(United States), in the month of last October: "I found a magnificent +church in every village. I was present at mass several times, and the +churches were always full of natives--even when circumstances were +unfavorable, because of the military occupation. There are almost no +seats in those churches, while the services last--an hour, or an hour +and a half. Never in my life have I observed more evident signs of +profound devotion than in those there present. The men were kneeling, +or prostrated before the altar; and the women were on their knees, +or seated on the floor. No one went out of the church during the +service, or talked to others. There is no spirit of sectarianism +there. All have been instructed in the creed, in the formal prayers, +in the ten commandments, and in the catechism. All have been baptized +in infancy. [156] I do not know whether there exists in this country +a village so pure, moral, and devout as is the Filipino village." + + + +Granting the above, would freedom of worship be advisable for +Filipinos? + +Since, then, the religion in Filipinas, and consequently their morals, +is so unanimous, would it be advisable to introduce freedom of worship +into this country? If one understands by freedom of worship only +actual religious toleration, by virtue of which no one can be obliged +to profess Catholicism, and no one be persecuted for neglecting to be +a Catholic, or that each one profess privately the religion that he +pleases, that freedom has always existed in Filipinas; and no Filipino +or foreigner was ever obliged to embrace the Catholic religion. But +if one understands by freedom of worship the concession to all +religions (for example, to those of Confucius, Mahomet, and to all the +Protestant sects) of equal rights to open schools, erect churches, +create parishes, and celebrate public processions and functions, +as does the Catholic church, we believe that not only is this not +advisable, but that it would be a fatal measure to any government +which rules the destinies of Filipinas. If, in fact, this government +should concede such freedom of worship, it would cause itself to be +hated by the six and one-half millions of Filipino Catholics; for, +even though such government should profess no worship, the Filipino +people would consider it as responsible for all the consequences of +such a measure; and therefore it would not be looked on favorably +by these six and one-half millions of Catholics. These people are +fully convinced that theirs is the only true religion, and the only +one by which they can be saved. If any government should endeavor to +despoil them of that religion--which is their most precious jewel, +and the richest inheritance which they have received from their +ancestors--even should it be no more than permitting the Protestant +or heterodox propaganda publicly and openly, then they could not +refrain from complaint; and from that might even come the disturbance +of public order, or perhaps some politico-religious war, accompanied +by all the cruelty and all the disasters which, as are well known, +are generally brought on by such wars. + +Two serious difficulties can be opposed against the rights of +Catholicism in Filipinas. The first is in the Americans who +are governing at present, and the second is in the Filipinos +themselves. The Americans enjoy in America the most complete freedom +of worship; why, then, should they not enjoy that same freedom when +they go to Filipinas? We answer, that every inhabitant must conform +to the laws of the country in which he lives. The Chinese enjoyed +in China the most complete freedom to erect temples to Buddha or +to Confucius; but for three centuries they have not enjoyed a like +freedom in Manila, although no Chinese has been forced to become a +Catholic. We go farther and say that no Chinese has had to boast of +his religion in order to trade, become rich, and return to China. The +same can be said of the English and Americans. If it is necessary +for the good order and government of six and one-half millions +of Catholics in Filipinas, besides those who are not Catholics +(one and one-half millions, counting idolaters and Moros yet to +be civilized), not to permit or encourage freedom of worship, the +government which rules the destiny of these islands ought to legislate +along those lines, since the laws ought to be adjusted to the needs +of the majority of their inhabitants. The Americans themselves who +shall take up their residence here ought to accommodate themselves +to that law. No temporal or spiritual harm would result to them, +for they could privately profess what their conscience dictated to +them as the true religion. Thus the English do in Malta, where the +Catholic religion is in force; and although the island is so small, +there are two thousand Italian Catholic priests in it, who are more +content to live under the English government than under the Italian. + +The other difficulty against Catholicism in Filipinas springs from the +Filipino insurgents themselves, who voted for freedom of worship and +separation from the Spanish church in their congress of Malolos. [157] +Why, then, has not that freedom of worship been granted to the +Filipinos, if they themselves ask it? We reply that they also ask +for independence. Will the Americans grant them the latter because of +that fact? The majority of the Filipino insurgent chiefs were inclined +to Masonry. They had bound themselves, for a long time past, to work +for the expulsion of the friars; and, drunk with the wine of liberty, +they asked for every kind of freedom, including that of religion. How +many insurgents have abjured Catholicism? Their number does not exceed +two dozen. The law of freedom of worship is unnecessary for them, +since they profess no religion. The Filipino people--that is to say, +the six and one-half millions of Catholics enrolled in the parish +registers--do not ask or desire religious freedom, or separation +from the Spanish church. They are content with their Catholicism, +and desire nothing else; and they will not suffer their government to +take from them their Catholic unity. We have heard this from qualified +and accredited defenders of Filipino independence. They even deny +that the vote at Malolos was the true expression of the will of that +congress, which was also very far from being the entire and genuine +representation of the Filipino people. The latter hold heresies, and +all manner of religious disturbance, in horror. He who would introduce +these into their homes would offer them an insult. Consequently, it +is demonstrated that freedom of worship in Filipinas is not advisable, +but adverse to the public peace. + +If it is said finally, that there are some points of public interest +which demand some reform, in what pertains to the religious estate of +the Filipinas, we shall not be the ones to deny that. But the Church +has the desire and the means to remedy these supposed or recognized +evils. If, peradventure, it do not remedy them through ignorance, +let anyone who is interested, and the government of the country first +of all, bring them to its notice. On the other hand, this matter has +no connection with religious freedom. + +[From the same work (pp. 256, 257) is taken the following mention +of the religious orders who recently established themselves in the +Philippines:] + +In all the dioceses the bishops looked after the founding of seminaries +for the native clergy, not only because such were needed to aid in +the administration of the sacraments in the large parishes created +by the religious, but also for the occupation of some parishes which +were reserved for them from very ancient times. + + + +The fathers of the congregation of St. Vincent de Paul, the Capuchins, +and the Benedictines, come to the islands + +For the direction of some of these seminaries, the sons of St. Vincent +de Paul came from España in 1862, together with the brothers of +charity, who took charge of the attendance of the sick in the +hospitals, and of the teaching of young women. + +The Capuchin fathers also came to these islands in the year 1886, +for the purpose of taking charge of the missions of both Carolinas +and Palaos, a duty which they have fulfilled marvelously, and not +without the sacrifice of all human ambitions--burying themselves +forever in those solitudes of the Pacific ocean, for the love of the +poor natives of the Carolinas. + +Finally, in 1895, the Benedictine fathers, [158] of the monastery of +Monserrat in España, landed in Manila for the first time, in order +to take charge of some missions on the eastern coast of Mindanao. + + + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA + + +The following document is obtained from a MS. in the Archivo general +de Indias, Sevilla: + +1. _Remonstrance of Augustinians._--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y espedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos +en el Consejo; años 1629 á 1640; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 8." + +The following document is obtained from a MS. in the Academia Real +de la Historia, Madrid: + +2. _Corcuera's campaign._--"Papeles de los Jesuitas, to 84, no. 27, +34." + +The following documents in the appendix are taken from printed works, +as follows: + +3. _Laws regarding religious.--Recopilación de las leyes de Indias_ +(Madrid, 1841), lib. i, tit. xiv; also tit. xii, ley xxi; tit. xv, +ley xxxiii; and tit. xx, ley xxiv. + +4. _Jesuit missions in 1656._--Colin's _Labor evangélica_ (Madrid, +1663), pp. 811-820. + +5. _Religious estate in Philippines._--San Antonio's _Chronicas_ +(Manila, 1738), i, book i, pp. 172-175, 190-210, 214-216, 219, 220, +223-226. + +6. _Religious condition of islands._--Delgado's _Historia general_ +(Manila, 1892), pp. 140-158, 184-188. + +7. _Ecclesiastical survey of Philippines._--Le Gentil's _Voyages +dans les mers de l'Inde_ (Paris, 1781), pp. 170-191, 59-63. + +8. _Character and influence of friars._--Mas's _Informe sobre el +estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842_ (Madrid, 1843), vol. ii. + +9. _Ecclesiastical system in the Philippines._--Buzeta and Bravo's +_Diccionario de las Islas Filipinas_ (Madrid, 1850), ii, pp. 271-275, +363-367. + +10. _Character and influence of friars._--Jagor's _Reisen in den +Philippinen_ (Berlin, 1873), pp. 94-100. + +11. _Augustinian Recollects.--Provincia de San Nicolás de Tolentino +de Agustinos descalzos_ (Manila, 1879). + +12. _Present condition of religion.--Archipiélago filipino_ +(Washington, 1900), ii, pp. 256-267. + + + + + +NOTES + + +[1] As Gregory died in 1623, the despatch of this letter must have +been long delayed at Rome or en route. + +[2] See chapter xlii of Medina's history of the Augustinian order, +in VOL. XXIV of this series; also Diaz's _Conquistas_, pp. 384-386. + +[3] This was the archdeacon Alonso García de Leon. + +[4] Pedro de Arce (himself an Augustinian), who twice filled vacancies +in the archiepiscopal see of Manila. + +[5] It is curious that Diaz does not mention this; but he states +(_Conquistas_, p. 385) something omitted here--that Archbishop García +Serrano interfered in like manner with the judge-executor of 1629 in +this case, García de León. Diaz may have given wrong names and dates +for the one incident. + +[6] This was the new archdeacon, Andrés Arias Xirón (Diaz's +_Conquistas_, p. 385). + +[7] Presumably Pedro de Ribadeneira, a Spaniard of Toledo; he +was provincial of Castilla, and assistant to the general of the +order. About 1635 he was sent by Felipe IV as his ambassador to the +duke of Modena and the republic of Lucca; afterward he was named +by the king bishop of Cotrone (the ancient Crotona), Italy, but +declined this honor. He died on August 20, 1643; and left various +writings.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. + +[8] There is frequent mention in canon law of _alternativa_ +decrees by the Holy See--a device in the interests of fairness, +applied in the conferral of benefices and church offices, in order +to do away with discords and displays of partisanship. Thereby in +elections the preferments, etc., were to go to the opposite party, +according at times, to very singular rules, applicable, for instance, +according to the month wherein the said benefice fell vacant. The +usage of the "alternation" was introduced in the time of Pope Martin +V. (A.D. 1417-1431.) + +The text of the present document concerns the extension of the +_alternativa_ rules to the Augustinians in the Philippine Islands, +by force of which the offices in the order (distributed in provincial +chapters every four years) were to be conferred one term on religious +born in Spain, and the next on religious born in the Indias. The +latter were known as Creoles (_crioli_)--thus in the Constitutions +of the order, of 1685, where reference is made to decrees of Gregory +XV, dated November 29, 1621 (confirmed by Urban VIII in 1628), with +regard to elections of the brethren in Mechoacan, in Mexico. As +the _alternativa_ held in Mexico and South America--in fact, in +Spanish colonies everywhere--these same papal decrees were presumably +observed in all those colonies. Later, in Mexico, the statutes of +the Augustinians required that in provincial chapters religious of +Spanish blood should be chosen alternately with those of Indian, in the +election of provincials, definitors, priors, and other officers; but +this plan did not operate very satisfactorily.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, +O.S.A. + +[9] The name (Latin, _regio pontis_), of a ward in the city of Rome. + +[10] So in MS., but an improbable name; more likely to be +Pacheco.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. + +[11] Diaz here says (_Conquistas_, p. 385): "The fathers from the +provinces of España interposed an appeal from the fuerza [committed] +by this act, saying that the said judge had not authority to postpone +the matter, but only to execute [the decree]; and from this proceeded +continual disputes until the time for the chapter-meeting." + +[12] The prior general of the Augustinians in 1634, the date of this +bull, was Jerome de Rigoliis, of Corneto, elected May 18, 1630; he +died (out of office, however) seven years later, in June, 1637, at +the age of seventy and upwards. In 1636 (May 10), his successor in the +generalship, Hippolytus dei Monti, was elected.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, +O.S.A. + +[13] Castel Gandolpho, a beautiful place in the Alban Hills, was the +summer resort of the supreme pontiffs.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. + +[14] _i.e._, "should the petition be grounded on fact." + +[15] _i.e._, "because the said fathers are not qualified in sufficient +number," and "in the distribution of the said offices." + +[16] In the manuscript that we follow the letter of March 31 is given +second, while that of April 5 is given first; we have arranged them +chronologically. + +[17] Garo: probably the same as _garita_; a fortified outpost? + +[18] The translation of this passage seems to be, "If God fights +against a city, he who guards it watches in vain." The difficulty +lies in "_a custodierit_," which we translate as "fights against." + +[19] Sulu, the chief island of the group of that name, has an area +of 333 square miles. It contains numerous mountains, some of them +nearly 3,000 feet high; and their slopes are covered with magnificent +forests. Of the ancient town of Sulu (the residence of the "sultan"), +on the southern shore, hardly a trace remains; the present town of that +name was built by the Spaniards in 1878, and is modern in style. See +_U. S. Gazetteer of Philippines_, pp. 842-850. + +[20] "Four groups having different customs may be distinguished +among the inhabitants of the archipelago: the Guimbajanos, or +inhabitants of the mountains, who are the indigenes; the Malay and +Visayan slaves, whose descendants have intermarried; the Samales, +an inferior race, though not slaves; the true Moros, who trace +their origin from the Mohammedan invaders, and who dominate the +other inhabitants." "Physically the Sulu natives are superior to +the ordinary Malay type, and, according to Streeter, are a strange +mixture of villainy and nobility." (_U. S. Gazetteer_, pp. 845, 846.) + +[21] _Babui_, in their language, signifies "pig;" apparently they +called the Spaniards "swine," as expressing the acme of contempt for +their besiegers. + +[22] "Thanks be to God who has given us the victory through our Lord +Jesus Christ." + +[23] Combés says (_Hist. Mindanao_, Retana's ed., col. 264) that +this queen, named Tuambaloca, was a native of Basilan, and that she +had acquired such ascendency over her husband that the government of +Joló was entirely in her hands. This statement explains the presence +of the Basilan men in the Joloan stronghold. + +[24] Kris, a dagger or poniard, the universal weapon of all the +civilized inhabitants of the archipelago, and of a hundred different +forms. Men of all ranks wear this weapon; and those of rank, when full +dressed, wear two and even four. (Crawfurd's _Dict. Ind. Islands_, +p.202.) + +At the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, held last year (1904) at +St. Louis, the Philippine exhibits contained Malay weapons, in great +number and variety--krises, campilans, lances, etc. + +[25] Francisco Martinez was born near Zaragoza, February 25, 1605, +and at the age of seventeen entered the Jesuit order. Joining the +Philippine mission, he labored mainly among the Moros, and died at +Zamboanga on September 17, 1650. + +Alejandro Lopez, a native of Aragon, was born in July, 1604, and at +the age of nineteen went to Mexico, where he spent several years +in commercial pursuits. On August 28, 1631, he entered the Jesuit +novitiate at Manila; and, accompanying Corcuera in his campaigns, +was long a missionary among the Moros, and at various times an +envoy to their chiefs in behalf of the Spanish governors. It was +on one of these embassies that Lopez met his death, being killed +by the Moros, December 15, 1655. See Combes's _Hist. Mindanao_, +which relates in full Lopez's missionary career; and sketch of his +life in Murillo Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 94 _verso_, 235, +238-247. Cf. Montero y Vidal's _Hist. Filipinas_, i, pp. 296-298. + +[26] This letter is unsigned; but the transcript of it made by Ventura +del Arco places it with others ascribed to Barrios. + +See detailed accounts of the expedition against Jolo (Sulu) in Combés's +_Hist. Mindanao y Jolo_ (Retana and Pastells ed.), cols. 349-368; +Diaz's _Conquistas_, pp. 388-401; Murillo Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, +fol. 92, 93; and La Concepción's _Hist. Philipinas_, v, pp. 334-351. + +[27] See also the instructions given by Felipe II to Francisco de +Tello, at Toledo, May 25, 1596, in our VOL. IX, pp. 250, 251. + +[28] A note to this law in the _Recopilacíon_ reads as follows: +"This law was extended to all America for the same reason, by a royal +decree dated Madrid, March 28, 1769; and the prelates are not allowed +to expel members of the orders except for just cause, while those +thus expelled are to be sent to Spain." + +[29] This totals up three hundred and seventy-two, instead of the +number given in the text--evidently a printer's error. + +[30] Corcuera's endowment of these fellowships raised a great storm +in the islands, especially among the Dominicans, who claimed that it +was aimed at their college of Santo Tomás; while in Spain the king +and his council were equally indignant because they had not been +previously consulted in the matter, an indignation that was carefully +fostered and increased by the Dominicans. The lawsuit in this case was +bitter, and was conducted in the supreme Council of the Indias by Juan +Grau y Monfalcon, procurator of the cabildo of the city of Manila; +Father Baltasar de Lagunilla, procurator-general of the Society of +Jesus, for the college of San José; and father Fray Mateo de Villa, +procurator-general of the Dominican province of the Rosario, for +the college of Santo Tomás. The case was prolific in documents from +all three sources. The Dominicans remained masters of the field, and +this case contributed to the downfall of Corcuera, who was finally +superseded in 1644 by Diego de Fajardo, who had been appointed some +years before, but might never have gone to the islands had it not +been for the lawsuit over the fellowships. See Pastells's _Colin_, +iii, pp. 763-781. + +[31] Pedro de Brito was also a regidor of Manila, whose post was +adjudged to him at public auction for one thousand four hundred pesos +of common gold, with the third part of what was promised from the +increase. He took possession of his post June 24, 1589. See Pastells's +_Colin_, iii, p. 783. + +[32] This was the protomartyr of the Society of Jesus in the +Philippines, Juan de las Misas, who met death in the last part of +November, 1624 (_not_ 1625). He was a fluent preacher in the Tagal +tongue, and entered the Society in the Philippines. When returning +from Tayabas to Marinduque he was met by some hostile Camucones +and killed by a shot from an arquebus, after which he was beheaded, +in fulfilment of a vow to Mahomet. See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 791. + +[33] This was the galleon "San Marcos." See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, +p. 791. + +[34] This was Juan del Carpio--a native of Riofrio in the kingdom +of Leon--who had spent twenty years among the natives in the +Philippines. See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 792. + +[35] Domingo Areso, a native of Caller, who was killed by an Indian, +April 10, 1745, because the father had censured him for allowing his +mother to die without the sacraments. See _ut supra_, pp. 792, 793. + +[36] It was discovered by Father Francisco Combés on the heights of +Boragüen, who reported the discovery to the alcalde-mayor of Leite, +Silvestre de Rodas, at Dagame, November 18, 1661. See Pastells's +_Colin_, iii, p. 793, note 1. See Jagor's _Reisen_, pp. 220-223, +where he describes this locality (which lies south of Buráuen, on the +southern slope of the Manacagan range), and the process by which the +sulphur is obtained. + +[37] Thus characterized in _U. S. Gazetteer_ (p. 512): "Important +point of approach from Pacific Ocean. High, and visible in clear +weather 40 m., thus serving as excellent mark for working strait of +San Bernardino." + +[38] These were Fathers Miguel Ponce and Vicente Damián. The first +was killed June 2, 1649; the second October 11, of the same year. The +former was a native of Peñarojo in Aragon; the latter, of Randazo in +Sicily See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 794, note 1. + +[39] The Subanes or Subánon (meaning "river people"), are a heathen +people of Malay extraction living in the peninsula of Sibuguey in +West Mindanao. See Mason's translation of Blumentritt's _Native Tribes +of Philippines_, in Smithsonian _Report_ for 1899, pp. 544, 545. See +also Sawyer's _Inhabitants of the Philippines_, pp. 356-360 (though it +must be borne in mind that Sawyer is not always entirely trustworthy). + +[40] These were Fathers Francisco de Mendoza and Francisco +Pagliola. The former was a native of Lisboa and was born in 1602 +of a noble family. He was killed by the Moros in Malanao, May 7, +1642. He had entered the Society in Nueva España in 1621 and went to +the Philippines, while still a novice. The latter was martyred January +29, 1648. He was a native of Nola in the kingdom of Naples, the date of +his birth being May 10, 1610. He entered the Society February 6, 1637, +at Naples. On arriving at the Philippines in 1643, he was assigned +to Mindanao, where he labored in Iligan and the western part of the +island, going later to the Subanos, who killed him. See Pastells's +_Colin_, iii, pp. 800, 801; and Murillo Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, +fols. 111 verso, and 154 verso and 155. + +[41] Juan del Campo, who was killed by the Subanos January 25, 1650, +was born in Villanueva de la Vera, in 1620. He went to Mexico in +1642, where he began to study theology, completing that study in +Manila. See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 801; and Murillo Velarde's +_Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 178. + +[42] The two martyrs of Buayen were Pedro Andrés de Zamora, December +28, 1639, and Bartolomé Sánchez, early in June, 1642. The former +was born in Valencia, and in 1616 entered the Society in Aragon, and +went to the Philippines in 1626. He was suspended from the Society in +1629, but was readmitted upon showing full signs of repentance. He +was sent while still a novice to the missions at Buayen, where he +labored faithfully and zealously until his death. + +The latter was born in Murcia on St. Bartholomew's day, 1613. In his +youthful years, while attending the Jesuit college, he became somewhat +wild, but later reformed; and upon hearing of the martyrs of Japon in +1628, he was fired with zeal to emulate them, and entered the Society, +being received on the ship that bore him to Nueva España. Although +he had resolved to return to Spain in the same ship, because of the +disconsolateness of his parents at his departure, he changed his mind, +and finished his novitiate in Manila. Upon being ordained as a priest, +he was sent to Mindanao and was killed by Manaquior while on his way +with a naval relief expedition to Buayen, after having been eleven +years in the Society. Sec Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 801; and Murillo +Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, fols. 113 verso and 117 verso. + +[43] These two fathers, Alejandro Lopez and Juan Montiel, were +martyred December 13, 1655 (_not_ 1656). The latter was a native +of Rijoles in Calabria. See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, pp. 801, 802; +Murillo Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, fols. 233 verso-235 verso; +and _ante_, p. 62, note 25. + +[44] The author alludes to Father Domingo Vilancio, who died in +1634. He was a native of Leche in the kingdom of Naples. He labored +among the natives of the Philippines for more than thirty years. See +VOL. XXVI, p. 266; and Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 802. + +[45] After sixty years of Spanish rule, Portugal revolted (December, +1640), threw off the Spanish yoke, and placed on its throne Joao +IV--who, as duke of Braganza, was the most wealthy and influential of +all the Portuguese noblemen; and he was regarded as the legitimate +claimant of the throne. Spain made several attempts to recover this +loss; but Portugal has ever since been independent. + +[46] _i.e._, Great Sanguil. The auditor Francisco de Montemayor +y Mansilla says that Sanguil is twelve leguas from Siao and ten +from Mindanao, and has a circumference of six or seven leguas. "Four +chiefs rule this island, namely, those of Siao (in the villages called +Tabaco), Maganitos, Tabucan, and Calonga. The latter had two villages, +Calonga and Tarruma, where there was formerly a presidio with ten or +twelve Spanish soldiers, solely for the defense of those two Christian +villages from the invasions of the Moros of the same island. The +village of Tarruma after the dismantling of our forts, passed into the +control of the Dutch; and there are now, according to reports, some +Dutch there, and a dominie who preaches to them. The other village, +Calonga, which is governed by a father-in-law of the king of Siao, +still perseveres in the Catholic faith and the friendship of the +Spaniards. It is visited, although with dangers and difficulties, +by the fathers of the Society of Jesus who live in Siao, when they +go to visit the Christian villages owned by that king in the island +of Sanguil." See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 814. + +[47] The same auditor (see note, above) says that the Talaos "are +four islands lying in the same district as those of Sanguil and +Siao. The country is poor, the people barbarous and naked, and the +islands abound in cocoas and vegetables, some little rice (on which +they live), and some roots (with which they pay their tribute). Two +islands and part of another are vassals of the king of Tabucan; +the fourth island and part of that which pays tribute to the king of +Tabucan are vassals of the king of Siao. They have their own petty +chief, who was baptized in Manila; and there are now eight hundred +baptized families there." See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 814. + +[48] When Father Colin wrote, the Dutch had already discovered, +explored, and delineated in their maps with sufficient accuracy, +the coasts of New Guinea and New Holland, or Australia and New +Zealand. See Pastells's _Colin_, iii, p. 816. + +[49] Alonso de Castro was born at Lisbon. Sommervogel (_Bibliothèque_) +says that he labored for nine years in the missions of Terrenate, +and that he was martyred January 1, 1558. + +[50] _i.e._, "in both courts," meaning the outer court of +ecclesiastical justice, and the inner court of conscience. See +VOL. VIII, p. 278. + +[51] For further historical and descriptive information regarding the +cathedral of Manila (especially the present structure, completed in +1879), see Fonseca's _Reseña cronológica de la catedral de Manila_ +(Manila, 1880). + +[52] _Marginal note_: "In the year 1571 the first Inquisition was +established in México, and its first inquisitor was Don Pedro Moya de +Contreras, afterward visitor, archbishop of México, and its viceroy; +and later president of the royal Council of the Indias. See Torquemada, +in _La monarchia indiana_, book 5, chapter 24." + +[53] That decree organized the tribunals of the Crusade, and made +provision for their conduct and for the care of the revenues from the +bulls. Various laws on this subject are found in _Recopilación leyes de +Indias_, lib. i, tit. xx; one of these may be found _ante_, pp. 76, 77. + +[54] Among the media employed by the Holy See in the restoration of +one's conscience to its good estate, are the bulls of composition. In +the case of persons in possession of ill-gotten goods, as +prebendaries who have forfeited their canonical allotments, +or trustees who have maladministered estates, and the like, an +arrangement (Latin, _compositio_) is sometimes made--only, however, +when the rightful owners or heirs of the property in question are +unknown (_si domins sint ignoti_), whereby the said "unjust steward" +is allowed to keep for himself a moiety of what does not belong to +him, on condition that the rest be handed over for the maintenance +of church services, or institutions of charity, as hospitals, +asylums, and the like. See Ferraris's _Bibliotheca_, art. "Bulla +Cruciatae."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A. + +The bulls for the dead were placed on the heads of the dying, or in +the hands of the dead--purchased by their friends or relatives in +order to rescue then souls from purgatory. Those _de lacticinios_ +(literally, "for milk-porridges") permitted to ecclesiastics the +use of certain foods at times when these were forbidden by church +law. The bulls of the Crusade were valid as dispensations only one +year in Spain; but according to Solórzano they were extended to two +years in the colonies, on account of the long time required for them +to teach those distant places. See Bancroft's _Hist. Mexico_, iii, +p. 605. After the victory of Lepanto, Gregory XIII resumed the issue +of these indulgences, and extended them to twelve years; and since +then his bull has been renewed every twelve years, (E. H. Vollet, +in _Grande Encyclopédie_, Paris, Lamirault et Cie.), xiii, p. 453. + +[55] Apparently the "farming out" of this revenue, by the crown, +to private persons. A law of May 30, 1640, enacted that all the +expenses connected with the bulls of the Crusade should be paid from +its proceeds, the remainder being paid to the crown (_Recopilación_, +lib. i, tit. xx, ley xvi). + +[56] Tournon was the papal legate sent to China for the settlement +of the famous controversy regarding the "Chinese rites," which had +lasted some seventy years. The missions to China were entirely in the +hands of the Jesuits until 1631, when Dominicans entered that country, +and Franciscans in 1633. The new missionaries soon began to accuse the +Jesuits of undue complaisance and conformity with heathen customs, and +made complaint against them at Rome. For a time the Holy See permitted +the practice of the Chinese rites, but frequent contentions arose on +this subject between the Jesuits and the other orders, which were not +definitely settled by Rome for many years. Finally, Clement XI sent +Tournon (1703) to investigate the matter thoroughly, who condemned the +rites in question as idolatrous and was therefore imprisoned by the +Chinese emperor. He died in this captivity (1710), but his decision +was accepted by the pope, and all Catholic missionaries to China +were required to take an oath that they would resist those rites to +the utmost. See full account of this controversy, with citations of +authorities, in Addis and Arnold's _Catholic Dictionary_ (Meagher's +revision), pp. 926-928. For accounts of Tournon's stay at Manila, +and the dissatisfaction which he aroused there, see La Concepción's +_Hist. Philipinas_, viii, pp. 306-324; and Zúñiga's _Hist. Philipinas_ +(Sampaloc, 1803), pp. 411-416. + +[57] Sidoti (or Sidotti) was an Italian priest who came to Manila +with Tournon, intending to enter the forbidden land of Japan. In +1709, he succeeded in doing this, by persuading the captain of +a Spanish vessel to land him on the Japanese coast; Zúñiga says +(_Hist. Philipinas_, pp. 420, 421) that nothing more had ever been +learned regarding him. La Concepción, however, writing somewhat +earlier, says (_Hist. Philipinas_, vi, p. 82) that in 1716 news of +Sidoti's imprisonment and death arrived at Canton--the latter being +attributed to his continual fasts and austerities. But Griffis relates +(_Mikado's Empire_, pp. 262, 263) so much as may now be known about +Sidoti's fate, derived from a book--_Sei Yo Ki Bun_ ("Annals of Western +Nations")--written by the Japanese scholar who examined the priest, +which gives the facts of the case, and the judicial proceedings +therein. Sidoti "was kept a prisoner, living for several years after +his arrival, in Yedo (Tokio), and probably died a natural death." + +[58] See La Concepción's detailed account (_Hist. Philipinas_, viii, +pp. 315-338) of the founding of this college. + +[59] This was only _ad interim_, during the absence of Bishop Salazar +in Spain, from 1591 to Salvatierra's death early in 1595. He had +come tu Manila with Salazar, whose provisor he long was; he also +ministered to the Indians, and went to Maluco as chaplain with a +Spanish expedition. See _Reseña biográfica_, i, pp. 50-52. + +[60] In the margin at this point occurs the following: "A total of +105,503 souls." + +[61] This law (which is contained in the book entitled, "Concerning +the universities, and general and private studies in the Indias") is as +follows: "Permission is conceded for the cities of Santo Domingo in the +island of Española, Santa Fé in the new kingdom of Granada, Santiago de +Guatemala, Santiago de Chile, and Manila in the Filipinas Islands, to +have halls for study, and universities where courses may be pursued and +degrees given, for the time that has appeared advisable. For that we +have obtained briefs and bulls from the holy apostolic see, and we have +conceded those universities certain privileges and preëminences. We +order that what has been ordained for the said halls of study and +universities be kept, obeyed, and executed, without violating it +in any manner. Those universities which shall be limited in time, +shall present themselves before our royal Council of the Indias to +petition for an extension of time, where the advisable measures will +be taken. If no extension is granted, the teaching of those studies +shall cease and end; for so is our will." A note to this law in the +_Recopilación_ reads in part as follows: "It must be borne in mind +that the universities, seminaries, conciliars, and other schools of +learning erected by public authority in the Indias were declared to +be under the royal patronage by a circular letter of June 11, 1792." + +[62] See this law in VOL. XX, pp. 260, 261. + +[63] Notwithstanding that San Antonio states that the brothers of +the hospital Order of St. John of God arrived in Manila at this +comparatively late date, they had been often asked for by both the +ecclesiastical estates. The following letter from the bishop of Nueva +Segovia is such a request. The original of this letter is in Archivo +general de Indias, with the pressmark: "Simancas; ecclesiastico; +Audiencia de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de los obispos sufraganeos +de Manila, a saber, Nueva Segovia, Nueva Cáceres, Santísimo Nombre de +Jesús ó Cebú; años de 1597 á 1698; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 34." It would +appear from the endorsement on this letter that some brothers were +sent at this early date; although this instruction probably remained +a dead letter. (Cf. VOL. XVIII of this series, p. 114, dated 1618.) + +"Sire: + +"Your Majesty has a royal hospital here, which is one of the +most necessary and useful things in this land for the health and +treatment of the poor soldiers and of the other people who serve +your Majesty. Although its income is but scanty, if it had some one +to distribute it efficiently, and to care for it properly, there +would be sufficient aid from the many alms given by the inhabitants +who can do something. It is most necessary for its good government +and maintenance for your Majesty to send four or five brothers from +the order called [St.] John of God, who should have authority from +your Majesty and from his Holiness to be able to receive others; for +now the matter is ready, and all that is necessary. Those brothers +could come with the religious whom your Majesty is sending--either +Franciscans or Dominicans--or your Majesty could have them sent from +the good brothers who are established in Nueva España. The latter +would economize the expense, and the journey would be quicker and more +certain. May our Lord preserve your Majesty long years, for the welfare +of His church. Manila, July 7, 1606. I kiss your Majesty's royal hands, + +Fray Diego, bishop of Nueva Segobia." + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila, July 7, 1606. Number 518. From the bishop of +Nueva Segovia. September 24, 1607." "Have the four brothers whom he +mentions sent; have the matter entrusted to Don Francisco de Tejada, +so that he may arrange this with the chief brother of Anton Martin." "A +copy was sent to Don Francisco."] + +A decree of Felipe IV, dated Madrid, November 30, 1630, thus regulates +the foundation of these religious in the Indias: + +"The viceroys, presidents, and auditors of the royal audiencias shall +not allow any of the religious of St. John of God to live or reside +in the Indias, who shall have gone thither without our permission; +or to found convents, give habits to any persons, or allow them +to profess. Those who may be living in the provinces of their +districts, or shall go thither later with our permission, shall not +take upon themselves the care of the hospitals, either of Indians or +of Spaniards, or the management of their incomes and alms, unless by +first binding themselves to give reports and allow inspections in this +respect by the ecclesiastical, or secular judges who can and ought +to make them. And they shall not be exempt from that by saying that +they have a bull from the apostolic see to be religious, and that +they are ordained with holy orders, and that therefore they are to +be subordinate only to their regular prelate. Neither shall they be +exempt from the inspection for any other excuse that they may bring +forward."--See _Recopilación de leyes_, lib. i, tit. xiv, ley xxiv. + +[64] In the margin at this point: "Total number of souls, 68,334." + +[65] In the margin at this point: "Total number of persons, 42,178." + +[66] In the margin at this point: "Total number of souls, 4,000." + +[67] In the margin at this point: "Total number of souls, 70,961." + +[68] The number of christianized natives is stated, on Murillo +Velarde's map, as 900,000. Cf. the statement by Le Gentil (p. 209 +_post_), of the number in 1735--so in his printed text, but perhaps +a typographical error for 1755. + +[69] A full account of the Jesuit college and university is furnished +by Murillo Velarde in _Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 125, 140, 168-171. + +[70] _Beaterio:_ a house inhabited by devout women. + +[71] Evidently then the appellation of that part of the archipelago +now included under the term "province of Paragua," which includes +not only the Calamianes Islands, but those of the Cuyos group, and +part of the island of Palawan (or Paragua). + +[72] Literally, "holy table," equivalent to the modern "board of +directors;" a reference to the Confraternity of La Misericordia, +which, as we have seen in former documents, was the main charitable +agency of Manila. + +[73] Reference is here made to chapter xviii, book i, of Delgado's +_Historia_; following is his statement (from pp. 60-62) of the +depopulation of Cebú, and its causes: "Near the middle of the southern +coast of the island was established the city and original colony of the +Spaniards; but today it has become so depopulated that it has hardly +enough citizens to fill the offices that pertain to a city, as are +those of regidors and alcaldes-in-ordinary; and _not_ seldom has it +occurred that some Spaniards must be conveyed thither to supply the +lack of people, going in place of these who died.... At present, the +city is reduced to the church and convent of the Santo Niño, the church +and residence of the Society of Jesus (a building which, although +small, is very regular and well planned), and, midway between them, +the cathedral--which is very inferior to those two churches, since +it consists only of a large apartment thatched with palm-leaves. (The +foundations were laid, however, for another and more suitable building, +in the time when the diocese was governed by the illustrious bishop +Doctor Don Manuel Antonio de Ocio y Ocampo [who entered that office +in 1733]; but his death prevented him from completing the work, and +it has remained in that condition ever since.) The royal building is +well arranged and sufficiently capacious, serving as palace for the +commander of the Pintados fleets; he is also warder of a good stone +fortress (triangular in shape) and commander of the port, and at the +same time alcalde and chief magistrate of the entire province--which +includes the islands of Cebú, Bohol, Siquijor, and a great part of +the coast of Mindanao, with other smaller and adjacent islands. + +"The cause for the city's being depopulated, at present, of Spanish +inhabitants is nothing else than the cupidity of some persons who +came from Manila to the government of the province with appointments +as alcaldes, whose greed did not allow any partnership, in spite of +the oath that they take not to carry on trade, either in person or +through another person, within the limits of their jurisdiction. These +are indeed lands where no one can live without barter or trading; +for not one of the Spaniards applies himself to cultivating the soil, +nor do they have fixed incomes from the country with which to meet +their obligations. Moreover, they have to buy whatever they need, with +either commodities or money; accordingly, if the alcaldes-mayor forbid +the inhabitants (as they do) from going out through the province to buy +what they need, the latter find themselves in Cebú in the condition of +one who is shut up in a prison, where no one can search for or find +him. If vessels arrive to sell their merchandise the alcalde-mayor, +near whose house they anchor, is the one who first avails himself of +everything--either for his own use, or to sell the goods again--leaving +for the rest of the people only what is of no use to himself. If any +one has energy enough to press forward to purchase what he needs, +he is immediately threatened with imprisonment, seizure of his +goods, flogging, and the loss of everything from which any profit +was expected--as I have many times seen, because I lived several +years in that country, where only recourse to God is near, or to +superiors who are very far away. This is the reason why the Spanish +residents have withdrawn from Cebú, to avoid continual quarrels and +annoyances--going to Manila, where they can live with greater peace +and quietness, although not so profitably, on account of the choice +commodities which they could obtain in the Visayan provinces for +the increase of their wealth. The only ones who remain and bear the +heavy yoke are the mestizos and Sangleys, who always have to share +with the alcalde what they seek out with their toil and hardship, +if they wish to live without unrest and fear. Sometimes, but rarely, +the alcaldes share with these people that which might bring them some +profit; but usually they furnish the commodities which they bring +from Manila, at the very highest prices, receiving in exchange those +of the provinces at the lowest and most paltry rates." + +[74] Delgado has evidently borrowed much of his account from San +Antonio; but in this case he inserts _no_, without any apparent +justification. San Antonio says, _y oblige â culpa mortal su +observãcia_ (_ante_, p. 128); and Delgado, _cuya observancia no obliga +a culpa moral_ (the last word apparently a misprint for _mortal_). + +[75] The two decrees here mentioned are, in the printed text of +Delgado, respectively 1692 and 1602--some of the numerous errors +which render that text untrustworthy as to dates. + +[76] Teacher of philosophy and belles lettres in a cathedral school. + +[77] The whole and half prebendaries are those called _racioneros_ +and _medios racioneros_ in Spanish cathedrals. + +[78] A Spanish silver coin of eight reals, which dates from the reign +of Ferdinand and Isabella. It is practically the same as the peso, +or "piece of eight." + +[79] Referring to the arrest (October 9, 1668) of Governor Diegode +Salcedo. Le Gentil is incorrect in saying that a Dominican was +responsible for this act; the commissary who arrested the governor +was the Augustinian Fray José de Paternina, who held that office +from 1664 till 1672, when he was summoned to Mexico by the tribunal +of the Inquisition, and died on the voyage thither. + +[80] Referring to the nuns of St. Clare, affiliated with the Franciscan +order as a tertiary branch. + +[81] Don Juan de Casens, who commanded the fragata "Santa Rosa." + +[82] See Murillo Velarde's description (_Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 198) +of the Jesuit residence and college. It was planned by Father Juan +Antonio Campion, and furnished commodious lodgings for fifty residents, +besides the necessary offices; but part of the main building was +afterward overthrown by earthquakes. In Murillo Velarde's time, the +college had become "an aggregation of buildings, added to the original +edifice from time to time, forming a mass as bulky as architecturally +irregular.... The library has no equal in the islands, in either the +number or the select quality of the books, which include all branches +of learning. In several of the apartments also are very respectable +libraries.... In the printing-office are several presses, and various +styles of type of different sizes; and there works are produced as +accurate, well engraved, and neat as in España--and sometimes with +errors that are less stupid and more endurable. The gallery (in which +there is a truck [_trucos_, a game resembling billiards] table for +the holidays) is a beautiful apartment, long, wide, and spacious; +and so elevated that it overlooks on one side the city, and on the +other the great bay of Manila. From it may be seen all the galleons, +pataches, galliots, champans, and every other kind of vessels, which +leave or enter the port, from America, China, Coromandel, Batavia, and +other Oriental kingdoms, and from the provinces of these islands. It is +adorned (as also are the corridors) with paintings, maps, landscapes, +and other things curious and pleasant to the sight.... There is a +school, for teaching reading, writing, and arithmetic to the boys +from without.... In the orchard is a house, with its offices, for +the Indian house-servants, and a church; they have their chapel, +very fully equipped, in which they practice various devotions and +receive the sacraments.... In charge of this, a sort of seminary, is +a student brother; and in it the Indians learn the doctrine, virtue, +good habits, the holy fear of God, civilized ways, polite manners, +letters, and other accomplishments, according to their ability. The +principal patio of the college is a right-angled quadrilateral; in +it there is a garden bordered with rose-trees, which bear roses all +the year round, with other flowers, and medicinal herbs. There are +other gardens and orchards, and seven deep wells of running water +(and some of it is very good) for drinking purposes. In the library +is a round table made in one piece, almost forty common palmos in +circumference--an adornment worthy of the king's own library." + +[83] Cf. the enthusiastic description by Murillo Velarde +(_Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 195 v.-198) of this "magnificent temple." He +says that its dimensions were 204 x 90 feet; and that it was surmounted +by two towers, inclosing the façade--for which he apologizes, as +loaded with inappropriate ornamentation; but it is, nevertheless, +"a shell worthy of the pearl which it encloses." It was planned by +Father Juan Antonio Campion (who died in 1651), and was built of stone +obtained from "the vicinity of Antipolo;" this doubtless refers to the +marble-quarries of Montalbán and Binangonan, in Rizal (formerly Manila) +province. This stone was of so excellent quality and texture that it +remained, after more than a hundred years, uninjured by rain, sun, +or air; and the walls were so solidly built, and the wooden timbers +within so durable, that in all that time it had not been necessary to +make any repairs in the framework, nor had any injury been done to +the building by earthquakes or storms. The main altar was made of a +single stone. The building cost 150,000 pesos; it was not consecrated +until 1727. Murillo Velarde adds: "I have known men of fine taste, +who had great knowledge of architecture, and who had seen the most +beautiful of the famous buildings of Europe, to be overcome, as it +were, with admiration in this church." + +[84] José Francisco de Ovando y Solís, marqués de Ovando, who was +governor of the islands during 1750-54. Le Gentil here alludes to what +he has previously stated (_Voyages_, ii, p. 164) regarding Ovando: +"He made great improvements in the Acapulco galleon; for before his +time the Manilans shipped their supply of water [for the voyage] +in leathern bottles or in jars which they suspended in the rigging; +the water often gave out, and they were compelled to have recourse to +that supplied by the rain. The Marqués de Ovando had water-casks made, +and ordered that enough of these be placed aboard to supply water for +the entire voyage; he framed muster-rolls, and placed all the men on +allowance. In short, the Acapulco navigation was placed on the same +footing as that of Europe." + +[85] Zúñiga says (_Estadismo_, Retana's ed., i, p. 230): "The noted +beaterío [_i.e._, a house in which reside devout women] of Santa +Catalina ... founded by Doña Antonia Ezguerra in the year 1695; +and General Escaño increased its revenues so that fifteen beatas and +some servants could be maintained in it. The beatas must be Spanish +women, assist in the choir, and take a vow of chastity." Evidently +these beatas were much like the Béguines (founded in Belgium in 1184, +and still in existence). + +[86] Regarding the Franciscan order and its branches, see VOL. XX, +p. 91. The Capuchins were originally Observantine Franciscans, and +date from 1526, when their founder, Matteo di Bassi, of Urbino, Italy, +obtained papal consent to live, with his companions, a hermit life, +wear a habit with long pointed cowl (_capuche_, whence their name), +and preach the gospel in all lands. At first they were subject to +the general of the conventual Franciscans, not obtaining exemption +from this obedience until 1617. Early in the eighteenth century +the Capuchins numbered 25,000 friars, with 1,600 convents, besides +their missions in Brazil and Africa; but the French Revolution and +other political disturbances caused the suppression of many of their +houses. At present, they are most numerous in Austria and Switzerland. + +[87] _i.e._, "the disease of Lazarus," referring to the beggar at +the rich man's gate, in the parable (Luke xvi, v. 20), evidently +a leper. This disease was regarded, in the absence of scientific +knowledge of its nature, as a direct visitation or punishment from +the deity. It will be remembered that many lepers who were Christians +had been sent from Japan to Manila. + +[88] The following law is taken from _Recopilación leyes de Indias_ +(lib. 1, tit. vii, ley vii): "We charge the archbishops and bishops of +our Indias that they ordain mestizos as priests in their districts, if +in such persons are united the competency and necessary qualifications +for the priestly order; but such ordination must be preceded by +careful investigation, and information from the prelates as to +the candidate's life and habits, and after finding that he is well +instructed, intelligent, capable, and born from a lawful marriage. And +if any mestizo women choose to become religious, and take the habit +and veil in the monasteries of nuns, they [_i.e._, the archbishops and +bishops] shall ordain that such women be admitted to the monasteries +and to religious profession, after obtaining the same information +[as above] regarding their lives and habits." [Felipe II--San Lorenzo, +August 31 and September 28, 1588.] + +[89] Referring to the noted prelate Basilio Sancho de Santa Justa y +Rufina. He died in December 1787. + +[90] This was José Raon (see VOL. XVII, p. 298). + +[91] "Pasquin (at Rome) is a statue at the foot of which are fastened +placards--sometimes defamatory, sometimes ironical, relative to +affairs of the time."--Le Gentil. + +The word "pasquin" (pasquino) is derived from the name of a tailor, who +was famous at the end of the fifteenth century for his lampoons. The +group of statuary called Pasquino (now badly mutilated) represents +Menelaus with the body of Patroclus, looking round for succor in the +tumult of battle. The square in which this group stands is also called +Piazza del Pasquino. + +[92] Le Gentil says (_Voyages_, ii, pp. 76, 77, 83) that Zamboanga +was very insalubrious, being shut in from the sea winds, and suffering +great heat. "It is still a place of exile;" and "the earthly Paradise +was not there." + +[93] That is, "Nature makes one skilful." + +Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A., says of this expression that it "was +an old one, as old at least as the schoolmen, and means little else +than the truism 'One's handiness comes as a natural gift.' According +to San Antonio the diversity among the races of men as regards their +bodily endowments as well as those of mind, genius, and customs, +arises from the diversity of climate, and the diversity of air, +drink, and meat, whence the axiom that Nature varies her gifts, +or man's character is due in a measure to his environments." + +[94] The passage referred to is at the beginning of San Agustin's +noted "Letter to a friend," which is printed (in part) in Delgado's +_Hist. Filipinas_, pp. 273-293. He says: "In this research I have +been occupied for forty years, and I have only succeeded in learning +that the Indians are incomprehensible." The allusion to Solomon is +explained by Proverbs, chap. xxx, vs. 18, 19. + +[95] See Psalm xcv (xciv in Douay version), v. 10: "Forty years long +was I offended with that generation, and I said: 'These always err +in heart.'" + +[96] See VOL. XXIII, p. 271, note 118. + +[97] St. Cassian was a native of Imola, Italy, who was martyred +under one of the Roman emperors (Decius, Julian the Apostate, or +Valerian). He was a schoolmaster of little children whom he taught to +read and write, and his pupils denounced him as a Christian. He was +delivered over to his former charges, and they wreaked their vengeance +on him by breaking their tablets over his head and piercing him with +their styluses. His feast is celebrated on August 13.--T. C. Middleton, +O.S.A. + +[98] _Ordinarios_: an appellation of ecclesiastical judges who +try causes in the first instance, and, by antonomasia, of the +bishops themselves, regarded as judges in their respective dioceses +(Dominguez's _Dicc. nacional_). + +[99] These ordinances were a revision of former laws, and addition +of new ones, by Don José Raon, governor of the islands; they were +promulgated on February 26, 1768. This code will receive attention +in a later volume. + +[100] Spanish, _comer la sopa boba_; literally, "to eat fool +soup"--that is, to live at another's expense; perhaps alluding to +the former custom of maintaining fools or jesters in the households +of the rich. + +[101] These are games of cards, the name of the latter indicating +the number of points which win the game. + +[102] "This argument for the reason of the insanity of many friars, +seems to me completely false. It would be sufficient to compare the +friars who are insane with the insane found also among the other +Spaniards, in order to declare quite the contrary. Quite different do +I believe the origin of the insanity, both of the religious and of +the other Spaniards. He who has had anything to do with the Indian +will have observed that his nature is quite contrary to that of the +Spaniard. The latter is generally lively, acute, and full of fire, +while that of the Indian, on the contrary, is dull, somber, and +cold as snow. The Spaniard who does not arm himself with patience +and forbearance, is liable to become, I do not say insane, but +desperate. Another reason even may be assigned, in what pertains to +the religious. As a general thing, their insanity has as its primal +cause melancholy; and this is very common to the regular curas who +are alone, and who, experiencing the ingratitude of the Indian, his +fickleness in virtue, and his indifference in matters of religion, +think that their sacrifice for the natives is in vain. Consequently, +the curas need great courage in order to calm themselves and to +persevere in the even tenor of their life. In my opinion these two +reasons can fully account for the origin of the cases of insanity +among many." (Note by Father Juan Ferrando, written on the margin of +the manuscript of this chapter.)--Mas. + +[103] Mas here cites at length a writing by the Augustinian Casimiro +Diaz, which instructs parish priests in their duties; they are warned +against trading or engaging in any business or manufacture directly +or indirectly. + +[104] Father Juan Ferrando, professor of canons in the college of +Santo Tomás of Manila, to whom I gave the manuscript of this chapter +to read, wrote in the margin the following note, which is very just +and timely; and as such I insert it, in order to counteract the +statement which has given occasion for it, and which I wrote in the +heat of composition, simply through heedlessness and inadvertence. "In +no way can the cura make use of what he learns in the confessional +for the exterior government. By its means one may better understand +the character of the Indian, but the cura can never make use of it +for the investigations that the government exacts. 1 believe that it +will be impossible to print this statement without doing harm to the +confessional and to the curas."--Mas. + +[105] "When Juan Salcedo conquered the Ilocos, he found a caste of +nobles amongst them who possessed all the riches of the country, +and treated the _cailianes_, or serfs, with great rigour. + +"The common people [among the Igorrotes] are in a kind of bondage +to the nobles, and cultivate their land for them. In Lepanto they +are called _cailianes_ as in Ilocos." (Sawyer's _Inhabitants of the +Philippines_, pp. 251, 256.) + +[106] The famous bridge which joins the capital with the barrio +of Binondo was directed by the Recollect, Fray Lucas de Jesus +Maria. Another religious has lately constructed another bridge in +Iloilo, which is said to be very fine. The government sent him a +cross on that account. His name was Fray Simon de San Agustin. Almost +all the advances in agriculture and the arts which have made in the +islands since the arrival of the Spaniards are due to the religious, +as was also the abolition of slavery.--Mas. + +[107] Spanish, _pax octaviana_, referring to the Roman emperor Octavian +and the peaceful condition of his empire. + +[108] "This proposition, founded on the common opinion of those who +have seen none except the curacies of the rich and well-populated +provinces, cannot be maintained in any manner. In the environs of +Manila, where the food and services cost dearer than in the city +itself, the cura in charge of a village which does not number more +than one thousand tributes cannot live with decency. For here also +generally fails what you say in another place, namely, that the cura's +income can be adjusted at a peso for each tribute. In the distant +provinces--as, for instance, Cagayan and other distant parts--since +food and services are very cheap, and the cura does not have to +spend anything except on the things that he requests from Manila, +if the village reaches 500 tributes it will be sufficient for him, +but not below the said number; and even in the first case, if he +has a sufficient number of masses to apply with alms, which rarely +happens. I pray you now to consider the fact that the majority of +the villages of the archbishopric do not exceed 1,000 tributes, +and those of the other bishoprics 500. What would you say it you +knew what passes in the villages that even preserve the names of +missions? The government gives them a small stipend, of less than +300 pesos, and a few cabans of palay. On this they have to support +themselves, as well as the church edifice and divine worship, as +there are no fees on the part of the village; for as missionaries +they do not have parochial fees. Consequently, if they wish to live +with some comfort, they have to engage in stockraising; and those who +do not possess a somewhat regulated conscience will have to devote +themselves to unseemly traffic." (Note of Father Juan Ferrando, +written on the margin of the manuscript of this chapter.)--Mas. + +[109] _Peso fuerte_ or _duro_, the "strong" or "hard" dollar; the +"piece of eight," or peso of eight reals. See VOLS. III, p. 177, +and XII, p. 73. + +[110] Spanish, _el_ [_libro_] _de cuarenta_; literally, "the book of +forty leaves," meaning a pack of cards. + +[111] Any man who is willing to work is able not only to live, but +to become rich.--Mas. + +[112] This chart appears at the end of the volume, and enumerates +various villages of each province, and the curas in charge of them. We +reproduce only the summary, which is as follows: + + + Provinces Number of Held by Held by + seculars regulars curacies + + Tondo 26 15 11 + Bulacan 20 18 2 + Pampanga 28 15 8 + Bataan 10 7 3 + Zambales 12 9 2 + Nueva-Ecija 17 6 6 + Laguna 35 27 7 + Batangas 15 7 8 + Cavite 12 4 11 + Mindoro 10 6 4 + + Total 185 111 62 + + +[113] Alfaro was provisor in 1578-79 (Huerta's _Estudo_, p. 441), +at which time the governor was Francisco de Sande. + +[114] _Espolio_: the property which a prelate leaves at his death. + +[115] _Patrimonio_: property peculiarly made spiritual, according +to the needs of the Church, so that anyone may be ordained on its +foundation. + +[116] A chaplaincy is a pious foundation made by any religious person, +and elected into a benefice by the ecclesiastical ordinary, with +the annexed obligation of saying a certain number of masses, or with +the obligation of other analogous spiritual duties. Chaplaincies of +this class are collative, thus being differentiated from those purely +laical, in which the authority of the ordinary does not intervene. See +_Dic. nacional lengua española_ (Madrid, 1878). + +[117] The summary of the above-mentioned chart is as follows: + + + Provinces Number of Held by Held by + seculars regulars curacies + + Cebú 45 32 12 + Island of Negros 14 4 10 + Leyte 14 7 7 + Samar 15 14 0 + Capiz 18 10 9 + Iloilo 29 22 7 + Antíque 11 4 7 + Misamis 7 7 0 + Caraga 4 4 0 + Nueva-Guipúzcoa 3 1 1 + Calamianes 5 3 2 + Zamboanga 1 1 0 + Marianas Islands 4 3 1 + + Total 170 112 56 + + +[118] The bishopric of Jaro was separated, by papal decree, in 1865, +from that of Cebú, and contained the provinces of Iloilo, Concepcion, +Capiz, and Antique (these four being included within the island of +Panay); also Mindanao (excepting Misamis and Surigao, which are in +the bishopric of Cebú), Calamianes, Negros, and Romblón. The Marianas +Islands were assigned to the diocese of Cebú; also Bohol, Leyte, +and Samar. + +"The diocese of Jaro was created by bull of Pius IX in 1865, and its +first bishop was Don Fray Mariano Cuartero, who died in 1884. He was +succeeded by Don Fray Leandro Arúe, a Recollect religious, who died +in 1897. In his place was chosen Don Fray Andrés Ferrero de San José, +a religious of the same order." (_Archipiélago filipino_, ii, p. 256.) + +[119] An evident error, as Caraga is in Mindanao; probably the writer +meant to say Albay, as is indicated in his enumeration of parishes +in the diocese of Nueva Cáceres, sheet [11] of appendices at end +of vol. ii. The boundaries of provinces in Luzon were formerly quite +different, in many cases, from the present ones. See, for instance, the +map in Mas's _Informe_ (1843), preceding his chapter on "Territorial +divisions;" Albay thereon includes not only the present Sorsogon, +but the islands of Masbate, Ticao, and Catanduanes. + +[120] This should be Bondog; it is but one of the many typographical +errors which detract from the value of Buzeta and Bravo's +_Diccionario_. Bañgsa apparently means the present Bangon; Bulsnan, +Bulusan; Tigbi, Tiui or Tivi; Lognoy, Lagonoy. We have corrected in +the text several other names incorrectly spelled. + +[121] The present town of Capalonga is at the mouth of the important +river Banogboc, which with its tributaries drains the western half +of Camarines Norte; the lower part of the river is also known as +Capalonga. + +[122] Chart [11] at the end of the volume gives a list of the provinces +and villages of the bishopric, with the names of the incumbents of +the various churches. The summary of the list is as follows: + + + Provinces Number of Held by Held by + seculars regulars curacies + + Camarines Sur 38 17 14 + Camarines Norte 8 0 7 + Albay 35 8 22 + Commandancy of the + islands of Masbate + and Ticao 6 0 5 + Tayabas 17 9 6 + + Total 103 34 54 + + +[123] The extreme northeast point of Cagayan province and Luzón Island, +a landmark of approach for navigators to the eastern coast. It is a +promontory at the north point of Palaui Island, and is 316 feet high. + +[124] A chart at the end of the volume shows the various provinces and +their villages, with the names of the incumbents of the curacies. Its +summary is as follows: + + + Provinces Number of Held by Held by + seculars regulars curacies + + + Cagayan 20 14 1 + Nueva Vizcaya 16 11 1 + Pangasinan 36 28 4 + Ilocos Sur 25 11 8 + Ilocos Norte 14 9 3 + Abra 7 3 3 + Batanes Islands 6 4 0 + + Total 124 80 20 + + +[125] A comparison of the English translation of Jagor (London, +1875) with the original text reveals the fact that the translation +is inaccurate in many places, and that it was done in a careless and +slovenly manner. Consequently, it has been necessary to translate +this matter directly from the German. + +[126] Polángui is located in the province of Albay, on the right bank +of the Inaya River, and eleven miles in a general southeast direction +from Lake Bató (the Batu of the text). This passage, in the English +translation mentioned in the preceding note, is incorrectly rendered, +"to cross the lake of Batu"--an error probably due to ignorance on +the part of the translator, of the location of Polángui, although +the language of the author is not at all ambiguous. + +[127] That is, "It is what hour your Majesty pleases." + +[128] At this point Jagor adds in Spanish in parenthesis: "Discalced +minor religious of the regular and most strict observance of our +holy father St. Francis, in the Filipinas Islands, of the holy and +apostolic province of San Gregorio Magno." + +[129] As many as 900 monasteries were suppressed in Spain by decree of +June 21, 1835, and the rest were dissolved by the decree of October +11, of the same year. The suppression, as might have been expected, +was accompanied by excesses against the friars and nuns, and some of +them were murdered, while parish priests and Jesuits were hunted over +the borders. + +[130] This passage is hopelessly confused in the English translation, +and proves how entirely untrustworthy that translation is. The reading +of the original (_da sie gezwungen sein würden, dort der Ordensregel +zu entsagen und als Rentner zu leben_) is translated "for they are +compelled in the colonies to abandon all obedience to the rules of +their order, and to live as laymen"--a sin against actual history, +as well as language. + +[131] _Historia de las islas ... y Reynos de la Gran China_ (Barcelona, +1601), chapter xi. + +[132] Felix Renouard de St. Croix (cited by Jagor) says, in his _Voyage +commercial et politique mix Indes orientales, aux Iles Philippines, +à la Chine_ (Paris, 1810; ii, p. 157), that the curas in his day were +served by young girls. A Franciscan of the lake of Bay had twenty of +them at his disposal, two of whom were always at his side. + +[133] Jagor cites, in a footnote at this point, a portion of Le +Gentil's description of the power of the friars in the Philippines, +which is to be found in vol. ii, p. 183, of that author; and _ante_, +in our extract from Le Gentil, pp. 210-219. + +[134] _Leg. ult._, ¡, 266, §§ 87, 89. + +[135] Probably _Memorias históricas y estadísticas de Filipinas y +particularmente de la grande isla de Luzón_ (imprint from _Diario de +Manila_, 1850), by Rafael Diaz Arenas. + +[136] See _Recopilación de leyes de Indias_, lib. ii, tit. xvi, ley +liv (dated: Valladolid, April 29, 1549, Cárlos I and the queen of +Bohemia; Valladolid, April 16 and May 2, 1550, Maximiliano and the +queen; Valladolid, May 9, 1569, Felipe II), and tit. vi, ley xxvi +(dated: Madrid, July 20, 1618, Felipe III; ordinance 139 of 1636, +Felipe IV), which forbid alcaldes and other officials to trade, to +use the money of the communal funds of the natives, or to compel the +latter to serve them. Lib. v, tit. ii, treats in great part of the +office of the alcalde, and ley xlvii (dated: Madrid, July 10, 1530, +Cárlos I; Valladolid, September 4, 1551, Carlos I and the queen of +Bohemia; Pinto, April 4, 1563, Felipe II; Lisboa, August 31, 1619, +Felipe III), declares that the alcaldes and others are included in +the prohibition to trade. (Cited by Jagor.) + +[137] By royal decree of July 17, 1754. (Cited by Jagor.) + +[138] Renouard de St. Croix, ii, p. 124. (Cited by Jagor.) + +[139] This note is as follows: "The _obras pias_ are pious legacies, +in which it was generally determined that two-thirds were to be +loaned at interest for maritime commercial enterprises, until the +premiums--which for the risk to Acapulco reached 50 per cent, to +China, 25 per cent, and to the Indias, 35 per cent--had increased +the original capital to a certain amount. Then the interest of that +amount was to be applied to the good of the soul of the founder, or to +pious or charitable ends (Arenas, _Historia_, p. 397). One-third was +usually retained as a reserve, to cover chance losses. These reserve +funds were long ago claimed by the government as compulsory loans, +'but they are still regarded as existing.' + +"When the trade with Acapulco came to an end, the capitals could no +longer be employed in accordance with the request of the founder, +and they were loaned at interest in other ways. By a royal decree, +dated November 3, 1854 (_Leg. ult._ ii, p. 205), an administrative +council is appointed to take charge of the money of the _obras +pias_. The total capital of five foundations (or rather only four, +since one of them no longer has any capital) amounts to a trifle less +than one million dollars [_i.e._, pesos]. From that amount the profit +obtained from the loans is distributed according to the amount of the +original capital--which is, however, no longer in existence in cash, +because the government has disposed of it." + +[140] _Ut supra_, ii, p. 336. (Cited by Jagor.) + +[141] The office of alcalde falls into three divisions--_entrada_ +[_i.e._, entrance], _ascenso_ [_i.e._, promotion], and _termino_ +[_i.e._, limit] (royal order, March 31, 1837, tit. i, i) The alcalde's +term of service is three years in each grade (tit. ii, articles 11, 12, +and 13). Under no pretext can anyone remain longer than ten years in +the magistracy of the Asiatic provinces (article 16). (Note by Jagor.) + +[142] This town is on the Pacific coast of Luzón, and is provincial +capital of Infanta (now annexed to province of Tayabas). It is near +the port of Lampón, which was used in the seventeenth century as a +harbor for the Acapulco galleons, as being more accessible than any +port in San Bernardino Strait. See _U. S. Philippine Gazetteer_, +pp. 553, 554, 578. + +[143] This name is still retained, as an alternative appellation of +Point Concepción, which is on the southeastern coast of Maestro de +Campo Island, off west coast of Mindoro. + +[144] Referring to Gabriel Sanchez and Juan de Torres (VOL. XII, +pp. 301, 310-313). The former entered the Society in its Toledo +province, about 1589; and, seven years later, went to join the +Philippine mission. He spent some twenty years in labors among the +Visayan natives; and died at Palapag, aged forty-eight years, on +January 1, 1617. Juan de Torres was born at Montilla, in 1564, and +entered the Jesuit order at the age of nineteen. He came to the islands +with Sanchez, in 1596, and the two were colaborers in Bohol. After +many years of work in the Visayas, Torres was obliged by ill-health +to return to Manila; he then learned the Tagál language, and labored +among the mountaineers of Bondoc. He died at Manila, January 14, +1625. (See Murillo Velarde's _Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 11, 30.) + +[145] The name of a point and a village on the southeastern coast +of Bohol. + +[146] See Legazpi's account of this, in VOL. II, pp. 207, 208. + +[147] These were Loboc and Baclayon; see Murillo Velarde's account +of this rebellion (_Hist. Philipinas_, fol. 17, 18). It was put down +by Juan de Alcarazo, alcalde-mayor of Cebú, with fifty Spaniards +and one thousand friendly Indians (1622). Murillo Velarde says: +"The Boholans are the most warlike and valiant among the Indians." + +[148] Giuseppe Lamberti, an Italian, was born November 25, 1691; +and entered the Jesuit order October 15, 1716. In the following +year, he set out for the Philippine missions; and finally was slain +by the natives, January 24, 1746. Sommervogel thus mentions him +(_Bibliothèque_, iv, col. 1412), but does not speak of Morales. + +[149] The present population of the island of Bohol is 269, 223, +which is all civilized. See _Census of the Philippine Islands: 1903_, +Bulletin No. 7, "Population of the Philippine Islands" (Washington, +1904), published by the Department of Commerce and Labor. + +[150] Pedro (according to Pérez) Jaraba was in Manila in 1598-99, +and went as a missionary to La Caldera in 1603. In the following year, +he died at Manila. + +[151] The Cagayán (river and town) of Misamis, in northern +Mindanao. Camiguín also here refers, not to the island of that name +near Luzón, but to one on the coast of Misamis. Bislig is on the +eastern coast of Surigao province. There is no present application of +the name Surigao to an island; the reference in the text is apparently +to one of the two larger islands dependent on Surigao province, +which are Dinágat and Siargao. + +[152] This name is misprinted "Juan Francisco de San Agustín" by Algué. + +[153] The Society of St. Vincent de Paul was founded in March, 1833, +to perpetuate the work started about 1831 by Bailly de Surcey in the +Latin Quarter in Paris among the students--an organization known as +"Société de bonnes études" or "Society of good studies," and which +was designed primarily for the spiritual growth of its members. The +immediate cause that led to the formation of the Society of St. Vincent +de Paul was the sneers of the non-Christians and freethinkers among the +students who contended that the spirit of Christianity was dead. The +objects striven for by the new society were greater spiritual growth, +and charitable work--the latter extending to work among the poor +and imprisoned, and the teaching of children. In 1835 the society +was divided into sections, in order that the work among the poor +might be carried on better from many centers. It grew rapidly, and +received papal sanction in 1845. By 1853 the society had spread to +England, America, Ireland, Spain, Belgium, and Palestine. In 1861, +being charged with political bickerings, they were persecuted by +the French government, and were ordered to accept Cardinal Morlot as +the head of the general council which had been formed in 1853. The +society refused this, and the general council was suspended. In 1875 +there were 205,000 active members in France, and about 750,000 in the +world. The significant fact in this society is, that it was founded +by laymen and has always remained in the hands of laymen, though in +union with and subordinate to the clergy. See _Grande Encyclopédie,_ +and Addis and Arnold's _Cath. Dict._, pp. 844, 845. + +Vincent de Paul, from whom this society was named, was a French priest +born in 1576, who was noted for his great altruism, philanthropy, +and executive ability; he founded various charitable orders, notably +the Lazarists and the Sisters of Charity. He died in 1660, and was +canonized in 1737. + +[154] Note in _Archipiélago filipino_: "He was freed from his captivity +at the end of December, 1899." + +[155] The orders in the Philippines and other colonies were wont, +as still is their custom, to have head administrative quarters at +Rome and Madrid, for the expedition of business with the pontiff or +the king. The officer, always an expert in the management of affairs, +was entitled the "procurador general," and his business was chiefly +to attend to law problems in relation to the colonial missions, +to guard against adverse legislation, and to promote favorable +measures. His residence, whether at Rome or Madrid, was known as +"la casa de la procuración" or at Rome "la procura," of such and +such an order. Besides the "procurador general" the orders had single +"procuradores"--one for each house--who were the business men of the +convents, and saw to affairs of the outside world.--T. C. Middleton, +O.S.A. + +[156] Note in _Archipiélago filipino_: "This assertion must be +understood of those who do not live in the active missions--that is +to say, of the Christian settlements and villages of more or less +long standing." + +[157] Referring to the insurgent government headed by Emilio +Aguinaldo, erected when Manila was captured by the Americans, May, +1898. On September 15 of that year the insurgent congress assembled +at Malolos, which was chosen as their seat of government; but, in +consequence of the advance of American troops, the capital was removed +(February, 1899) to several other places successively. In November, +1899, the insurgent government was broken up, Aguinaldo fleeing to +the mountains--where he was finally captured, in March, 1901. + +[158] This order was founded by St. Benedict, who removed his monastery +from Subiaco to Monte Cassino in 529. He prescribed neither asceticism +nor laxity, but laid especial emphasis on work, ordering that each +monastery have a library. The clothing was generally black, but was +to vary with the needs of the various countries and climates. They +were founded in France by St. Maur, a disciple of St. Benedict, and +were introduced into Spain about 633. In the fifteenth and sixteenth +centuries many relaxations crept into the order, in the reforms of +which the congregation of St. Vanne (1550) and the congregation +of St. Maur (1618) were formed in France. The order was entirely +suppressed in France at the Revolution, but was later reëstablished +there. It was also suppressed in Spain and Germany, and has not been +introduced again in the former country. The order was established first +in the United States in 1846. See Addis and Arnold's _Cath. Dict._, +pp. 74-76. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 (Vol +28 of 55), by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 *** + +***** This file should be named 25930-8.txt or 25930-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/9/3/25930/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |